Martin Conveyors

Index SECTION H
PRODUCT Click on page numbers to go to page. PAGE
GENERAL: Warning and Safety Reminder ........................................................................................ H-2 Stock Material Handling Products ................................................................................... H-3
SCREW CONVEYORS: ................................................................................................H-4 H-123 Engineering Section I ...................................................................................................... H-4 Design and Layout Section II......................................................................................... H-36 Component Section III................................................................................................... H-50 Special Features Section IV ........................................................................................ H-107 Installation and Maintenance Section V ...................................................................... H-120 BUCKET ELEVATORS SECTION VI: .......................................................................H-123 H-141
DRAG CONVEYOR SECTION VII: ...........................................................................H-142 H-152
VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATOR SECTION VIII: ......................................................H-153 H-162
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION X: ....................................................H-167 H-170 HEAVY DUTY CONVEYOR PULLEYS & COMPONENTS ......................................H-171 H-187 DATA SHEETS: .........................................................................................................H-188 H-192
H-1
CONVEYORS
MODULAR PLASTIC SCREW CONVEYORS SECTION IX: ...................................H-163 H-166
Safety
WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FOR SCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS
It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and, conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1 Safety Code. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions.
APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THE CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)
on the caution labels afxed to the equipment. 6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part of your body, in the conveyor. 8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended.
7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy (materials or devices that could cause conveyor components to move without power applied) before opening the conveyor 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.
bler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction.
1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. 2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1.(Request current edition and addenda)
There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped.
13. Do not attempt eld modication of conveyor or components.
3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted.
4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained
CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available; however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assem-
14. Conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, ammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unred pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, manufacturer should be consulted prior to any modications.
Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the ow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed.
One or more warning labels should be visible on conveyor housings, conveyor covers and elevator housings. If the labels attached to the equipment become illegible, please order replacement warning labels from the OEM or CEMA. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audiovisual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. CEMA encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information to supplement your safety program.
CONVEYORS
PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THESE SAFETY LABELS ON INSTALLED EQUIPMENT
NOTICE: This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory only and it is not a substitute for a thorough safety program. Users should consult with qualied engineers and other safety professionals. CEMA makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, and the users of this document assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment.
H-2
Stock & MTO Screw Conveyor Components

Screw Conveyor Components and Accessories
ANGLE FLANGED U TROUGH
FORM FLANGED U TROUGH
SECTIONAL SCREWS
SPECIALS
SECTIONAL FLIGHTS
COUPLING SHAFTS
ELEVATOR BUCKETS
TUBULAR HOUSING
FLAT RACK AND PINION DISCHARGE GATE
TROUGH ENDS WITH AND WITHOUT FEET
HANGER STYLE 220 THRUST ASSEMBLY TYPE E WITH DRIVE SHAFT INLETS AND DISCHARGE SPOUTS DISCHARGE
HANGER STYLE 226
HANGER STYLE 216
SPLIT GLAND
PACKING GLAND SHAFT SEAL COMPRESSION TYPE
WASTE PACK SHAFT SEAL
PLATE SHAFT SEAL
DROP-OUT SHAFT SEAL FLANGED PRODUCT
HANGER BEARINGS STYLE 220/226
HELICOID SCREWS
HELICOID FLIGHTING RIGHT HAND AND LEFT HAND
Martin HARD IRON Martin BRONZE

NYLATRON WHITE NYLON WOOD CERAMIC
SADDLES AND FEET
DRUM PULLEYS
WING PULLEYS
SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE WITH ACCESSORIES
SPEED REDUCER SHAFT MOUNTED WITH ACCESSORIES.
FLANGED COVER WITH ACCESSORIES
Martin manufacturers the most complete line of stock

TAKE-UP FRAMES BOX ICER
components in the industry. We stock mild steel, stainless, galvanized, and many other items that are special order from the others in the industry.
H-3
CONVEYORS
HANGER STYLE 70
HANGER STYLE 19B
TROUGH END BEARINGS BALL AND ROLLER
Engineering
SECTION I
ENGINEERING SECTION I Introduction to Engineering Section ..................................................................... H-4 Screw Conveyor Design Procedure..................................................................... H-5 Material Classication Code Chart....................................................................... H-6 Material Characteristics Tables ............................................................................ H-7 Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed.............................................................. H-17 Capacity Factor Tables ...................................................................................... H-18 Capacity Table ................................................................................................... H-19 Lump Size Limitations and Table ....................................................................... H-20 Component Group Selection.............................................................................. H-21 Hanger Bearing Selection .................................................................................. H-23 Horsepower Calculation..................................................................................... H-24 Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Components...................................................... H-27 Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Components................................................. H-28 Screw Conveyor End Thrust and Thermal Expansion ....................................... H-29 Screw Conveyor Deection................................................................................ H-30 Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors.............................................................. H-32 Screw Feeders................................................................................................... H-33 Appendix General Engineering Information .........................................................M-1
CONVEYORS
Introduction
The following section is designed to present the necessary engineering information to properly design and layout most conveyor applications. The information has been compiled from many years of experience in successful design and application and from industry standards. We hope that the information presented will be helpful to you in determining the type and size of screw conveyor that will best suit your needs. The Screw Conveyor Design Procedure on the following page gives ten step-by-step instructions for properly designing a screw conveyor. These steps, plus the many following tables and formulas throughout the engineering section will enable you to design and detail screw conveyor for most applications. If your requirements present any complications not covered in this section, we invite you to contact our Engineering Department for recommendations and suggestions.
H-4
Design
SCREW CONVEYOR DESIGN PROCEDURE 1. Type of material to be conveyed. 2. Maximum size of hard lumps. 3. Percentage of hard lumps by volume. 4. Capacity required, in cu.ft./hr. 5. Capacity required, in lbs./hr. 6. Distance material to be conveyed. 7. Any additional factors that may affect conveyor or operations. Classify the material according to the system shown in Table 1-1. Or, if the material is included in Table 1-2, use the classication shown in Table 1-2. Determine design capacity as described on pages H-17H-19. Using known capacity required in cu.ft./hr., material classication, and % trough loading (Table 1-2) determine diameter and speed from Table 1-6. Using known screw diameter and percentage of hard lumps, check minimum screw diameter from Table 1-7. From Table 1-2, determine hanger bearing group for the material to be conveyed. Locate this bearing group in Table 1-11 for the type of bearing recommended.
STEP 1
Establish Known Factors
STEP 2 STEP 3 STEP 4
Classify Material Determine Design Capacity
Determine Diameter and Speed
STEP 5
Check Minimum Screw Diameter for Lump Size Limitations Determine Type of Bearings
STEP 7
Determine Horsepower Check Torsional and/or Horsepower ratings of Standard Conveyor Components Select Components Conveyor Layouts
From Table 1-2, determine Horsepower Factor Fm for the material to be conveyed. Refer to page H-24 and calculate horsepower by the formula method. Using required horsepower from step 7 refer to pages H-26 and H-27 to check capacities of standard conveyor pipe, shafts and coupling bolts.
STEP 8
STEP 9 STEP 10
Select basic components from Tables 1-8, 1-9, and 1-10 in accordance with Component Group listed in Table 1-2 for the material to be conveyed. Select balance of components from the Components Section of catalogue. Refer to pages H-39 and H-40 for typical layout details.
H-5
CONVEYORS
STEP 6
Table 1-1 Material Classication Code Chart

Major Class Density Material Characteristics Included Bulk Density, Loose Very Fine Fine Size Granular Lumpy Irregular Flowability Abrasiveness No. 200 Sieve (.0029) And Under No. 100 Sieve (.0059) And Under No. 40 Sieve (.016) And Under 2 And Under (6 Sieve to 12) 3 And Under (12 to 3) 7 And Under (3 to 7)
1
Code Designation Actual Lbs/PC A 200 A 100 A 40 B6 C 12 D3 D7 DX E 1 2 3 4
No.
6 Sieve (.132) And Under
16 And Under (0 to 16) Over 16 To Be Specied X=Actual Maximum Size
D 16
Very Free Flowing Free Flowing Average Flowability Sluggish
Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical, Slabs, Etc.
Miscellaneous Properties Or Hazards
Builds Up and Hardens Generates Static Electricity Decomposes Deteriorates in Storage Flammability Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften Very Dusty Aerates and Becomes a Fluid Explosiveness Stickiness Adhesion Contaminable, Affecting Use Degradable, Affecting Use Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes Highly Corrosive Mildly Corrosive Hygroscopic Interlocks, Mats or Agglomerates Oils Present Packs Under Pressure Very Light and Fluffy May Be Windswept Elevated Temperature
Mildly Abrasive Moderately Abrasive Extremely Abrasive
5 6 7
CONVEYORS H-6
F G H J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
Table 1-2 Material Characteristics

Material Characteristics
The material characteristics table (page H-8 or H-16) lists the following Design Data for many materials. B. The material code for each material is as described in Table 1-1, and as interpreted below. A. The weight per cubic foot data may be used to calculate the required capacity of the conveyor in cubic feet per hour. C. The Intermediate Bearing Selection Code is used to properly select the intermediate hanger bearing from Table 1-11 (Page H-23). D. The Component Series Code is used to determine the correct components to be used as shown on page H-22. E. The Material Factor Fm is used in determining horsepower as described on pages H-24 thru H-26. F. The Trough Loading column indicates the proper percent of cross section loading to use in determining diameter and speed of the conveyor.
For screw conveyor design purposes, conveyed materials are classied in accordance with the code system in Table 1-1, and listed in Table 1-2. Table 1-2 lists many materials that can be effectively conveyed by a screw conveyor. If a material is not listed in Table 1-2, it must be classied according to Table 1-1 or by referring to a listed material similar in weight, particle size and other characteristics.
FROM TABLE 1-2 Material: Brewers Grain Spent Wet
C12
Size Flowability
T
Other Characteristics Abrasiveness
H-7
CONVEYORS
HOW TO READ THE MATERIAL CODE
Table 1-2 Material Characteristics

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading
Adipic Acid Alfalfa Meal Alfalfa Pellets Alfalfa Seed Almonds, Broken Almonds, Whole Shelled Alum, Fine Alum, Lumpy Alumina Alumina, Fine Alumina Sized Or Briquette Aluminate Gel (Aluminate Hydroxide) Aluminum Chips, Dry Aluminum Chips, Oily Aluminum Hydrate Aluminum Ore (See Bauxite) Aluminum Oxide Aluminum Silicate (Andalusite) Aluminum Sulfate Ammonium Chloride, Crystalline Ammonium Nitrate Ammonium Sulfate Antimony Powder Apple Pomace, Dry Arsenate Of Lead (See Lead Arsenate) Arsenic Oxide (Arsenolite) Arsenic Pulverized Asbestos Rock (Ore) Asbestos Shredded Ash, Black Ground Ashes, Coal, Dry 12 Ashes, Coal, Dry 3 Ashes, Coal, Wet 12 Ashes, Coal, Wet 3 Ashes, Fly (See Fly Ash) Asphalt, Crushed 12 Bagasse Bakelite, Fine Baking Powder Baking Soda (Sodium Bicarbonate) Barite (Barium Sulfate) + 12 3 Barite, Powder Barium Carbonate Bark, Wood, Refuse Barley, Fine, Ground Barley, Malted Barley, Meal Barley, Whole Basalt Bauxite, Dry, Ground Bauxite, Crushed 3 Beans,Castor, Meal Beans, Castor, Whole Shelled Beans, Navy, Dry Beans, Navy, Steeped
45 14-22 41-43 6 10-15 27-30 28-30 45-50 50-60 55-65 35 65 45 7-15 7-15 13-20 60-120 49 45-58 45-52 45-62 45-58 15 100-120 30 81 20-40 105 35-45 35-40 45-50 45-50 45 7-10 30-45 40-55 40-55 120-180 120-180 72 10-20 24-38 31 28 36-48 80-105 68 75-85 35-40 36 48 60
A 100-35 B6-45WY C12-25 B6-15N C12-35Q C12-35Q B6-35U B6-25 B6-27MY A100-27MY D3-37 B6-35 E-45V E-45V C12-35 A100-17M C12-35S C12-25 A100-45FRS A40-35NTU C12-35FOTU A100-35 C12-45Y A100-35R A100-25R D3-37R E-46XY B6-35 C12-46TY D3-46T C12-46T D3-46T C12-45 E-45RVXY B6-25 A100-35 A100-25 D3-36 A100-35X A100-45R E-45TVY B6-35 C12-35 C12-35 B6-25N B6-27 B6-25 D3-36 B6-35W C12-15W C12-15 C12-25
S H H L-S-B H H L-S-B L-S H H H H H H L-S-B H L-S L-S-B L-S H L-S H H L-S-B H H H L-S-B H H H H H L-S-B L-S-B S S H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B
2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 3 1 1 1 1
.5 .6 .5 .4 .9 .9 .6 1.4 1.8 1.6 2.0 1.7 1.2 .8 1.4 1.8 .8 1.0 .7 1.3 1.0 1.6 1.0 .8 1.2 1.0 2.0 3.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 2.0 1.5 1.4 .6 .6 2.6 2.0 1.6 2.0 .4 .4 .4 .5 1.8 1.8 2.5 .8 .5 .5 .8
30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 45 15 15 15 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 15 30B 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 45 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 15 45 30B 30A 45 45 45
CONVEYORS
H-8
Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Bentonite, Crude Bentonite, 100 Mesh Benzene Hexachloride Bicarbonate of Soda (Baking Soda) Blood, Dried Blood, Ground, Dried Bone Ash (Tricalcium Phosphate) Boneblack Bonechar Bonemeal Bones, Whole* Bones, Crushed Bones, Ground Borate of Lime Borax, Fine Borax Screening 12
Borax, 112-2 Lump Borax, 2-3 Lump Boric Acid, Fine Boron Bran, Rice Rye Wheat Braunite (Manganese Oxide) Bread Crumbs Brewers Grain, Spent, Dry Brewers Grain, Spent, Wet Brick, Ground 18 Bronze Chips Buckwheat Calcine, Flour Calcium Carbide Calcium Carbonate (See Limestone) Calcium Fluoride (See Fluorspar) Calcium Hydrate (See Lime, Hydrated) Calcium Hydroxide (See Lime, Hydrated) Calcium Lactate Calcium Oxide (See Lime, Unslaked) Calcium Phosphate Calcium Sulfate (See Gypsum) Carbon, Activated, Dry Fine* Carbon Black, Pelleted* Carbon Black, Powder* Carborundum Casein Cashew Nuts Cast Iron, Chips Caustic Soda Caustic Soda, Flakes Celite (See Diatomaceous Earth) Cement, Clinker Cement, Mortar Cement, Portland Cement, Aerated (Portland) Cerrusite (See Lead Carbonate) Chalk, Crushed Chalk, Pulverized Charcoal, Ground
34-40 50-60 56 35-45 30 40-50 20-25 27-40 50-60 35-50 35-50 50 60 45-55 55-60
55-60 60-70 55 75 16-20 120 20-25 14-30 55-60 100-120 30-50 37-42 75-85 70-90 26-29 40-50 100 36 32-37 130-200 88 47 75-95 133 94 60-75 75-95 67-75 18-28
D3-45X A100-25MXY A100-45R D3-45U A100-35U A100-45 A100-25Y B6-35 B6-35 E-45V D3-45 B6-35 A100-35 B6-25T C12-35 D3-35 D3-35 B6-25T A100-37 B6-35NY A100-36 B6-35PQ C12-45 C12-45T B6-37 B6-45 B6-25N A100-35 D3-25N D3-45QTR A100-45 D3-27 B6-35 C12-45 C12-45 B6-35RSU C12-45RSUX D3-36 B6-35Q A100-26M A100-16M D3-25 A100-25MXY A100-45
H H L-S-B S H L-S L-S L-S L-S H H H H L-S-B H
H H H H H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S L-S-B H H H H H L-S H H H H H H H
2 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 3
1.2 .7 .6 .6 2.0 1.0 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.7 3.0 2.0 1.7 .6 .7 1.5 1.8 2.0 .8 1.0 .5 2.0 .6 .5 .8 2.2 2.0 .4 .7 2.0 .6 1.6 3.0 1.6 .7 4.0 1.8 1.5 1.8 3.0 1.4 1.4 1.9 1.4 1.2
30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30B 30B 30A 45 30A
H-9
CONVEYORS

H-10
Charcoal, Lumps Chocolate, Cake Pressed Chrome Ore Cinders, Blast Furnace Cinders, Coal Clay (See Bentonite, Diatomaceous Earth, Fullers Earth, Kaolin & Marl) Clay, Ceramic, Dry, Fines Clay, Calcined Clay, Brick, Dry, Fines Clay, Dry, Lumpy Clinker, Cement (See Cement Clinker) Clover Seed Coal, Anthracite (River & Culm) Coal, Anthracite, Sized-12 Coal, Bituminous, Mined Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Sized Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Slack Coal, Lignite Cocoa Beans Cocoa, Nibs Cocoa, Powdered Cocoanut, Shredded Coffee, Chaff Coffee, Green Bean Coffee, Ground, Dry Coffee, Ground, Wet Coffee, Roasted Bean Coffee, Soluble Coke, Breeze Coke, Loose Coke, Petrol, Calcined Compost Concrete, Pre-Mix Dry Copper Ore Copper Ore, Crushed Copper Sulphate, (Bluestone) Copperas (See Ferrous Sulphate) Copra, Cake Ground Copra, Cake, Lumpy Copra, Lumpy Copra, Meal Cork, Fine Ground Cork, Granulated Corn, Cracked Corn Cobs, Ground Corn Cobs, Whole* Corn Ear* Corn Germ Corn Grits Cornmeal Corn Oil, Cake Corn Seed Corn Shelled Corn Sugar Cottonseed, Cake, Crushed
60-80 80-100 100-120 60-75 45-48 55-61 49-61 40-60 45-50 43-50 37-45 30-45 35 30-35 20-22 20 25-32 25 35-45 20-30 19 25-35 23-35 35-45 30-50 85-120 120-150 100-150 75-95 40-45 25-30 22 40-45 5-15 12-15 40-50 17 12-15 56 21 40-45 32-40 25 45 45 30-35 40-45
18-28 40-45 125-140 57 40
A100-35P B6-36 C12-36 D3-35 B6-25N B6-35TY C12-25 D3-35LNXY D3-35QV C12-45T D3-35T C12-25Q C12-25 A100-45XY E-45 B6-25MY C12-25PQ A40-35P A40-45X C12-25PQ A40-35PUY C12-37 D7-37 D7-37 D7-45TV C12-36U DX-36 D3-36 C12-35S B6-45HW D3-35HW E-35HW B6-35HW B6-35JNY C12-35JY B6-25P C12-25Y E-35 E-35 B6-35PY B6-35P B6-35P D7-45HW C12-25PQ C12-25 B6-35PU C12-45HW
D3-45Q D3-25 D3-36 D3-36T D3-36T
L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S H L-S H S S L-S L-S L-S L-S S S H H H L-S H H H L-S L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S-B L-S-B S L-S
H S H H H
1 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 3 3 3
1.5 2.4 2.0 1.8 .4 1.0 1.0 .9 1.0 .9 1.0 .5 .5 .9 1.5 1.0 .5 .6 .6 .4 .4 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 1.0 .7 .8 1.0 .7 .5 .5 .7 .6 .4 .5 .5 .6 .4 .4 1.0 1.0
1.4 1.5 2.5 1.9 1.8
30A 30B 30B 30A 45 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 45 45 15 15 15 30A 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A
30A 30A 30B 30B 30B
CONVEYORS

Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy Cottonseed, Dry, Delinted Cottonseed, Dry, Not Delinted Cottonseed, Flakes Cottonseed, Hulls Cottonseed, Meal, Expeller Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted Cottonseed, Meats, Dry Cottonseed, Meats, Rolled Cracklings, Crushed Cryolite, Dust Cryolite, Lumpy Cullet, Fine Cullet, Lump Culm, (See Coal, Anthracite) Cupric Sulphate (Copper Sulfate) Detergent (See Soap Detergent) Diatomaceous Earth Dicalcium Phosphate Disodium Phosphate Distillers Grain, Spent Dry Distillers Grain, Spent Wet Dolomite, Crushed Dolomite, Lumpy Earth, Loam, Dry, Loose Ebonite, Crushed Egg Powder Epsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate) Feldspar, Ground Feldspar, Lumps Feldspar, Powder Feldspar, Screenings Ferrous Sulde 12 Ferrous Sulde 100M Ferrous Sulphate Fish Meal Fish Scrap Flaxseed Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake) Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal) Flour Wheat Flue Dust, Basic Oxygen Furnace Flue Dust, Blast Furnace Flue Dust, Boiler H. Dry Fluorspar, Fine (Calcium Fluoride) Fluorspar, Lumps Fly Ash Foundry Sand, Dry (See Sand) Fullers Earth, Dry, Raw Fullers Earth, Oily, Spent Fullers Earth, Calcined Galena (See Lead Sulde) Gelatine, Granulated Gilsonite Glass, Batch Glue, Ground
40-45 22-40 18-25 20-25 12 25-30 35-40 40 35-40 40-50 75-90 90-110 80-120 80-120 11-17 40-50 25-31 30 40-60 80-100 90-100 76 63-70 16 40-50 65-80 90-100 100 75-80 120-135 105-120 50-75 35-40 40-50 43-45 48-50 25-45 33-40 45-60 110-125 30-45 80-100 90-110 30-45 30-40 60-65 40 32 37 80-100 40
D7-45HW C12-25X C12-45XY C12-35HWY B6-35Y B6-45HW B6-45HW B6-35HW C12-45HW D3-45HW A100-36L D16-36 C12-37 D16-37 A40-36Y A40-35 A40-35 B6-35 C12-45V C12-36 DX-36 C12-36 C12-35 A40-35MPY A40-35U A100-37 D7-37 A200-36 C12-37 C12-26 A100-36 C12-35U C12-45HP D7-45H B6-35X D7-45W B6-45W A40-45LP A40-36LM A40-36 A40-36LM B6-36 D7-36 A40-36M A40-25 C12-450W A100-25 B6-35PU C12-35 C12-37 B6-45U
L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S-B H H H H H L-S-B H H L-S H H H L-S-B S L-S-B H H H H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S S H H H H H H H H H S H H H
2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 3 2
1.0 .6 .9 .8 .9 .5 .5 .6 .6 1.3 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.5 1.6 1.6 .5 .5 .8 2.0 2.0 1.2 .8 1.0 .8 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 .4 .7 .4 .6 3.5 3.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 .8 1.5 2.5 1.7
30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 15 15 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 15 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30B 30B 15 30A 15 30A 30A 15 30A
H-11
CONVEYORS

Glue, Pearl Glue, Veg. Powdered Gluten, Meal Granite, Fine Grape Pomace Graphite Flake Graphite Flour Graphite Ore Guano Dry* Gypsum, Calcined Gypsum, Calcined, Powdered Gypsum, Raw 1 Hay, Chopped* Hexanedioic Acid (See Adipic Acid) Hominy, Dry Hops, Spent, Dry Hops, Spent, Wet Ice, Crushed Ice, Flaked* Ice, Cubes Ice, Shell Ilmenite Ore Iron Ore Concentrate Iron Oxide Pigment Iron Oxide, Millscale Iron Pyrites (See Ferrous Sulde) Iron Sulphate (See Ferrous Sulfate) Iron Sulde (See Ferrous Sulde) Iron Vitriol (See Ferrous Sulfate) Kar (Corn) Kaolin Clay Kaolin Clay-Talc Kryalith (See Cryolite) Lactose Lamp Black (See Carbon Black) Lead Arsenate Lead Arsenite Lead Carbonate Lead Ore 18
H-12
Lead Ore 12 Lead Oxide (Red Lead) 100 Mesh Lead Oxide (Red Lead) 200 Mesh Lead Sulphide 100 Mesh Lignite (See Coal Lignite) Limanite, Ore, Brown Lime, Ground, Unslaked Lime Hydrated Lime, Hydrated, Pulverized Lime, Pebble Limestone, Agricultural Limestone, Crushed Limestone, Dust Lindane (Benzene Hexachloride) Linseed (See Flaxseed) Litharge (Lead Oxide) Lithopone
40 40 40 80-90 15-20 40 28 65-75 70 55-60 60-80 70-80 8-12 35-50 35 50-55 35-45 40-45 33-35 33-35 140-160 120-180 25 75 40-45 63 32-56 32 72 72 240-260 200-270 180-230 30-150 30-180 240-260 120 60-65 40 32-40 53-56 68 85-90 55-95 45-50
C12-35U A40-45U B6-35P C12-27 D3-45U B6-25LP A100-35LMP DX-35L C12-35 B6-35U A100-35U D3-25 C12-35JY C12-25 D3-35 D3-45V D3-35Q C12-35Q D3-35Q D3-45Q D3-37 A40-37 A100-36LMP C12-36 C12-25 D3-25 A40-35LMP A40-35PU A40-35R A40-35R A40-35R B6-35 C12-36 A100-35P A200-35LP A100-35R C12-47 B6-35U B6-35LM A40-35LM C12-25HU B6-35 DX-36 A40-46MY A325-35MR
L-S-B L-S-B L-S H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S H H H L-S L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S S S S H H H H H H H S L-S-B L-S-B H H H H H H H L-S-B H L-S L-S H H H L-S
1 1 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1
.5 .6 .6 2.5 1.4 .5 .5 1.0 2.0 1.6 2.0 2.0 1.6 .4 1.0 1.5 .4 .6 .4 .4 2.0 2.2 1.0 1.6 .5 2.0 2.0 .6 1.4 1.4 1.0 1.4 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.7 .6 .8 .6 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.6-2.0 1.0
30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 30B 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30A
CONVEYORS

Maize (See Milo) Malt, Dry, Ground Malt, Meal Malt, Dry Whole Malt, Sprouts Magnesium Chloride (Magnesite) Manganese Dioxide* Manganese Ore Manganese Oxide Manganese Sulfate Marble, Crushed Marl, (Clay) Meat, Ground Meat, Scrap (W\bone) Mica, Flakes Mica, Ground Mica, Pulverized Milk, Dried, Flake Milk, Malted Milk, Powdered Milk Sugar Milk, Whole, Powdered Mill Scale (Steel) Milo, Ground Milo Maize (Kar) Molybdenite Powder Monosodium Phosphate Mortar, Wet* Mustard Seed Naphthalene Flakes Niacin (Nicotinic Acid) Oats Oats, Crimped Oats, Crushed Oats, Flour Oat Hulls Oats, Rolled Oleo Margarine (Margarine) Orange Peel, Dry Oxalic Acid Crystals Ethane Diacid Crystals Oyster Shells, Ground Oyster Shells, Whole Paper Pulp (4% or less) Paper Pulp (6% to 15%) Parafn Cake 12 Peanuts, Clean, in shell Peanut Meal Peanuts, Raw, Uncleaned (unshelled) Peanuts, Shelled Peas, Dried Perlite Expanded Phosphate Acid Fertillizer Phosphate Disodium (See Sodium Phosphate) Phosphate Rock, Broken Phosphate Rock, Pulverized
20-30 36-40 20-30 13-15 33 70-85 125-140 120 70 80-95 80 50-55 40 17-22 13-15 13-15 5-6 27-30 20-45 32 20-36 120-125 32-36 40-45 107 50 150 45 45 35 26 19-26 22 35 8-12 19-24 59 15 60 50-60 80 62 60-62 45 15-20 30 15-20 35-45 45-50 8-12 60 75-85 60
B6-35NP B6-25P C12-35N C12-35P C12-45 A100-35NRT DX-37 A100-36 C12-37 B6-37 DX-36 E-45HQTX E-46H B6-16MY B6-36 A100-36M B6-35PUY A40-45PX B6-25PM A100-35PX B6-35PUX E-46T B6-25 B6-15N B6-26 B6-36 E-46T B6-15N B6-35 A40-35P C12-25MN C12-35 B6-45NY A100-35 B6-35NY C12-35NY E-45HKPWX E-45 B6-35QS C12-36T D3-36TV E-45 E-45 C12-45K D3-35Q B6-35P D3-36Q C12-35Q C12-15NQ C12-36 B6-25T DX-36 B6-36
L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S H H H H H L-S H H H H S S S S S H L-S-B L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S H H L-S L-S L-S L-S S H S L-S-B H L-S H H
2 2
1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 2 2
.5 .4 .5 .4 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.0 .9 1.0 .4 .9 .5 .6 .5 3.0 .5 .4 1.5 .6 3.0 .4 .7 2.5 .4 .5 .6 .5 .5 .6 .4 1.5 1.0 1.6-2.0 2.1-2.5 1.5 1.5 .6 .6 .6 .7 .4 .5 .6 1.4 2.1 1.7
30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 30B 15 15 30B 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30B 45 45 30B 30B 30B 45 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 45 30B 45 30B 30B
H-13
CONVEYORS

H-14
Phosphate Sand Plaster of Paris (See Gypsum) Plumbago (See Graphite) Polystyrene Beads Polyvinyl, Chloride Powder Polyvinyl, Chloride Pellets Polyethylene, Resin Pellets Potash (Muriate) Dry Potash (Muriate) Mine Run Potassium Carbonate Potassium Chloride Pellets Potassium Nitrate 12 Potassium Nitrate 18 Potassium Sulfate Potato Flour Pumice 18 Pyrite, Pellets Quartz 100 Mesh Quartz 12 Rice, Bran Rice, Grits Rice, Polished Rice, Hulled Rice, Hulls Rice, Rough Rosin 12 Rubber, Reclaimed Ground Rubber, Pelleted Rye Rye Bran Rye Feed Rye Meal Rye Middlings Rye, Shorts Safower, Cake Safower, Meal Safower Seed Saffron (See Safower) Sal Ammoniac (Ammonium Chloride) Salt Cake, Dry Coarse Salt Cake, Dry Pulverized Salicylic Acid Salt, Dry Coarse Salt, Dry Fine Saltpeter (See Potassium Nitrate) Sand Dry Bank (Damp) Sand Dry Bank (Dry) Sand Dry Silica Sand Foundry (Shake Out) Sand (Resin Coated) Silica Sand (Resin Coated) Zircon Sawdust, Dry Sea Coal Sesame Seed Shale, Crushed Shellac, Powdered or Granulated
90-100 40 20-30 20-30 30-35 70 75 51 120-130 76 80 42-48 48 42-48 120-130 70-80 80-90 20 42-45 30 45-49 20-21 32-36 65-68 23-50 50-55 42-48 15-20 33 35-40 42 32-33 50 50 45 85 65-85 29 45-60 70-80 110-130 90-110 90-100 90-100 104 115 10-13 65 27-41 85-90 31
B6-37 B6-35PQ A100-45KT E-45KPQT C12-45Q B6-37 DX-37 B6-36 C12-25TU C12-16NT B6-26NT B6-46X A200-35MNP B6-46 C12-26 A100-27 C12-27 B6-35NY B6-35P C12-15P C12-25P B6-35NY C12-35N C12-45Q C12-45 D3-45 B6-15N B6-35Y B6-35N B6-35 B6-35 C12-35 D3-26 B6-35 B6-15N B6-36TU B6-36TU B6-37U C12-36TU B6-36TU B6-47 B6-37 B6-27 D3-37Z B6-27 A100-27 B6-45UX B6-36 B6-26 C12-36 B6-35P
H S S S L-S H H H H H H H L-S H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S H L-S-B L-S-B H H H H H H H H H H H L-S-B H H H S
3 1 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1
2.0 .4 1.0 .6 .4 2.0 2.2 1.0 1.6 1.2 1.2 1.0 .5 1.6 2.0 1.7 2.0 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .6 1.5 .8 1.5 .4 .4 .5 .5 .5 .5 .6 .6 .4 2.1 1.7 .6 1.0 1.7 2.8 1.7 2.0 2.6 2.0 2.3 1.4 1.0 .6 2.0 .6
15 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 45 30B 30B 30B 30A 30B 30B 15 15 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 45 30B 30B 15 30B 30B 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30B 30B 30B 30A
CONVEYORS

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Material Code Intermediate Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading
Silicon Dioxide (See Quartz) Silica, Flour Silica Gel + 12 - 3 Slag, Blast Furnace Crushed Slag, Furnace Granular, Dry Slate, Crushed, 12 Slate, Ground, 18 Sludge, Sewage, Dried Sludge, Sewage, Dry Ground Soap, Beads or Granules Soap, Chips Soap Detergent Soap, Flakes Soap, Powder Soapstone, Talc, Fine Soda Ash, Heavy Soda Ash, Light Sodium Aluminate, Ground Sodium Aluminum Fluoride (See Kryolite) Sodium Aluminum Sulphate* Sodium Bentonite (See Bentonite) Sodium Bicarbonate (See Baking Soda) Sodium Chloride (See Salt) Sodium Carbonate (See Soda Ash) Sodium Hydrate (See Caustic Soda) Sodium Hydroxide (See Caustic Soda) Sodium Borate (See Borax) Sodium Nitrate Sodium Phosphate Sodium Sulfate (See Salt Cake) Sodium Sulte Sorghum, Seed (See Kar or Milo) Soybean, Cake Soybean, Cracked Soybean, Flake, Raw Soybean, Flour Soybean Meal, Cold Soybean Meal Hot Soybeans, Whole Starch Steel Turnings, Crushed Sugar Beet, Pulp, Dry Sugar Beet, Pulp, Wet Sugar, Rened, Granulated Dry Sugar, Rened, Granulated Wet Sugar, Powdered Sugar, Raw Sulphur, Crushed 12 Sulphur, Lumpy, 3 Sulphur, Powdered Sunower Seed Talcum, 12 Talcum Powder Tanbark, Ground* Timothy Seed Titanium Dioxide (See Ilmenite Ore)
80 45 130-180 60-65 80-90 82-85 40-50 45-55 15-35 15-25 15-50 5-15 20-25 40-50 55-65 20-35 72 75 70-80 50-60 96 40-43 30-40 18-25 27-30 40 40 45-50 25-50 100-150 12-15 25-45 50-55 55-65 50-60 55-65 50-60 80-85 50-60 19-38 80-90 50-60 55 36
A40-46 D3-37HKQU D3-37Y C12-37 C12-36 B6-36 E-47TW B-46S B6-35Q C12-35Q B6-35FQ B6-35QXY B6-25X A200-45XY B6-36 A40-36Y B6-36 A100-36 D3-25NS A-35 B6-46X D3-35W C12-36NW C12-35Y A40-35MN B6-35 B6-35T C12-26NW A40-15M D3-46WV C12-26 C12-35X B6-35PU C12-35X A100-35PX B6-35PX C12-35N D3-35N A40-35MN C12-15 C12-36 A200-36M B6-45 B6-35NY
H H H H H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H H H H L-S L-S H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S H L-S-B H H L-S-B S S S S L-S L-S L-S L-S-B H H L-S-B L-S-B
2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1
1.5 2.0 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.6 .8 .8 .6 .6 .8 .6 .9 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.0 1.0 1.2 .9 1.5 1.0 .5 .8 .8 .5 .5 1.0 1.0 3.0 .9 1.2 1.0-1.2 1.4-2.0 .8 1.5 .8 .8 .6 .5 .9 .8 .7 .6
30B 15 15 15 30B 30B 15 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 30B 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 45 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30B 30B 30A 30A
H-15
CONVEYORS

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Material Code Intermediate Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading
Tobacco, Scraps Tobacco, Snuff Tricalcium Phosphate Triple Super Phosphate Trisodium Phosphate Trisodium Phosphate Granular Trisodium Phosphate, Pulverized Tung Nut Meats, Crushed Tung Nuts Urea Prills, Coated Vermiculite, Expanded Vermiculite, Ore Vetch Walnut Shells, Crushed Wheat Wheat, Cracked Wheat, Germ White Lead, Dry Wood Chips, Screened Wood Flour Wood Shavings Zinc, Concentrate Residue Zinc Oxide, Heavy Zinc Oxide, Light *Consult Factory
15-25 30 40-50 50-55 60 60 50 28 25-30 43-46 16 80 48 35-45 45-48 40-45 18-28 75-100 10-30 16-36 8-16 75-80 30-35 10-15
D3-45Y B6-45MQ A40-45 B6-36RS C12-36 B6-36 A40-36 D3-25W D3-15 B6-25 C12-35Y D3-36 B6-16N B6-36 C12-25N B6-25N B6-25 A40-36MR D3-45VY B6-35N E-45VY B6-37 A100-45X A100-45XY
L-S L-S-B L-S H H H H L-S L-S L-S-B L-S H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H L-S L-S L-S H L-S L-S
2 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 1 1
.8 .9 1.6 2.0 1.7 1.7 1.6 .8 .7 1.2 .5 1.0 .4 1.0 .4 .4 .4 1.0 .6 .4 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0
30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30B 45 45 45 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 30A
CONVEYORS H-16
Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed

In order to determine the size and speed of a screw conveyor, it is necessary rst to establish the material code number. It will be seen from what follows that this code number controls the cross-sectional loading that should be used. The various cross-sectional loadings shown in the Capacity Table (Table 1-6) are for use with the standard screw conveyor components indicated in the Component Group Selection Guide on page H-22 and are for use where the conveying operation is controlled with volumetric feeders and where the material is uniformly fed into the conveyor housing and discharged from it. Check lump size limitations before choosing conveyor diameter. See Table 1-7.
Capacity Table
The capacity table, (Table 1-6), gives the capacities in cubic feet per hour at one revolution per minute for various size screw conveyors for four cross-sectional loadings. Also shown are capacities in cubic feet per hour at the maximum recommended revolutions per minute. The capacity values given in the table will be found satisfactory for most applications. Where the capacity of a screw conveyor is very critical, especially when handling a material not listed in Table 1-2, it is best to consult our Engineering Department. The maximum capacity of any size screw conveyor for a wide range of materials, and various conditions of loading, may be obtained from Table 1-6 by noting the values of cubic feet per hour at maximum recommended speed.
Conveyor Speed
For screw conveyors with screws having standard pitch helical ights the conveyor speed may be calculated by the formula: N= N= Required capacity, cubic feet per hour
For the calculation of conveyor speeds where special types of screws are used, such as short pitch screws, cut ights, cut and folded ights and ribbon ights, an equivalent required capacity must be used, based on factors in the Tables 1-3, 4, 5. Factor CF1 relates to the pitch of the screw. Factor CF2 relates to the type of the ight. Factor CF3 relates to the use of mixing paddles within the ight pitches. The equivalent capacity then is found by multiplying the required capacity by the capacity factors. See Tables 1-3, 4, 5 for capacity factors. Equiv. Required Capacity (Cubic FeetCapacity ) = (Cubic Feet Per Hour) (CF ) (CF ) (CF ) Per Hour
1 2 3
revolutions per minute of screw, (but not greater than the maximum recommended speed.)
H-17
CONVEYORS
Cubic feet per hour at 1 revolution per minute
Capacity Factors
Table 1-3
Pitch Special Conveyor Pitch Capacity Factor CF1 Pitch = Diameter of Screw Pitch =23 Diameter of Screw Pitch =12 Diameter of Screw Pitch = 112 Diameter of Screw Description CF1
Standard Short Half Long
1.00 1.50 2.00 0.67
Table 1-4
Type of Flight Special Conveyor Flight Capacity Factor CF2 15% Conveyor Loading 30% 1.57 3.75 1.37 45% 1.43 2.54 1.62
*Not recommended If none of the above ight modications are used: CF2 = 1.0
Cut Flight Cut & Folded Flight Ribbon Flight
1.95 N.R.* 1.04
Table 1-5
Standard Paddles at 45 Reverse Pitch Factor CF3 Special Conveyor Mixing Paddle Capacity CF3 None 1.00 1 Paddles Per Pitch 1.16 2 3 4
1.08
1.24
1.32
CONVEYORS H-18
Capacity Table Horizontal Screw Conveyors

(Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors)
Table 1-6
Trough Loading Screw Dia. Inch Capacity Cubic Feet Per Hour (Full Pitch) At One RPM Max. RPM At Max RPM
0.62
45%
18 30 4 6 24 20
16
14
12
10
2.23
114
323.00 0.41
164.00
93.70
67.60
46.70
31.20
19.40
11.40
8.20
6060 16400 53 10300 8120
4370
2820
1710
1270
368
184
165 155
150 140 130 100 130 90 110 120 145
29070
30% A
10 12 14 16 18 20 30 4 6 24
1.49
5.45
180
12.90 20.80 31.20 45.00 216.00 0.41 62.80
7.57
545
120
1160 1770 2500 3380 4370 12960 29 7100
720
100 95 90 85 80 75 70 60 65
109.00
30% B
10 12 14 16 18 20 30 4 6 24
12.90 20.80 31.20 45.00 216.00 109.00 0.21 62.80
7.60
418 1040 1400 2025 2500 7560 15 4360 645
55 50 50 45 45 40 35 40
10
0.75
2.72 3.80 6.40
150 210 325 520 1010 1250 2180 3780 700
45
72
60 55 55 50 50 45 45 40 40 35
15%
12 14 16 18 20 24 30
10.40 15.60 22.50 31.20 108.00 54.60
H-19
CONVEYORS
1.49
5.45
300
90
72
60 55
Lump Size Limitations

The size of a screw conveyor not only depends on the capacity required, but also on the size and proportion of lumps in the material to be handled. The size of a lump is the maximum dimension it has. If a lump has one dimension much longer than its transverse cross-section, the long dimension or length would determine the lump size. The character of the lump also is involved. Some materials have hard lumps that wont break up in transit through a screw conveyor. In that case, provision must be made to handle these lumps. Other materials may have lumps that are fairly hard, but degradable in transit through the screw conveyor, thus reducing the lump size to be handled. Still other materials have lumps that are easily broken in a screw conveyor and lumps of these materials impose no limitations. Three classes of lump sizes are shown in TABLE 1-7 and as follows
Class 1 A mixture of lumps and nes in which not more than 10% are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum; and 90% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size. Class 2 A mixture of lumps and nes in which not more than 25% are lumps ranging from the maximum size to one half of the maximum; and 75% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size.
Class 3 A mixture of lumps only in which 95% or more are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum size; and 5% or less are lumps less than one tenth of the maximum size.
Maximum Lump Size Table

Screw Diameter Inches
Table 1-7
12 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18
6 9 9
Pipe *O.D. Inches
278 312 4 312 4 4 412 4 412
238 238 278
Radial Clearance Inches
2516 3316 3916 5116 434 412 534 512 612 614 712 712
Class I 10% Lumps Max. Lump, Inch
114 214 214 234 234 234 314 212 334 334 414 414 434 434 6 8
Class II 25% Lumps Max. Lump, Inch

3 4 112 112
Class III 95% Lumps Max. Lump, Inch
212 114 234 234 312 312 334 5 3 3
2 2 2
2 4 3 4
3 1
114 114 112 112 2 2 212 3 134 134
1 1 1
CONVEYORS H-20
*For special pipe sizes, consult factory. Radial clearance is the distance between the bottom of the trough and the bottom of the conveyor pipe.
20 20 24 30
4 412 412 412
812 814 1014 1314
EXAMPLE: Lump Size Limitations
To illustrate the selection of a conveyor size from the Maximum Lump Size Table, Table 1-7, consider crushed ice as the conveyed material. Refer to the material charts Table 1-2 and nd crushed ice and its material code D3-35Q and weight of 35-45 lbs./C.F. D3 means that the lump size is 12 to 3, this is noted by referring to the material classication code chart on page H-6. From actual specications regarding crushed ice it is known that crushed ice has a maximum lump size of 112 and only 25% of the lumps are 112. With this information refer to Table 1-7, Maximum Lump Size Table. Under the column Class II and 112 Max. lump size read across to the minimum screw diameter which will be 9.
Component Selection
To facilitate the selection of proper specications for a screw conveyor for a particular duty, screw conveyors are broken down into three Component Groups. These groups relate both to the Material Classication Code and also to screw size, pipe size, type of bearings and trough thickness. Referring to Table 1-2, nd the component series designation of the material to be conveyed. Having made the Component Series selection, refer to Tables 1-8, 9, 10 which give the specications of the various sizes of conveyor screws. (The tabulated screw numbers in this table refer to standard specications for screws found on pages H-78 - H-82 Component Section.) These standards give complete data on the screws such as the length of standard sections, minimum edge thickness of screw ight, bushing data, bolt size, bolt spacing, etc. EXAMPLE: For a screw conveyor to handle brewers grain, spent wet, refer to the material characteristics Table 1-2. Note that the component series column refers to series 2. Refer now to page H-22, component selection, Table 1-9, component group 2. The standard shaft sizes, screw ight designations, trough gauges and cover gauges are listed for each screw diameter.
H-21
CONVEYORS
Component Groups
Component Selection
Table 1-8
Component Group 1
Screw Number Helicoid Flights
12 12 14
6 9 9
Coupling Diameter Inches
Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches
16 18 20 24 30
2 2716 2716 3 3 3 3716 3716
112 112 2
12H408 12H508 14H508
6H304 9H306 9H406
Sectional Flights
16H610
16S612 18S612 20S612 24S712 30S712
12S409 12S509 14S509
6S307 9S307 9S409
16 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga.
Trough
12 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga.
12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.
16 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga.
Cover
14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.
14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga.
12 12 12 14 14 16 18 20 24 30
6 9 9
Component Group 2
Table 1-9
Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches
2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3 3716 3716
1 2 112 2
1
12H412 12H512 12H614 14H614 16H614
6H308 9H312 9H412
Sectional Flights
12S412 12S512 12S616 14S512 14S616 16S616 18S616 20S616 24S716 30S716
6S309 9S309 9S412
14 Ga.. 10 Ga. 10 Ga. 16 In. 16 In. 16 In. 3 16 In. 3 16 In.

3 3 3
Trough
16 Ga.. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.
Cover
16 In. 16 In. 16 In. 3 16 In. 3 16 In.

3 3 3
12 12 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
6 9 9
Component Group 3
Table 1-10
CONVEYORS
2 2716 3 3 3 3 3 3716 3716
112 112 2
12H412 12H512 12H614
6H312 9H312 9H414
Sectional Flights
16S624 18S624 20S624 24S724 30S724
12S412 12S512 12S616 14S624
6S312 9S312 9S416
10 Ga. 3 16 In. 3 16 In. 4 In. 4 In. 4 In. 1 4 In.

1 1 1 1 1 1
Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches Trough Cover
16 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.
4 In. 4 In. 4 In. 1 4 In. 1 4 In.
H-22
Bearing Selection
The selection of bearing material for intermediate hangers is based on experience together with a knowledge of the characteristics of the material to be conveyed. By referring to the material characteristic tables, page H-8 thru H-16 the intermediate hanger bearing selection can be made by viewing the Bearing Selection column. The bearing selection will be made from one of the following types: B, L, S, H. The various bearing types available in the above categories can be selected from the following table.
Table 1-11
Hanger Bearing Selection
Bearing Component Groups Bearing Typos Recommended Coupling Shaft Material Max. Recommended Operating Temperature Fb
B L
Ball
Bronze* Graphite Bronze Oil Impreg. Bronze Oil Impreg. Wood Nylatron Nylon Teon UHMW Melamine (MCB) Ertalyte Urethane
Bronze
Standard
Martin
*Sintered Metal. Self-lubricating.
OTHER TYPES OF COUPLING SHAFT MATERIALS Various alloys, stainless steel, and other types of shafting can be furnished as required. Ertalyte is a registered Trademark of Quadrant.
H-23
CONVEYORS
Stellite Ceramic
Hard Iron Hard Surfaced
Martin Hard Iron*
Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
Standard
180F
Hardened Hardened or Special Special Special
Hardened
850F 500F 200F 160F 250F 160F 250F 225F 250F 200F 200F 500F 500F 500F
300F
1.0
2.0
3.4 4.4
500F 1,000F
Horsepower Requirements
Horizontal Screw Conveyors
The horsepower required to operate a horizontal screw conveyor is based on proper installation, uniform and regular feed rate to the conveyor and other design criteria as determined in this book. The horsepower requirement is the total of the horsepower to overcome friction (HPf ) and the horsepower to transport the material at the specied rate (HPm ) multiplied by the overload factor Fo and divided by the total drive efciency e, or: HPf = 1,000,000 LN F fb d CLW F Fm Fp f 1,000,000 = (Horsepower to run an empty conveyor) = (Horsepower to move the material)
*Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors or Screw Feeders
HPm = Total HP
The following factors determine the horsepower requirement of a screw conveyor operating under the foregoing conditions. L = Total length of conveyor, feet N = Operating speed, RPM (revolutions per minute) Fd = Conveyor diameter factor (See Table 1-12) Fb = Hanger bearing factor (See Table 1-13) C = Capacity in cubic feet per hour W = Weight of material, lbs. per cubic foot Ff = Flight factor (See Table 1-14) Fm = Material factor (See Table 1-2) F = Paddle factor, when required. (See Table 1-15) p Fo = Overload factor (See Table 1-16) e = Drive efciency (See Table 1-17)
(HPf +HP )Fo m e
CONVEYORS
Table 1-12
Conveyor Diameter Factor, Fd Screw Diameter Inches Factor Fd Screw Diameter Inches Factor Fd Bearing Type
Table 1-13
Hanger Bearing Factor Fb Hanger Bearing Factor Fb
4 6 9 10 12
12.0 18.0 31.0 37.0 55.0
14 16 18 20 24 30
78.0 106.0 135.0 165.0 235.0 300
B L
Ball
*Graphite Bronze *Melamine *Oil Impreg. Bronze *Oil Impreg. Wood *Nylatron *Nylon *Teon *UHMW *Ertalyte *Urethane *Hard Surfaced *Stellite * Ceramic *Martin Hard Iron
Martin Bronze
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.4 4.4
*Non lubricated bearings, or bearings not additionally lubricated.
H-24
Ertalyte is a registered Trademark of Quadrant.
Horsepower Factor Tables

Table 1-14
Flight Factor, Ff
Flight Type Ff Factor for Percent Conveyor Loading 15%
Standard Cut Flight Cut & Folded Flight Ribbon Flight
*Not Recommended
1.0 1.10 N.R.* 1.05
1.0 1.15 1.50 1.14
30%
1.0 1.20 1.70 1.20
45%
1.0 1.3 2.20
95%
Table 1-15
Paddle Factor Fp Standard Paddles per Pitch, Paddles Set at 45 Reverse Pitch Number of Paddles per Pitch 0 1 2 3 4
Paddle Factor F p
1.0
1.29
1.58
1.87
2.16
Table 1-16
Fo Overload Factor
Trace the value of (HP + HP ) vertically to the diagonal line, then across to the left where the F value is listed. f m o
Horsepower HP + HP f m For values of HP + HP greater than 5.2, F is 1.0 f m o
Table 1-17
e Drive Efciency Factor Screw Drive or Shaft Mount w/ V-Belt Drive V-Belt to Helical Gear and Coupling Gearmotor w/ Coupling Gearmotor w/ Chain Drive Worm Gear
.88
.87
.95
.87
Consult Manufacturer
H-25
CONVEYORS
Horsepower
PROBLEM: Convey 1,000 cubic feet per hour Brewers grain, spent wet, in a 25-0 long conveyor driven by a screw conveyor drive with V-belts. SOLUTION: 1. Refer to material characteristic table 1-2 for Brewers grain, spent wet and nd: A. wt/cf: 55 - 60 B. material code: C12 - 45T Refer to Table 1-1, material classication code chart where: C12 = Fine 12 and under 4 = Sluggish 5 = Mildly abrasive T = Mildly corrosive C. Intermediate bearing selection: L or S Refer to Table 1-11 Bearing Selection, Find: L = Bronze S = Nylatron, Nylon, Teon, UHMW Melamine, Graphite Bronze, Oil-impreg. Bronze, and oil-impreg. wood and Urethane. D. Material Factor: Fm = .8 E. Trough Loading: 30%A Refer to Table 1-6 capacity table and nd 30%A which shows the various capacities per RPM of the standard size screw conveyors and the maximum RPMs for those sizes. 2. From Table 1-6, Capacity table under 30%A note that a 12 screw will convey 1,160 cubic feet per hour at 90 RPM maximum, therefore at 1 RPM a 12 screw will convey 12.9 cubic feet. For 1,000 CFH capacity at 12.9 CFH per RPM, the conveyor must therefore run 78 RPM (1000 12.9 = 77.52). 3. With the above information and factors from Tables 1-12 through 1-17 refer to the horsepower formulas on H-24 and calculate the required horsepower to convey 1000 CF/H for 25 feet in a 12 conveyor. Using the known factors nd that: L = 25 N = 78 RPM from step 2 above Fd = 55 see Table 1-12, for 12 Fb = 2.0 see Table 1-13 for L C = 1000 CFH W = 60#/CF from step 1A Ff = 1 see Table 1-14, standard 30% Fp = 1 see Table 1-15 e = .88 see Table 1-17 EXAMPLE: Horsepower Calculation (See page H-207 for sample worksheet)
CONVEYORS
4. Solve the following horsepower equations: 1,000,000 1,000,000
A. HPf = L N Fd Fb = 2578552.0 = 0.215
B. HPm = C L W Ff Fm Fp = 100025601.81 = 1.2 1,000,000 1,000,000 C. HPf = (HPf + HP ) ( F ) = (1.414) (1.9) = 3.05 m o e .88
Find the F factor from 1-16; by adding HP and HP and matching this sum to the values on the chart. o f m
SOLUTION: 3.05 Horsepower is required to convey 1,000 CFH Brewers grain, spent wet in a 12 conveyor for 25 feet. A 5 H.P. motor should be used.
H-26
Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Screw Parts

Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of torque that can be safely transmitted through the pipes, couplings, and coupling bolts. The table below combines the various torsional ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the torsional ratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.
Table 1-18
Coupling Pipe Sch. 40 Torque in Lbs.* Shaft Dia. In. Size In. Torque In. Lbs. Bolt Dia. In. Couplings Bolts in Shear in Lbs. L No. of Bolts Used Bolts Bolts in Bearing in Lbs. No. of Bolts Used
CEMA Std. (C-1018)
Martin Std.
(C-1045)
112 2 3 3
2716 3 16
7
2 3 4
212 312
112
23,100 43,300
14,250 32,100 43,000
3,140
7,500
00,820
03,070 07,600
15,090 42,550
28,370
28,370
18,247 51,568
3,727 9,233
999
3 1 5 5 3 3 7
8 2 8 8 4 4 8
1,380 09,270 3,660 7,600
34,427
34,427
16,400 16,400 25,600
11,400
2,070 5,490
1,970 11,640 15,540 25,000 21,800 5,000 7,860
13,900 24,600 24,600 38,400
23,310 32,700
11,790
2,955 7,500
17,460 37,500
L Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts. Values for Grade 5 Bolts are above 2.5 *Values are for unheattreated shafts.
Thus it can be seen that the shaft itself is the limiting factor on 1, 112 and 2 couplings. The bolts in shear are the limiting factors on the 2716 coupling and on the 3 coupling used in conjunction with 4 pipe. The bolts in bearing are the limiting factors for the 3 coupling used in conjunction with 312 pipe, and for the 3716 coupling.
The lowest torsional rating gure for any given component will be the one that governs how much torque may be safely transmitted. For example, using standard unhardened two bolt coupling shafts, the limiting torsional strength of each part is indicated by the underlined gures in Table 1-18.
EXAMPLE: 12 Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower From the table above 2 shafts with 2 bolt drilling and 212 std. pipe are adequate (4,040 < 7600). 63,025ii5 = 4,040 In. Lbs. 78
If the torque is greater than the values in the above table, such as in 2 couplings (torque > 7600), then hardened shafts can be used as long as the torque is less than the value for hardened couplings (torque < 9500). If the torque is greater than the 2 bolt in shear value but less than the 3 bolt in shear value then 3 bolt coupling can be used. The same applies with bolts in bearing. When the transmitted torque is greater than the pipe size value, then larger pipe or heavier wall pipe may be used. Other solutions include: high torque bolts to increase bolt in shear rating, external collars, or bolt pads welded to pipe to increase bolt in bearing transmission. For solutions other than those outlined in the above table please consult our Engineering Department.
H-27
CONVEYORS
Formula: Horsepower To Torque (In. Lbs.) 63,025iiHP = Torque (In. Lbs.) RPM
Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Screw Parts

Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of horsepower that can be safely transmitted through the pipes, couplings, and coupling bolts. The table below combines the various horsepower ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the ratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.
Table 1-19
Coupling Pipe Couplings Bolts in Shear H.P. per R.P.M. L No. of Bolts Used Bolts Bolts in Bearing H.P. per R.P.M. No. of Bolts Used 3
H.P. per R.P.M. Shaft Dia. In. Size In. H.P. per R.P.M. CEMA Std. (C-1018) Bolt Dia. In.
Martin Std.
(C-1045)
112 2 2716 3
2 3 4
114 212 312
.049 .226 .509
.119 .366 .682 .682
.013 .120 .450
.048 .239 .675 .450
.016 .058 .546 .289 .818 .146 .546
3 1 5 5 3 3 7
8 2 8 8 4 4 8
.021 .058 .120 .147 .260 .260 .406
.032 .087 .180 .390 .609 .220 .390
.031 .079 .124 .246 .345 .184 .396
.046 .119 .187 .369 .518 .277 .595
L Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts.
3716
The lowest horsepower rating gure for any given component will be the one that governs how much horsepower may be safely transmitted. The limiting strength of each part is indicated by the underlined gures in the table above. Formula: Horsepower To Horsepower @ 1 RPM EXAMPLE: 12 Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower 78 RPM 5 HP = 0.06 HP at 1 RPM
From the table above .038 is less than the lowest limiting factor for 2 couplings, so 2 standard couplings with 2 bolts may be used. Solutions to limitations are the same as shown on H-27.
CONVEYORS
H-28
Screw Conveyor End Thrust Thermal Expansion

End thrust in a Screw Conveyor is created as a reaction to the forces required to move the material along the axis of the conveyor trough. Such a force is opposite in direction to the ow of material. A thrust bearing and sometimes reinforcement of the conveyor trough is required to resist thrust forces. Best performance can be expected if the conveyor end thrust bearing is placed so that the rotating members are in tension; therefore, an end thrust bearing should be placed at the discharge end of a conveyor. Placing an end thrust bearing assembly at the feed end of a conveyor places rotating members in compression which may have undesirable effects, but this is sometimes necessary in locating equipment. There are several methods of absorbing thrust forces, the most popular methods are: 1. Thrust washer assembly installed on the shaft between the pipe end and the trough end plate, or on the outside of the end bearing. 2. Type E end thrust assembly, which is a Double Roller Bearing and shaft assembly. 3. Screw Conveyor Drive Unit, equipped with double roller bearing thrust bearings, to carry both thrust and radial loads. Past experience has established that component selection to withstand end thrust is rarely a critical factor and thrust is not normally calculated for design purposes. Standard conveyor thrust components will absorb thrust without resorting to special design in most applications. Screw conveyors often are employed to convey hot materials. It is therefore necessary to recognize that the conveyor will increase in length as the temperature of the trough and screw increases when the hot material begins to be conveyed. The recommended general practice is to provide supports for the trough which will allow movement of the trough end feet during the trough expansion, and during the subsequent contraction when handling of the hot material ceases. The drive end of the conveyor usually is xed, allowing the remainder of the trough to expand or contract. In the event there are intermediate inlets or discharge spouts that cannot move, the expansion type troughs are required. Furthermore, the conveyor screw may expand or contract in length at different rates than the trough. Therefore, expansion hangers are generally recommended. The trough end opposite the drive should incorporate an expansion type ball or roller bearing or sleeve bearing which will safely provide sufcient movement. The change in screw conveyor length may be determined from the following formula: L = L (t1 - t2) C Where: L = increment of change in length, inch L = overall conveyor length in inches t1 = upper limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit t2 = limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit, (or lowest ambient temperature expected) C = coefcient of linear expansion, inches per inch per degree Fahrenheit. This coefcient has the following values for various metals: (a) Hot rolled carbon steel, 6.5106, (.0000065) (b) Stainless steel, 9.9106, (.0000099) (c) Aluminum, 12.8106, (.0000128) EXAMPLE: A carbon steel screw conveyor 30 feet overall length is subject to a rise in temperature of 200F, reaching a hot metal temperature of 260F from an original metal temperature of 60F. t1 = 260 t1 - t2 = 200 t2 = 60 L = (30) (12) = 360 L = (360) (200) (6.5106) = 0.468 inches, or about 1532 inches.
Expansion of Screw Conveyors Handling Hot Materials
H-29
CONVEYORS
Conveyor Screw Deection

When using conveyor screws of standard length, deection is seldom a problem. However, if longer than standard sections of screw are to be used, without intermediate hanger bearings, care should be taken to prevent the screw ights from contacting the trough because of excessive deection. The deection at mid span may be calculated from the following formula. D= 0000005WL3000000 384 (29,000,000) (I)
Where: D = Deection at mid span in inches L = Screw length in inches l
W = Total screw weight in pounds, see pages H-80 to H-83 = Movement of inertia of pipe or shaft, see table 1-20 or 1-21 below
Table 1-20 Schedule 40 Pipe

Pipe Size 2
.666
1.53
212
3.02
4.79
312
7.23
15.2
28.1
72.5
161
10
Table 1-21 Schedule 80 Pipe

Pipe Size 2
.868
1.92
212
3.89
6.28
312
9.61
20.7
40.5
106
212
10
EXAMPLE: Determine the deection of a 12H512 screw conveyor section mounted on 3 sch 40 pipe, overall length is 16-0. W = 272# L = 192 I = 3.02 (From chart above) D= 0005 (272#) (1923)0000 384 (29,000,000) (3.02) = .29 inches
CONVEYORS
Applications where the calculated deection of the screw exceeds .25 inches ( 14) should be referred to our Engineering Department for recommendations. Very often the problem of deection can be solved by using a conveyor screw section with a larger diameter pipe or a heavier wall pipe. Usually, larger pipe sizes tend to reduce deection more effectively than heavier wall pipe.
H-30
Conveyor Screw Deection

Length of Unsupported Span Feet Dummy Scale Deection Inches Total Wt. Pounds
sch 40
Pipe Size
0.67
1.0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 .1 12 .06 10.0 8 6 4 3 2 1500 4.0 1.0 4000 3500 3000 2.0 2500
2/
2000
3.0
3/
.6 .4 .3 .2 700 600 500 1000 900 800
5.0 6.0
7.0
9.0 10 12
11 400 .02 10 .01 9 250 300
15
20
25 8 200
6
I = Moment of inertia of pipe or shaft, see Table 1-20 or 1-21 30
The above Nomograph can be used for a quick reference to check deection of most conveyors.
H-31
CONVEYORS
8.0
Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors

Inclined screw conveyors have a greater horsepower requirement and a lower capacity rating than horizontal conveyors. The amounts of horsepower increase and capacity loss depend upon the angle of incline and the characteristics of the material conveyed.
Inclined conveyors operate most efciently when they are of tubular or shrouded cover design, and a minimum number of intermediate hanger bearings. Where possible, they should be operated at relatively high speeds to help prevent fallback of the conveyed material. Inclined Screw Conveyors Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for your particular application.
Vertical screw conveyors provide an efcient method of elevating most materials that can be conveyed in horizontal screw conveyors. Since vertical conveyors must be uniformly loaded in order to prevent choking, they are usually designed with integral feeders. As with horizontal conveyors, vertical screw conveyors are available with many special features and accessories, including components of stainless steel or other alloys.
CONVEYORS
Vertical Screw Conveyors
Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for your particular application. SEE VERTICAL SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF CATALOG FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
H-32
Screw Feeders
Screw Feeders are designed to regulate the rate of material ow from a hopper or bin. The inlet is usually ooded with material (95% loaded). One or more tapered or variable pitch screws convey the material at the required rate. Screw feeders are regularly provided with shrouded or curved cover plates for a short distance beyond the end of the inlet opening, to obtain feed regulation. As the pitch or diameter increases beyond the shroud the level of the material in the conveyor drops to normal loading levels. Longer shrouds, extra short pitch screws and other modications are occasionally required to reduce ushing of very free owing material along the feeder screw. Feeders are made in two general types: Type 1 with regular pitch ighting and Type 2 with short pitch ighting. Both types are also available with uniform diameter and tapering diameter screws. The various combinations are shown on pages H-34H-35. Screw feeders with uniform screws, Types 1B, 1D, 2B, 2D are regularly used for handling ne free owing materials. Since the diameter of the screw is uniform, the feed of the material will be from the foreport of the inlet and not across the entire length. Where hoppers, bins, tanks, etc. are to be completely emptied, or dead areas of material over the inlet are not objectionable, this type of feeder is entirely satisfactory, as well as economical. Screw feeders with tapering diameter screws will readily handle materials containing a fair percentage of lumps. In addition, they are used extensively where it is necessary or desirable to draw the material uniformly across the entire length of the inlet opening to eliminate inert or dead areas of material at the forepart of the opening. Types 1A, 1C, 2A, and 2C fall into this category. Variable pitch screws can be used in place of tapering diameter screws for some applications. They consist of screws with succeeding sectional ights increasing progressively in pitch. The portion of the screw with the smaller pitch is located under the inlet opening.
Screw feeders with extended screw conveyors are necessary when intermediate hangers are required, or when it is necessary to convey the material for some distance. A screw conveyor of larger diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder to make the extension. See types 1C, 1D, 2C, 2D. Multiple screw feeders are usually in at bottom bins for discharging material which have a tendency to pack or bridge under pressure. Frequently, the entire bin bottom is provided with these feeders which convey the material to collecting conveyors. Such arrangements are commonly used for handling hogged fuel, wood shavings, etc. Screw feeders are available in a variety of types to suit specic materials and applications. We recommend that you contact our Engineering Department for design information.
H-33
CONVEYORS
Screw Feeders
(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)
Typical Type 1
Feeder Type Inlet Opening
SF1A SF1B SF1C SF1D
Standard Standard Standard Standard
Forepart Only of Inlet Opening
Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening
Material Removal
Pitch
Feeder Screw Diameter
Extended Screw
Standard Standard Standard Standard
Tapered Uniform Tapered Uniform
None None As Required As Required
Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Forepart Only of Inlet Opening
SF1A
SF1B
SF1C
CONVEYORS
14 16 18 20 24 6 9 12
SF1D
Feeder Diameter A
Maximum Lump Size

3 4 112 2
Maximum Speed RPM
Capacity Cubic Feet per Hour B At One RPM At Maximum RPM C D E 15
Extended Screw Diameter F Trough Loading % 30 45
*Consult factory if inlet exceeds these lengths.
212 3 3 312 4
55 50 45 40 30
70 65 60
68 104 150 208 340
4.8 17 44
3740 5200 6750 8320 10200
336 1105 2640
54 56 58 60 64
36 42 48
28 32 36 40 48
12 18 24
11 1112 1218 1312 1612
7 9 10
14 18 22
24 28 31 34 40
12 18 24
9 14 18
20 24
9 12 16
18 20 24
H-34
Screw Feeders
(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)
Typical Type 2
Feeder Type Inlet Opening
SF2A SF2B SF2C SF2D
Long Long Long Long
Material Removal
Pitch
Feeder Screw Diameter
Extended Screw
Short (23) Short (23) Short (23) Short (23)
Tapered Uniform Tapered Uniform
None None As Required As Required
SF2A
SF2B
SF2D
Feeder Diameter A
Maximum Lump Size
Maximum Speed RPM
Capacity Cubic Feet per Hour B At One RPM At Maximum RPM C D E 15
Extended Screw Diameter F Trough Loading % 30 45
14 16 18 20 24
6 9 12
1 3
114 112 134 2 212
2 4 1
70 65 60 55 50 45 40 30
44 68 99 137 224
3.1 11 29
217 715 1740 2420 3400 4455 5480 6720
60 66 72 76 78 80 82 86
18 26 36 42 48 54 60 72
7 9 10
11 1112 1218 1312 1612
14 18 22
24 28 31 34 40
10 14 20 24
9 12 16
18 20 24
9 10 14
16 18 20 24
H-35
CONVEYORS
SF2C
Design and Layout

SECTION II
DESIGN AND LAYOUT SECTION II Classication of Enclosure Types .............................................................................................H-36 Hand of Conveyors ...................................................................................................................H-38 Classication of Special Continuous Weld Finishes .................................................................H-39 Detailing of U Trough..............................................................................................................H-40 Detailing of Tubular Trough.......................................................................................................H-41 Detailing of Trough and Discharge Flanges..............................................................................H-42 Bolt Tables ................................................................................................................................H-44 Pipe Sizes and Weights ............................................................................................................H-46 Screw Conveyor Drive Arrangements.......................................................................................H-47 Standards Helicoid Screw.........................................................................................................H-48 Standards Buttweld Screw........................................................................................................H-49 Screw Conveyor Sample Horsepower Worksheet ..................................................................H-207
Classes of Enclosures
Conveyors can be designed to protect the material being handled from a hazardous surrounding or to protect the surroundings from a hazardous material being conveyed. This section establishes recommended classes of construction for conveyor enclosures without regard to their end use or application. These several classes call for specic things to be done to a standard conveyor housing to provide several degrees of enclosure protection.
CONVEYORS
Enclosure Classications
Class IE Class IE enclosures are those provided primarily for the protection of operating personnel or equipment, or where the enclosure forms an integral or functional part of the conveyor or structure. They are generally used where dust control is not a factor or where protection for, or against, the material being handled is not necessary although as conveyor enclosures a certain amount or protection is afforded. Class IIE Class IIE enclosures employ constructions which provide some measure of protection against dust or for, or against, the material being handled. Class IIIE Class IIIE enclosures employ constructions which provide a higher degree of protection in these classes against dust, and for or against the material being handled. When more than one method of fabrication is shown, either is acceptable.
Class IVE Class IVE enclosures are for outdoor applications and under normal circumstances provide for the exclusion of water from the inside of the casing. They are not to be construed as being water-tight, as this may not always be the case.
H-36
Enclosures
Enclosure Construction
Enclosure Classications
Component Classication
IE II E III E IV E
A. TROUGH CONSTRUCTION Formed & Angle Top Flange 1. Plate type end ange a. Continuous arc weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Continuous arc weld on top of end ange and trough top rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Trough Top Rail Angles (Angle Top trough only) a. Staggered intermittent arc and spot weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Continuous arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Staggered intermittent arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough, or spot weld when mastic is used between leg of angle and trough sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
B. COVER CONSTRUCTION 1. Plain at a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Semi-Flanged a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. With buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Flanged a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Hip Roof a. Ends with a buttstrap connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
X X
X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
C. COVER FASTENERS FOR STANDARD GA. COVERS 1. Spring, screw or toggle clamp fasteners or bolted construction* a. Max. spacing plain at covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Max. spacing semi-anged covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Max. spacing anged and hip-roof covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60 60
D. GASKETS 1. Covers a. Red rubber or felt up to 230 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Trough End anges a. Mastic type compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Red rubber up to 230 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . . E. TROUGH END SHAFT SEALS* 1. When handling non-abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. When handling abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *Lip type seals for non-abrasive materials Felt type for mildly abrasive materials Waste type for highly abrasive materials Waste type for moderately abrassive Air purged Martin Super Pac for extremely abrasive Bulk Heads may be required for abrasive & hot materials NOTE: CHECK MATERIAL TEMPERATURE. X
30 40 X X X
18 24 X X X
18 24
X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X
H-37
CONVEYORS
Hand Conveyors
Left Hand
Right Hand
A conveyor screw is either right hand or left hand depending on the form of the helix. The hand of the screw is easily determined by looking at the end of the screw. The screw pictured to the left has the ight helix wrapped around the pipe in a counter-clockwise direction, or to your left. Same as left hand threads on a bolt. This is arbitrarily termed a LEFT hand screw. The screw pictured to the right has the ight helix wrapped around the pipe in a clockwise direction, or to your right. Same as right hand threads on a bolt. This is termed a RIGHT hand screw.
Right and Left Hand Screws
A conveyor screw viewed from either end will show the same conguration. If the end of the conveyor screw is not readily visible, then by merely imagining that the ighting has been cut, with the cut end exposed, the hand of the screw may be easily determined.
CONVEYORS
Flow
Conveyor Screw Rotation
Flow
C.W. Rotation Left Hand Right Hand
C.C.W. Rotation
The above diagrams are a simple means of determining screw rotation. When the material ow is in the direction away from the end being viewed, a R.H. screw will turn counter clockwise and a L.H. screw will turn clockwise rotation as shown by the arrows.
H-38
Conveyor Screw Rotation

RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND
RIGHT
HAND
RIGHT
HAND
LEFT
HAND
LEFT
HAND
RIGHT
HAND
LEFT
HAND
The above diagram indicates the hand of conveyor screw to use when direction of rotation and material ow are known.
Special Screw Conveyor Continuous Weld Finishes

CONVEYORS
Specications on screw conveyor occasionally include the term grind smooth when referring to the nish on continuous welds. This specication is usually used for stainless steel, but occasionally it will appear in carbon steel specications as well. Grind smooth is a general term and subject to various interpretations. This Table establishes recommended classes of nishes, which should be used to help nd the class required for an application.
Weld Finishes Operation
Weld spatter and slag removed
Rough grind welds to remove heavy weld ripple or unusual roughness (Equivalent to a 40-50 grit nish) Medium grind welds leaving some pits and crevices (Equivalent to a 80-100 grit nish) Fine grind welds no pits or crevices permissible (Equivalent to a 140-150 grit nish)
II
III
X X
IV
* Martin IV Finish: CEMA IV welds, polish pipe & ights to 140-150 grit nish. * Martin IV Polish: Same as above plus Scotch-Brite Finish.
H-39
Layout
Trough
(Min.) Hanger Bearing Centers
Std. Length Conveyor Screw
Standard Housing Length
G (Min.)
H
7
A Screw Diameter
4 6 9
B Coupling Diameter
10 12 14 16 18
112 2 2 2716 3 3 112 2
1 2
1
9-1012 9-10 9-10
C Length
D Length
F
3
9-10
10
10
10
112 2 2
3 1 1
8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8 4 4
G (Min.)
412 6 8 9
2716 3 3716 3 16 3716

7
11-9
11-9
11-10 11-9 11-9
10 12 12 12 12
1516 1916 138 138 134 134 2
13
16
358 4 2 618 638 734 10 58 1218 914

1
458 7 78 878 958 10 78 1338 15 12 5 8

5
334 718 5
3 3
2 3 3
7 78 878 1118 1238 1018
10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25
534 938 912 1214 1312 1478 16 8 8

1
1716 112 158 134 2 212 212 2
1 112 134 158 158 2 2 214 212 1
1012 1112 1312 1412 1512 1712
5 5 5
20 24
11-8 11-9 11-8 11-8
11-9
Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E
12
12
4 3 4 4
3 3
214
1612
1312
1818
1338 1538
1914 20
212 212
CONVEYORS
Typical Method of Detailing

9 2 25-0 Conveyor
(Typ.) Total Cover Length Cover Lengths
9CH2264 Hangers (Typ.) CC4H Couplings
9TCP16 Covers
Hanger Spacings
Conveyor Lengths Bare Pipe Tail Shaft Seal
9S412-R Screws
Ball Bearing
Thrust Bearing Drive Shaft Seal Spout Spacing Total Length
9CTF10 Troughs
Housing Lengths
H-40
Layout
Tubular Housing
(Min.) Std. Length Conveyor Screw Hanger Bearing Centers (Bare Pipe)
Standard Housing Length

A Screw Dia. B Coupling Dia. C Length D Length E F
3
(Min.)
K L M N P R
4 6 9
10 12 14 16 18
112 2 2 2716 3 3 112 2
1 2
1
9-1012 9-10 9-10
9-10
10
10
10
112 2 2
3 1 1
8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8 4 4
G (Min.)
H
7
412 6 8 9
2716 3 3716 3 16 3716

7
11-9
11-9
11-10 11-9 11-9
10 12 12 12 12
1516 1916 138 138 134 134 2
13
16
358 4 2 618 638 734 10 58 1218 914

1
458 7 78 878 958 10 78 1338 15 12 5 8

5
334 718 5
3 3
2 3 3
7 78 878 1118 1238 1018
10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25
534 938 912 1214 1312 1478 16 8 8

1
1716 112 158 134 2 212 212 2
1 112 134 158 158 2 2 214 212 1
1012 1112 1312 1412 1512 1712
5 5 5
20 24
11-8 11-9 11-8 11-8
11-9
Typical Method of Detailing

9 2 15-0 Conveyor
9CH2264 Hanger
Hanger Spacings
Conveyor Lengths Bare Pipe
9S412-R Screws
Tail Shaft Seal Ball Bearing
Thrust Bearing Drive Shaft Seal Spout Spacing Total Length
9CHT10 Troughs
Housing Lengths
H-41
CONVEYORS
Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E
12
12
4 3 4 4
3 3
214
1612
1312
1818
1338 1538
1914 20
212 212
Bolt Patterns
U-Trough End Flanges
6 Bolts 8 Bolts 10 Bolts
12 Bolts
Screw Diameter
Bolts Number
4 6 9
6 6 8
Diameter
3 3 3 3 1 1 5 5 5 5
8 8 8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8
10 12 14 16 24 18 20
8 8 8 8
12 2 1314 1578 1778 2438 2812 20 22

1
878
358 412 6 8 638 1058 1218 1312 1612 734 914

1
1132 1 16 21732 22332 22532 22532 258 214 112

3
118
318 418 5516 51516 614 618 558 638 4 8 312

1
4116 4316 4116 658 578 658 3 4

3
318
4116 5116 734 712 578 658 6 518
318
12
10 10
51516 61116
51516 61116 658 658 578
5316
418 418
X X
X X X X X
X X
X X X X X X X
X X
61116
61116 658
578
658
Flared Trough End Flanges

CONVEYORS
C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw
C/L Screw
C/L Screw
C/L Screw
6 Bolts
Screw Diameter Inches Bolts Diameter Number
3 3 1 1 5 5 5 5
8 Bolts
A Holes B C E F
10 Bolts
G Inches H J
12 Bolts
K L
12 14 16 18 20 24
6 9
8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8
6 8 8
10 10 10 10 12
71516 81516 10 11
4716 6 4
1
12316 1414
11 2 1218 1312 1612

1
10 11
7 9
111316 124964 14 16 206164 1778 16

11
9 32
21
7316
12732 1 64 11316 2 64 2932 2516 258

15 43
514 534 6316 678 7 518 5 2

1
2116
514 534 6316 678 7 518 5 2

1
2916 378 3 4
3
2132 3
31132 3516
21516
6316 678 7
518 5 2
1
534
6316 678 7
518 512
678
H-42
Bolt Patterns
Tubular Housing Flanges
6 bolts
10 bolts
8 bolts
12 bolts
Intake & Discharge Flanges
12 bolts
20 bolts
Screw Size
Flange Bolts Tubular X Discharge Y A E Q R S T

3
4 6 10 9 12 14 16 18 20 24
6--38 8-- 8 8--38 8--38 8-- 2 8--12 10--58 10--58 12--58 8--58
1 3
12--14 12-- 8 12--38 12--38 12-- 8 20--38 20--38 20--12 20--12 20--12
3 3
5 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25 7
1178 1314 15 17 22
8 8
7
214 4
13
2 16 4516
1
214 3 438 5 4 4 312 438 434 512

1
11
16
1 5 7 7
8 2 8 8 8 8
10 13
712
5 8 312 334 478 558
1414 1714 1914 2114 2414 2614 3014
1912 2438 2812
312 438 434 558
4716
118 118 118
H-43
CONVEYORS
Flange, Trough 6-38 1 6-38 1 6-14 34 6-38 1 2-38 1 6-38 1 2-12 2 4- 8 1 4 4-38 114 4-38 1 4- 8 1 10 - 16 4
5 3
Part Name
Flange, Tubular Housing 8-38 1 6-516 34 2-516 34 6- 16 4 6-38 1 4-38 1 8-38 1 4-38 114 4- 8 1 4 4-38 114 4-38 1 4- 2 1 2
1 5 5 3
6-38 1 8-38 1 8-38 1 4-38 1 8- 8 1 8-38 1 4-38 1 8-12 114 4-12 112 4- 2 1 2 4-12 112 4-12 114 4-12 114
1 1 3
Bolt Requirements
Ends, Trough 2-14 34 2-38 1 8-38 1 4-38 114 4-38 1 4-12 112 4-12 112 4- 2 1 4 10- 16 4
3 1 3 1
Inside 5- 4 4 8-38 1 4-38 1 4-38 1

3 3 1 1 3
Inside Discharge 8- 8 1 8-38 1 4-12 114 8-12 114 2-12 212 4-12 112 4- 2 1 2 4-12 112
1 1 1 3
Inside Rectangular 8-12 114 4-12 114 8-58 112 2-58 234 4-12 112 4- 2 1 2 4-12 112 4-12 112 4-12 112 4- 2 1 4 4-12 114 2-12 112 2-12 114 8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1
3 1 1 1 1
Ends, Tubular Housing 2-12 2 4-12 114

1 1
Outside Type 4-58 112 10-58 112 2-58 234 4-12 134 4- 8 1 4 4-58 134 4-58 134 4-12 114 10- 16 4
5 3 5 3
Outside Discharge 2-12 2 2-12 212
Hanger, Trough 4- 8 1 4
3 1
Style 60 4-14 1 4-14 1 4- 4 1 10- 16 4

5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3
Style 70 4-38 114 4- 8 1 10- 16 4 2-38 114 2-38 1 8-38 112 2-38 1 8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1
3
Style 216 4-38 1 4- 8 1 10- 16 4 2-38 114 2-12 112 4-38 1

3
Style 220
1
Style 226 4-14 1 10- 16 4 2-38 114 2-14 1 8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1
3
Style 230 4-38 1

3
Style 316 4-38 1
Covers, Trough (Std. 10 ft.) 2-38 114 2-14 1 8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1
3
Style 326
4-38 1
Saddle Feet
Flanged Feet
Spouts, Discharge
Saddle
Attaching Bolts
Flange
All bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts and lock washers.
Flange w/Slide
CONVEYORS
Bolt Requirements Related to Conveyor Trough Sizes
H-44
8-38 1 8-38 1 8-38 1 4-38 1 10- 2 1 8-12 114 4-58 112
1 1
8-38 1 8-12 114 8-12 1 11- 2 1 4 8-58 112

5 1
10
8-12 114 8-12 114 8-12 114 12- 8 1 4 10-58 112

5 1
12
8-12 114 8-58 112 8-58 114 12- 8 1 4 4-58 112

5
14
8-58 112 10-58 112 10-58 114 10-58 112 12- 8 1 2 10-58 112 10-58 112 2-58 234 4-58 2 4-58 134 4-58 134 4- 8 1 2 10 - 16 4
5 3 5 1 1
16
10-58 112 10-58 112 4-58 112 4-58 112
18
10-58 112
20
12-58 112 12-58 112 12-58 112 12-58 112 12-58 112 12-58 112 6-58 112 6-58 112
24
4-12 1
4-12 114
4-58 114
4-58 2 4-58 134 5-58 112 2-58 134 2-58 134 4-58 2 4- 8 1 2 4-58 112 10 - 16 4
5 3 5 1
4-58 212 4-58 212 4-58 134 4-58 112 10-516 34 4-58 112 2-58 134 2-58 134 4-58 134
2-12 114 12-38 1 10- 8 1

3
2-12 114 12-38 112 20-38 1 16- 8 1

3
2-58 114 12-38 112 20-38 1 16- 8 1

3
2-58 114 12-12 112 20-12 1 16- 2 1 4

1 1
2-58 114 12-12 112 20-12 1 16- 2 1 4

1 1
12-12 112
16-12 114
20-12 1
Bolt Requirements Related to Shaft Coupling Sizes
Bearings, End 3-38 114 3-38 114 4- 8 1 4 4-38 114 2-38 112 2- 8 1 4
3 3 3 1
Part Name
1 3-12 112 3-12 112 4- 2 1 2 4-12 112 2-12 134 2- 2 2 4 2-12 214 4-12 234
3 1 1 1 1
112 3-58 134 3-58 134 3-58 112 3-58 134 4- 8 1 4 4- 8 1 4 4-58 112 4-58 134 4- 2 2 4 4- 8 2 2 2- 8 3 2 2-34 3
7 1 5 3 5 3 1 1 5 1
2 3-34 2 3-34 2 4- 4 2 4- 4 2 4 2-78 234 2-78 312 4-34 334 2-78 334 4-34 2 4-34 314
3 3 3
2716 3-34 214 3-34 214 4-34 214 4-34 214
3716
Discharge Bronze
Discharge Ball
Flanged Bronze 4- 2 2 2- 8 2 2 2- 8 2 4 2-58 212 2-58 234 4-12 234 4-58 314
5 5 1 5 3 1
Flanged Ball 2-58 2 2-58 214 2-34 212
Flanged Roller
Pillow Block Bronze
Pillow Block Ball
Bearings, Thrust 4-34 312
Pillow Block, Roller
Type E Roller 8 2116

1
Coupling Bolts 2 3 8 358 58 438
Seals, Shafts 4-12 112 4- 2 2 2

1 5
4 5-312 Pipe 7 8 512 3 4 512-4 Pipe

3
Flanged Gland 4-12 2

3 1 1 5
Plate w/Ball or Bronze 2-12 112 4- 2 3 4 4-12 334

1 1
4-58 112 4-58 112 4- 2 2 4 4- 8 3 4-58 214 4-58 214
4-34 134 4-34 234 2-58 134 4- 4 3 4

3 1
4-34 134
Plate w/Roller
Split Gland
Waste Pack, w/Ball or Bronze
2-12 112 2-58 134 4- 8 3 2 4- 8 3 4 4-12 4 4-58 4

1 5 3
4-34 312 4- 4 4 4-34 414

3
4-34 3 2-34 214 4-34 434 4-34 412
Bolt Requirements
*See page H-86 for special coupling bolts. All other bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts and lock washers.
Waste Pack, w/Roller
H-45 CONVEYORS
Pipe Sizes, Dimensions and Weights

Nominal Pipe Size Inches
1
8 4
Outside Diameter Inches
I.P.S. Schedule
Wall Inches
Inside Diameter Inches
Wt./Ft. Pounds
Nominal Pipe Size Inches
.405 .540 .675 .840
40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 160
10S 40S Est 80S Ex. Hvy. 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy.
.049 .068 .095 .065 .088 .119 .065 .091 .126 .065 .083 .109 .147 .187 .294 .065 .083 .113 .154 .218 .308 .065 .109 .133 .179 .250 .358 .065 .109 .140 .191 .250 .382 .065 .109 .145 .200 .281 .400 .065 .109 .154 .218 .343 .436 .083 .120 .203 .276 .375 .552
W= W= D = t=
.307 .269 .215 .410 .364 .302 .545 .493 .423 .710 .674 .622 .546 .466 .252 .920 .884 .824 .742 .614 .434 1.185 1.097 1.049 .957 .815 .599 1.530 1.442 1.380 1.278 1.160 .896 1.770 1.682 1.610 1.500 1.338 1.100 2.245 2.157 2.067 1.939 1.689 1.503 2.709 2.635 2.469 2.323 2.125 1.771
.1863 .2447 .3145 .3297 .4248 .5351 .4235 .5676 .7388 .5383 .6710 .8510 1.088 1.304 1.714 .6838 .8572 1.131 1.474 1.937 2.441 .8678 1.404 1.679 2.172 2.844 3.659 1.107 1.806 2.273 2.997 3.765 5.214 1.274 2.085 2.718 3.631 4.859 6.408 1.604 2.638 3.653 5.022 7.444 9.029 2.475 3.531 5.793 7.661 10.01 13.69
Outside Diameter Inches
I.P.S. Schedule
Wall Inches
Inside Diameter Inches
Wt./Ft. Pounds
3.500
40 80 160
5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy.
312
.600
.083 .120 .216 .300 .438
2.300
3.334 3.260 3.068 2.900 2.624
18.58
3.029 4.332 7.576 10.25 14.32
4.000
40 80 40 80 120 160
.083 .120 .226 .318 .083 .120 .237 .337 .438 .531 .674 .109 .134 .258 .375 .500 .625 .750 .109 .134 .280 .432 .562 .718 .864 .109 .148 .250 .277 .322 .406 .500 .593 .718 .812 .875 .906 .134 .165 .250 .307 .365 .500 .593 .718 .843 1.000 1.125
3.834 3.760 3.548 3.364 4.334 4.260 4.026 3.826 3.624 3.438 3.152 5.345 5.295 5.047 4.813 4.563 4.313 4.063 6.407 6.357 6.065 5.761 5.491 5.189 4.897 8.407 8.329 8.125 8.071 7.981 7.813 7.625 7.439 7.189 7.001 6.875 6.813 10.482 10.420 10.250 10.136 10.020 9.750 9.564 9.224 9.064 8.750 8.500
3.472 4.973 9.109 12.50 3.915 5.613 10.79 14.98 19.00 22.51 27.54 6.349 7.770 14.62 20.78 27.04 32.96 38.55 7.585 9.289 18.97 28.57 36.39 45.30 53.16 9.914 13.40 22.36 24.70 28.55 35.64 43.39 50.87 60.63 67.76 72.42 74.69 15.19 18.70 28.04 34.24 40.48 54.74 64.33 76.93 89.20 104.1 115.7
4.500
1.050
40 80 160
5.563
1.315
40 80 120 160
40 80 160
6.625
114
1.660
40 80 120 160
40 80 160
8.625
CONVEYORS
112
1.900
40 80 160
2.375
40 80 160
10
160 10.750 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140
212
2.875
40 80 160
NOTE: Weights shown are in pounds per foot, based on the average wall of the pipe. The following formula was used in calculating the weight per foot.
10.68 (D t)t Weight in pounds per foot (to 4 digits) Outside Diameter in inches (to 3 decimal places) Wall thickness in decimals (to 3 decimal places)
All weights are carried to four digits only, the fth digit being carried forward if ve or over, or dropped if under ve.
H-46
Typical Drive Arrangements

The most common types of drives for Screw Conveyors are illustrated below. For special drive requirements, consult our Engineering Department. In addition to those shown, other types availble are: variable speed drives, hydraulic drives, and take-off drives for connection to other equipment. Reducer mounts on trough end, and is directly connected to the conveyor screw and includes integral thrust bearing, seal gland, and drive shaft. Motor mount may be positioned at top, either side, or below. Separate drive shaft, end bearing, and seal are not required.
Screw Driver Reducer
(Side View)
Shaft Mounted Reducer
Reducer mounts on conveyor drive shaft. Motor and V-Belt drive may be in any convenient location. The torque arm may be fastened to the oor, or tted to trough end. Requires extended drive shaft, end bearing, and seal. Note: Requires thrust unit or collars to hold thrust.
(End View)
Gearmotor Drive
(Side View)
Base Type Reducer Drive
Motor direct-coupled to base type reducer, with chain drive to conveyor drive shaft. Usually mounted on oor or platform as close as possible to conveyor.
(Top View)
H-47
CONVEYORS
Integral motor-reducer with chain drive to conveyor drive shaft. Usually mounted to top of trough by means of an adapter plate.
CEMA Standards
Helicoid Screw Conveyors
B Thickness at edges A Diameter tolerance Length Listed Screw Diameter and Pitch +0 116 A Coupling Diameter Size Designation Pipe Size Schedule 40 Length Feet and Inches Diameter Tolerance Plus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
C Pitch tolerance
Flighting tted snug to pipe with intermediate welds
End lugs used on all sizes except 4 dia. conveyor
F D Bore
H Bolt hole
B Thickness Inner Edge

3 1 1 3
C Pitch Tolerance Plus

1 1
D Bushing Bore Inside Diameter
F Spacing 1st Bolt Hole

1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
G Centers 2nd Bolt Hole
H Nominal Bolt Hole Size

13 17 17 17 17 17 21 21 21 17 21 21 21 21 21 25 21 25 25 25
4 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9
1 2 112 112 112 112 2 2 2

1
4H206
6H304 6H308 6H312 9H306 9H312
114 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 312 312 312 4 3 3 3 2 2 2
9-1012 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Minus
3 3 3 3 3 3 1
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 4 4 4
16 8 4 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 4
Outer Edge
1 3
32 16 16 32 16 32 16 32 32 16 16 16 32 32 32 32 8 8 8 8
2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Minus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Minimum
1.005 1.505 1.505 1.505 1.505 1.505 2.005 2.005 2.005 1.505 2.005 2.005 2.005 2.443 2.443 3.005 2.443 3.005 3.005 3.005
Maximum
1.016 1.516 1.516 1.516 1.516 1.516 2.016 2.016 2.016 1.516 2.016 2.016 2.016 2.458 2.458 3.025 2.458 3.025 3.025 3.025
2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
9H406 9H412 9H414
1 1
16 16 16 16
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
10 10 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
112 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
10H412 12H408 12H412 12H614 14H614 16H610 16H614
10H306
2716 2716 2716
12H508 12H512 14H508
11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9
11-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9
9-10
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 5 5 5
7 3
1 3 1 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 3
7 5 7
16 16 16 16
15 15
7 5 7
15
1 1 1 1
16 16 16
3 3 3 3
112 112
1 1
Bend
Line
es pac al S Equ
5 ately roxim App
CONVEYORS
NOTE: All dimensions in inches.
Cut Flight/Cut & Folded Flight Conveyors

Right Angle Bend
Screw Diameter
4 6 9
138 3 38 458 514 6 4 2 3
10 12 14 16 18 20 24
112 218 234 378 414 478 318 312 214
C
5
Carrying Side
Depth of cut C is one half the ight width for normal maximum pipe size. Lengths A and B are calculated from the developed O.D. for standard pitch.
212 338 478 378 3
134 2
112
6 58 7 78
Omit First Two Cuts
5 Cuts Per Pitch
Carrying Side
H-48
Omit First Two Cuts
5 Cuts Per Pitch
CEMA Standards
B Thickness of Butt Welded Flight A Diameter tolerance Length Listed Screw Diameter and Pitch +0 116 A Cplng. Dia. Size Designation Pipe Size Schedule 40 Length Feet and Inches Diameter Tolerance Plus
1 1 1 1 1
C Pitch tolerance
Sectional Screw Conveyors

Flighting tted snug to pipe with intermediate welds End lugs on 6 through 16 sizes. On 18, 20 and 24, end welds or end lugs used according to manufacturer s standards. F D Bore G H Bolt hole
B Flight Thickness
3 3 3
C Pitch Tolerance Plus

3 1 1
D Bushing Bore Inside Diameter
F Spacing 1st Bolt Hole

7 7 7 7 7 7
G Centers 2nd Bolt Hole
H Nominal Bolt Hole Size

17 17 21 21 21 21 21 21 25 25 21 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 29 29 29 29
1 2 2
1
112 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
9 10
12
2716 2716
10S412
9S412
6S312 9S312 9S416
212 212 212 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 4 4 4 4 312 312 312 3 3 3 212
2 2
9-10 9-10 9-10
9-10 9-10
16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Minus
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 2 8 8 8 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 2 8 4
3 3 3
16 16 16 16 16 16 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 4 8 2 4
8 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Minus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Minimum
1.505 1.505 2.005 2.005 2.005 2.005 2.443 2.443 3.005 3.005 2.443 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.443 3.443 3.443 3.443
Maximum
1.516 1.516 2.016 2.016 2.016 2.016 2.458 2.458 3.025 3.025 2.458 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.467 3.467 3.467 3.467
8 8 8 8 8 8
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
12S512 12S516 14S512
12S412 12S616 12S624 14S624 16S612 16S624 16S632 18S612 18S624 18S632 20S612 20S624
11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-9 11-9 11-9
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 5 5 5
3 3 3
1 3 3
1 1
3 3 3
15 15
14
2716 3 3
14S616 16S616
5 5
3 3 3 3 1
16 16
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
16 16 16
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3
15
16
1 3 1
3 3 3
18
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
20
24
3716 3716 3716
3716
20S616
24S712 24S716 24S724 24S732
312
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1
1 3
16 16
7 7
1 3 1
7 7 7
112 112 112 112
4 4 4 4
NOTE: All dimensions in inches.
H-49
CONVEYORS
18S616
312
3 3 3
16 16 16
3 3 3
1 3
16
3 3
Components
SECTION III
Component Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-51 Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-53 Discharges and Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-57 Trough Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-63 Saddles and Feet/Trough End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-70 End Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-71 Thrust Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-72 Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-75 Conveyor Screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-78 Coupling Bolts, Internal Collars and Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-86 Shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-87 Hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-92 Hanger Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-100 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-102 Cover Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-104 Conveyor Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-105
COMPONENT SECTION III PAGE
CONVEYORS
SEE PRICE LIST FOR ITEMS CARRIED IN STOCK

H-50
Component Selection
Required Information
Screw diameter Shaft diameter Material component group Unusual material characteristics
Conveyor Trough and Tubular Housing
Standard trough and housing sections are available in ve, six, ten, and 12 foot lengths. Standard ve and six foot lengths should be used when connecting anges coincide with discharge openings or hanger bearings.
Conveyor Screws
Standard length conveyor screws should be used whenever possible to reduce the number of hanger bearings required. The recommended screws listed in the Component Series Table are standard helicoid and sectional screw conveyors. The use of helicoid or sectional conveyors is largely a matter of individual preference. Right hand screw conveyors pull material toward the end which is being rotated in a clockwise direction. If the rotation is reversed (counterclockwise), the material is pushed away from that end. In left hand screw conveyors, the material ow is opposite to that of right hand screws, the direction of rotation being unchanged. To determine hand of screw see pages H-38 and H-39.
Shafts
The primary consideration in determining the type and size of coupling and drive shafts is whether the shafts selected are adequate to transmit the horsepower required, including any overload. Normally, cold-rolled shafts are adequate. However, high-tensile shafts may be required due to torque limitations. Also, stainless steel shafts may be necessary when corrosive or contaminable materials are to be handled. Conveyors equipped with non-lubricated hard iron hanger bearings require hardened coupling shafts. Specic shaft size determination is covered in the Torsional Rating Section, page H-27.
Shaft Seals
Several conveyor end seal types are available to prevent contamination of the conveyed material or to prevent the escape of material from the system.
Bearings
Hanger Bearing The purpose of hanger bearings is to provide intermediate support when multiple screw sections are used. Hanger bearings are designed primarily for radial loads. Therefore, adequate clearance should be allowed between the bearings and the conveyor pipe ends to prevent damage by the thrust load which is transmitted through the conveyor pipe. The hanger bearing recommendations listed in the Material Characteristic Tables are generally adequate for the material to be handled. Often, however, unusual characteristics of the material or the conditions under which the conveyor must operate make it desirable to use special bearing materials. Regarding the use of special bearing materials, consult our Engineering Department. End Bearings Several end bearing types are available, and their selection depends on two basic factors: Radial load and thrust load. The relative values of these loads determines end bearing types.
The material is carried on one face of the conveyor ighting in conveyors which are required to transport material in one direction, therefore, conveyor end lugs are located on the opposite face to facilitate unimpeded ow of the material. Conveyor sections must be installed in such a manner that all end lugs are toward the inlet end of the conveyor. Conveyor sections must not be turned end for end without reversing the direction of rotation, or conversely, the direction of rotation must not be reversed without turning the conveyor sections end for end. Requirements for reversible conveyor screws intended for material transport in either direction should be referred to our Engineering Department.
Flighting should be omitted from the conveyor pipe over the last discharge opening to ensure complete discharge of material without carryover. Continuity of material ow at hanger points is accomplished by opposing adjacent ight ends approximately 180. (As close to 180 as the predrilled holes will allow.)
H-51
CONVEYORS
Component Selection
Radial load is negligible at the conveyor tail shaft. However, drive ends (unless integrated with the conveyor end plate) are subject to radial loading due to overhung drive loads, such as chain sprockets or shaft-mounted speed reducers. Screw Conveyor Drive Reducers at the drive end will adequately carry both thrust and radial loads. Interlocking or Matting Materials Conveying with standard components is sometimes possible by the use of special feeding devices at the conveyor inlet.
Discharge Spouts and Gates

Standard discharge spouts and gates are available for either conveyor trough or tubular housing in several designs, operated either manually or by remote controls.
In installations where it is possible to overll the device to which material is being transported, an additional overow discharge opening or overow relief device should be provided. Consult our Engineering Department for suggested electrical interlock and safety devices to prevent overow or damage to equipment. It is sometimes found that the material characteristics are such that standard component specications are inadequate. Should unusual material characteristics or severe conditions exist, our Engineering Department should be consulted.
Hygroscopic Materials Frequently these materials may be handled successfully in a conveyor which is substantially sealed from the exterior atmosphere. In extreme cases it is necessary to provide jacketed trough or housing with an appropriate circulating medium to maintain the material at an elevated temperature. Purging of the conveyor with a suitable dry gas is also used in some installations. Viscous or Sticky Materials Ribbon ight conveyor screws are most frequently used for conveying these materials although standard components may be specially coated to improve the ow of material. Harmful Vapors or Dusts These materials may be safely handled in dust sealed trough, plain tubular housing, or gasketed anged tubular housing with particular attention to shaft sealing. Trough or housing exhaust systems have also been successfully used in some installations.
Conveyor Ends
A complete line of conveyor ends are available as standard for either conveyor trough or tubular housing with a choice of many bearing types and combinations.
Special Applications
More common of the unusual material characteristics which require other than the recommended components are: Corrosive Materials Components may be fabricated from alloys not affected by the material or may be coated with a protective substance.
Materials Subject to Packing This condition requires the use of aerating devices at the conveyor inlet when materials are pulverulent and a special feeder device when material particles are large or brous.
Explosive Dusts The danger of this condition may be minimized in most installations by the use of components which are fabricated from non-ferrous materials and proper conveyor sealing techniques observed. Exhaust systems are also advisable for the removal of explosive dusts.
Blending in Transit Ribbon, cut ight, paddle, or a combination of these screw types may be designed to produce the desired degree of blending, aeration or mixing.
CONVEYORS
Abrasive Materials These materials may be handled in conveyors, troughs, or housings constructed of abrasion resistant alloys with hard surfaced screws. Lining of all exposed surfaces with rubber or special resins also materially reduces abrasive damage.
Contaminable Materials Require the use of oil impregnated, sealed, or dry type hanger bearings. End shafts should be sealed to prevent entrance of contaminants from the outside. Due to the necessity for frequent cleaning conveyor components should be designed for convenient disassembly.
Materials which are Fluid when Aerated This condition may be used to advantage in some installations by declining the conveyor system toward the discharge end. Degradable Materials Some particles that are easily broken or distorted may usually be handled in screw conveyors by reducing the speed and selecting a larger conveyor size sufcient to deliver the required volume of material. Elevated Temperature Components should be fabricated from high temperature alloys. Should the process be such that cooling of the material in the conveyor is permissible, jacketed trough or housing may be used at the inlet end to cool the material and standard components used after the point where material temperature has been reduced to a safe degree.
H-52
Conveyor Trough
FORMED FLANGE U-TROUGH ANGLE FLANGE U-TROUGH FORMED FLANGE TUBULAR TROUGH SOLID TUBULAR TROUGH FLARED TROUGH Commonly used economical trough. One piece construction. Standard lengths in stock. Rigid construction. Standard lengths in stock. Loadable to full cross section for feeder applications. Minimizes fall back in inclined applications. Easily taken apart for maintenance. Can be gasketed for dust tight enclosure. Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers. One piece construction for totally enclosed or inclined applications. Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers. Used where materials tend to bridge or when ared inlets are needed.
CHANNEL TROUGH DROP BOTTOM TROUGH FORMED FLANGE RECTANGULAR TROUGH ANGLE FLANGE RECTANGULAR TROUGH JACKETED TROUGH
Adds structural support for longer than standard spans. Used when complete material clean-out is critical. Can be furnished with hinges either side and bolts or clamps opposite side. Material being conveyed forms its own trough thereby reducing trough wear. One piece construction. The same as formed ange rectangular except top anges are made from structural angle. CONVEYORS H-53
Jacket allows heating or cooling of material being conveyed.
Standard Conveyor Trough

Standard conveyor troughs have a U-shaped steel body with angle iron top anges or formed top anges and jig drilled end anges.
LGTH.
Angle Flange
D Trough Thick. Angle Flanged Angle Flanged Trough Weight 10* Length Weight Formed Flanged Trough L Weight Weight A
Formed Flange
Conveyor Diameter
4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9 9
16 GA. 14 12 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16
4CTA16 4CTA14 4CTA12 6CTA16 6CTA14 6CTA12 6CTA10 6CTA7 9CTA16 9CTA14 9CTA12 9CTA10 9CTA7 9CTA3
Part Number
10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24
16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4
16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4
12CTA12 12CTA10 12CTA7 12CTA3 14CTA12 14CTA10 14CTA7 14CTA3 16CTA12 16CTA10 16CTA7 16CTA3 18CTA12 18CTA10 18CTA7 18CTA3 20CTA10 20CTA7 20CTA3 24CTA10 24CTA7 24CTA3
10CTA16 10CTA14 10CTA12 10CTA10 10CTA7 10CTA3
113 127 156 176 230 286
67 78 101 123 164
53 60 78
5 Length
29 33 42 44 49 60 73 86
12 Length
6 Length
4CTF16 4CTF14 4CTF12 6CTF16 6CTF14 6CTF12 6CTF10 6CTF7 9CTF16 9CTF14 9CTF12 9CTF10 9CTF7 9CTF3
Part Number
10 Length
118 133 164 178 233 306 197 234 294 372 214 258 328 418 238 288 368 471 252 353 444 559 383 484 612 443 563 717
66 73 87 102 124 152
55 67 91 117 150 83 99 132 164 214 276
41 50 70
5 Length
23 28 38 32 38 50 64 79
12 Length
6 Length
5 7
114 114
358 412
758 71116 734 9 58 91116 9 34 9 34 9 78
91116 91116 1314
714 714 714
113 133 164 203 121 143 180 224 133 159 200 243 159 170 243 298 228 271 334 255 319 363
69 76 92 102 131 163
236 281 353 446 257 309 394 501 285 345 442 565 302 423 533 671 460 581 734 531 676 860
135 160 197 244 145 172 216 269 160 191 240 291 191 204 291 358 274 325 401 306 383 435
10CTF16 10CTF14 10CTF12 10CTF10 10CTF7 10CTF3
12CTF12 12CTF10 12CTF7 12CTF3 14CTF12 14CTF10 14CTF7 14CTF3 16CTF12 16CTF10 16CTF7 16CTF3 18CTF12 18CTF10 18CTF7 18CTF3 20CTF10 20CTF7 20CTF3 24CTF10 24CTF7 24CTF3
88 105 140 167 217 296
164 187 272 357 183 207 304 403 206 234 345 455 240 269 394 520 296 434 573 384 514 678
54 62 80 91 123 158
51 59 75 91 116 147
10
112
618
95 117 150 194 102 127 168 215 107 144 188 228 133 165 217 275 190 247 315 227 293 339
197 224 326 428 219 248 365 483 247 281 414 546 288 323 473 624 355 521 687 461 617 813
114 140 180 233 122 152 202 258 128 173 226 273 160 198 260 330 228 296 378 272 352 406
1318 13316 1314 13516 1338 1312 1418 14316 1414 14516 1438 1412 1714 17516 1738 1712 1914 19516 1938 1912 2114 21516 2138 2112 2414 24516 2438 2412
11
112
638
1414
13 15 17 19 21 25
2 2 2 212 212 212
734 914 1058 1218 1312 1612
1712 1938 2138 2412 2612 3012
CONVEYORS
26516 2638 2612 30516 3038 3012
Standard Gauge Bolt Patterns Page H-42
L Double formed ange standard
All troughs available in other materials such as stainless, aluminum, abrasion resistant, etc.
on all sizes through 10 ga.
H-54
Tubular Housing
Tubular conveyor housings are inherently dust and weather-tight, and may be loaded to a full cross section. Conveyors with tubular housings are rigid and are highly suitable for conveying material on an incline. Three types shown are available.
Tubular housing
Flanged tubular housing
Angle anged tubular housing
Tubular Housing Conveyor Diameter Trough Thickness Part Number Weight 10 Length 5 Length
Formed Flange Part Number Weight 10
Angle Flange Part Number Weight 10 A B C
4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9 9
16 GA. 14 12 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4
4CHT16 4CHT14 4CHT12 6CHT16 6CHT14 6CHT12 6CHT10 6CHT7
14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20 20 20
12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4
14CHT12 14CHT10 14CHT7 14CHT3 16CHT12 16CHT10 16CHT7 16CHT3 18CHT12 18CHT10 18CHT7 18CHT3 20CHT10 20CHT7 20CHT3
187 236 316 416 212 268 358 472 242 304 405 533 335 446 586 399 531 699
101 126 166 216 114 142 187 244 133 164 214 278 188 237 307 215 281 365
14CHT12-F 14CHT10-F 14CHT7-F 14CHT3-F 16CHT12-F 16CHT10-F 16CHT7-F 16CHT3-F 18CHT12-F 18CHT10-F 18CHT7-F 18CHT3-F 20CHT10-F 20CHT7-F 20CHT3-F 24CHT10-F 24CHT7-F 24CHT3-F
217 275 369 486 242 307 411 542 280 352 471 621 381 510 671 445 594 784
14CHT12-A 14CHT10-A 14CHT7-A 14CHT3-A 16CHT12-A 16CHT10-A 16CHT7-A 16CHT3-A 18CHT12-A 18CHT10-A 18CHT7-A 18CHT3-A 20CHT10-A 20CHT7-A 20CHT3-A 24CHT10-A 24CHT7-A 24CHT3-A
259 308 388 488 310 366 456 570 340 402 503 631 433 544 684 497 629 797
13 15 17 19 21 25
1814 18516 1838 1812 2114 21516 2138 2112 2314 23516 2338 2312 25516 2538 2512 29516 2938 2912
112 112 2 2 2 2
24 10 GA. 24CHT10 3 24 16 24CHT7 1 4 24CHT3 24 Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-43
H-55
CONVEYORS
10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12
12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4
10CHT16 10CHT14 10CHT12 10CHT10 10CHT7 10CHT3 12CHT12 12CHT10 12CHT7 12CHT3
9CHT16 9CHT14 9CHT12 9CHT10 9CHT7 9CHT3
50 62 85 109 145 72 89 122 155 208 275
60
31
163 208 275 362
79 97 133 169 227 301
39 47 64 80 107 140
27 33 44 56 74
4CHT16-F 4CHT14-F 4CHT12-F 6CHT16-F 6CHT14-F 6CHT12-F 6CHT10-F 6CHT7-F 9CHT16-F 9CHT14-F 9CHT12-F 9CHT10-F 9CHT7-F 9CHT3-F
60 75 103 133 168
43 53 74
4CHT16-A 4CHT14-A 4CHT12-A 6CHT16-A 6CHT14-A 6CHT12-A 6CHT10-A 6CHT7-A 9CHT16-A 9CHT14-A 9CHT12-A 9CHT10-A 9CHT7-A 9CHT3-A
42 52 70 88 117 154
88 111 144 188
12CHT12-F 12CHT10-F 12CHT7-F 12CHT3-F
10CHT16-F 10CHT14-F 10CHT12-F 10CHT10-F 10CHT7-F 10CHT3-F
84 104 143 182 245 324
110 122 145 187 205
81 89 106
5 7
193 247 328 432
91 112 154 196 264 350
12CHT12-A 12CHT10-A 12CHT7-A 12CHT3-A
10CHT16-A 10CHT14-A 10CHT12-A 10CHT10-A 10CHT7-A 10CHT3-A
131 148 181 214 267 334 138 156 192 228 286 360
10
1258 121116 1234 121316 1278 13 1358 131116 1334 131316 1378 14 1614 16516 1638 1612
958 91116 934 91316 978
718 7316 714
1 114
114
11
114
235 280 347 434
Flared Trough
Flared troughs are used primarily to convey materials which are not free-owing or which have a tendency to stick to the trough.
Length
Conveyor Diameter
Trough Thickness
Part Number
Weight Per Foot
Standard Length Foot
6 6
12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20 20 20
9 9 9 9 9
14 GA. 12
14 GA. 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4
6FCT14 6FCT12 9FCT14 9FCT12 9FCT10 9FCT7 9FCT3
12FCT12 12FCT10 12FCT7 12FCT3 14FCT12 14FCT10 14FCT7 14FCT3 16FCT12 16FCT10 16FCT7 16FCT3 18FCT12 18FCT10 18FCT7 18FCT3 20FCT10 20FCT7 20FCT3 24FCT10 24FCT7 24FCT3
13 14 19 22 25
9 12
14
1658 1634
312
10
18
20 24 32 43 23 27 37 49 25 31 39 52 27 35 45 56 36 48 60 41 54 69
21316 2114 2114 2138 2112 2614 2614 2638 2612 2814 2814 2838 2812 3214 3214 3238 3212 3614 3614 3638 3612 3914 3938 3912 4514 4538 4512
9 10
5 612
10 12
22
CONVEYORS H-56
24
11
712
12
28
1112
812
12
31 34 40
1218 1312 1612
912 1012 1212
12 12 12
24 24 24 Standard Gauge
See Page H-42 for Bolt Pattern
Discharges and Gates

Discharge Spout Index
Conveyor Diameter 14 TSD 12 Spout Thickness 16 - 16 Gauge 14 - 14 Gauge 12 - 12 Gauge 10 - 10 Gauge 7 - 3/16 Types RPFD - Rack & Pinion/Flat Slide DustTight RPC - Rack & Pinion/Curved Slide RPCD - Rack & Pinion/Curved Slide DustTight
TSD - Plain, Fixed Spout TSDS - Plain Fixed Spout W/Slide TSDF - Flush End Spout RPF - Rack & Pinion/Flat Side
STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUT
Most commonly used. Flanged hole drilling is per CEMA Standards. Select spout thickness according to trough thickness.
STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUT WITH HAND SLIDE
Standard spout shown above with the addition of the slide and side guides. Select spout thickness according to trough thickness.
FLUSH END DISCHARGE SPOUT
Reduces distance from centerline of discharge to end of the conveyor which eliminates ledge at end of trough and product build-up. Special ush-end trough ends required when this style of discharge is used.
CURVED SLIDE GATE
Contoured shape of slide eliminates pocket found in at slide type. Rack & pinion type available with handwheel, or rope wheel, or pocket wheel with chain. Curved slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished with pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators. (Standard curved slide gate is not dust-tight.) All curved slide gates should be installed at factory.
DUST TIGHT RACK AND PINION FLAT SLIDE
Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed and can be furnished with either at or curved slide. Handwheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.
H-57
CONVEYORS
FLAT SLIDE GATE
Rack & pinion type available with hand wheel, rope wheel, pocket wheel and chain. Discharge spout is included when tted. Flat slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished with pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators. (Not dust-tight).
Discharge Spouts
Plain Opening Fixed Spout with Slide Gate
Plain spout openings are cut in the trough permitting free material discharge.
Fixed spouts with slide gates are used where distribution of material is to be controlled. Bolted ange permits slide to be operated from any side.
Fixed Spout
Flush End Spout

C
Flush end discharge spouts are designed for use at the nal discharge point. The end of the spout is comprised of a housing end with bottom ange drilled with standard discharge ange bolt pattern. Because it is located at the extreme end of the conveyor, there is no carryover of material past the nal discharge point. The ush end arrangement eliminates the unnecessary extension of trough and interior components beyond the actual discharge point.
Fixed spouts are fabricated in proportion to size and thickness of trough. Can be furnished loose or welded to trough.
Screw Diameter A B C
4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25
412 6 8 9 1012 1112 1312 1412 1512 1712

Spout and Gate Thickness Gauge
1018 1118 1238 1338 1538

Fixed Spout
334 5 718 778 878
16 16 5 16 5 16 5 16
5
16 16 5 16 3 8 3 8
5 5
558 658 8 838 1018 1114 1238 1338 1438 1638

Flush End Spout
11 14 19 20 24 27 30 33 36 42
712 812 912 1012 1212

Weight Flush End Spout
212 312 5 512 612
Part Number Screw Diameter Trough Thickness Gauge Fixed Spout Plain
CONVEYORS
6 6 10 10 9 9
4 4
16-14-12-10 3 16-14 14-12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14
3 3
14-12 3 16
16-14 12
14 12 14 10 12 3 16 14 10
14 12
6TSD14 6TSD12 10TSD14 10TSD10 9TSD14 9TSD10
4TSD14 4TSD12
Plain
6TSDS14 6TSDS12 10TSDS14 10TSDS10 9TSDS14 9TSDS10
4TSDS14 4TSDS12
With Slide
6TSDF14 6TSDF12 10TSDF14 10TSDF10 9TSDF14 9TSDF10
4TSDF14 4TSDF12
12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 24
12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16
12TSD12 12TSD7
14TSD12 14TSD7 16TSD12 16TSD7 18TSD12 18TSD7 20TSD12 20TSD7 24TSD12 24TSD7
12TSDS12 12TSDS7
14TSDS12 14TSDS7 16TSDS12 16TSDS7 18TSDS12 18TSDS7 20TSDS12 20TSDS7 24TSDS12 24TSDS7
12TSDF12 12TSDF7
14TSDF12 14TSDF7 16TSDF12 16TSDF7 18TSDF12 18TSDF7 20TSDF12 20TSDF7 24TSDF12 24TSDF7
17 29 22 38 21 40 32 60 40 67 52 87
10 16
8 13
4 6
2 3
Slide
11 13 18 22 36 48 46 62 49 68 91 118 69 97 21 27
6 7
3.0 4.50 7.5 12.0 6.0 9.75
1.5 2.25
12.75 21.75 16.50 28.50 15.75 30.0 24.0 45.0
10 16-14 10 16-14
Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-43
116 151
30.0 50.25 Add F for Fitted 39.0 65.25
H-58
Discharge Gates
Flat rack and pinion slide gates can be bolted to standard discharge spouts at any of the four positions desired. Hand wheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.
Rack and Pinion Flat Slide

B G E H
A
Screw Diameter A B C D E
K
G H
A
J K Diameter
4 6 9 10 12
14 16 18 20 24
Screw Diameter
5 7 10 11 13
15 17 19 21 25
712 812 912 1012 1212

Trough Thickness Gauge
212 312 5 512 612
1018 1118 1238 1338 1538
334 5 718 778 878
1338 1438 1558 161116 181116
7 814 1038 1118 1218
1312 16 2014 2312 2512 3114 3358 3778 4034 4612
1212 1312 1412 1512 1712
612 712 9 1012 11
1314 1414 1534 1634 1834

Part Number Rack and Pinion
5 6 912 10 1214
512 634 878 978 1078 12 13 1418 1518 1738
12 12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12
Weight Rack and Pinion
Spout and Gate Thickness Gauge
9 9
6 6
4 4
10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18* 18* 24* 24* 20* 20*
14-12-10 3 16-14 14-12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16 -14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 10 3 16-14 10 3 16-14
16-14-12 3 16
16-14 12
14 10 14 10 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16
14 12
14 12
9RPF14 9RPF10
6RPF14 6RPF12
4RPF14 4RPF12
10RPF14 10RPF10 12RPF12 12RPF7 14RPF12 14RPF7 16RPF12 16RPF7 18RPF12 18RPF7 20RPF12 20RPF7 24RPF12 24RPF7
49 54 94 106 56 62
28 31
18 21
107 123 112 131 157 185 185 212 233 268 Add F for Fitted
* Handwheel supplied as Standard Assembly C Chain Wheel R Rope Wheel
Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-43 All Rack & Pinion Gates 18 and Larger Have Double Rack & Pinion.
H-59
CONVEYORS
Discharge Gates
C L D F
C L STD. DISCH. SPOUT DRILLING SEE PAGE H-43 G H A B C E
CONVEYORS
Conveyor Diameter
Trough Thickness
Spout Thickness
Part Number*
Weight Pounds
H Diameter
4 4 6 6 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 24 24 20 20 9 9
14,16 Cal. 12 Cal.
16,14,12 GA. 3 16 14,12,10 GA. 3 16,14 12,10 GA. 3 16,14 10,12 GA. 3 16,14 10,12 GA. 3 16,14 10,12 GA. 3 16,14 12 GA. 3 16,14 10 GA. 3 16,14 14,12,10 GA. 3 16,14
14 Cal. 12 GA. 14 GA. 12 GA. 14 GA. 10 GA. 14 GA. 10 GA. 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16
6RPC14 6RPC12
4RPC14 4RPC12
9RPC14 9RPC10
25 28
20 22
10RPC14 10RPC10 12RPC12 12RPC7 14RPC12 14RPC7 16RPC12 16RPC7 18RPC12 18RPC7 20RPC12 20RPC7 24RPC12 24RPC7
46 54
712 712 912 912 9 9
614 614
1012 1012 1412 1412 1712 1712 2012 2012 2312 2312 2512 2512 2812 2812 3512 3512 15 15
834 834
12 12 2012 2012 2534 2534 3014 3014 3714 3714 39 39 47 47 36 36 21 21 15 15
334 334 718 718 878 878 778 778 5 5
53 62 81 97
834 834 918 918 11 11 12 12 1538 1538 1638 1638 1838 1838 13 13
8 8
6 6
512 558 7 718 712 758 812 858 912 958
412 458
212 312 512 612 712 812 1012 1212 912 5
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
95 114
1138 1138 1278 1278 1438 1438 1578 1578 1738 1738 1938 1938
103 116 157 187 175 208 220 265
1018 1018 1238 1238 1338 1338 1538 1538 1118 1118
1112 1158 1212 1258 1412 1458
1012 1058
* Hand wheel supplied as Standard Assembly C Chain Wheel R Rope Wheel
Standard Gauge
Add F for Fitted
H-60
Discharge Gates
Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Flat Slide
Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed and can be furnished with either at or curved slide. Handwheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.
A B H A G E
D A
L K
Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Curved Slide

B G E H
C D
A
Screw Diameter A B C D E G
A
H K Diameter L
4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25
Screw Diameter
Trough Thickness Gauge
Spout and Slide Thickness Gauge
Part Number Flat Slide * Weight Curved Slide * Weight
6 6 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 24 24 20 20 9 9
4 4
16-14-12 3 16
16-14 12
14-12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14
3 3
14-12-10 3 16-14
14 12 14 10 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 14 10
14 12
6RPFD14 6RPFD12 9RPFD12 9RPFD10 10RPFD14 10RPFD10 12RPFD12 12RPFD7 14RPFD12 14RPFD7 16RPFD12 16RPFD7 18RPFD12 18RPFD7 20RPFD12 20RPFD7 24RPFD12 24RPFD7
4RPFD14 4RPFD12
42 47 74 81 84 93
27 32
6RPCD16 6RPCD12 10RPCD14 104PCD10 9RPCD12 9RPCD10
4RPCD16 4RPCD12
46 52 92 102 81 89
30 35
141 158 160 185 168 197 240 277 278 318 350 402
12RPCD12 12RPCD7
14RPCD12 14RPCD7 16RPCD12 16RPCD7 18RPCD12 18RPCD7 20RPCD12 20RPCD7 24RPCD12 24RPCD7
155 174 176 204 185 217 264 305 306 350 385 442
10 16-14 10 16-14
* Handwheel supplied as standard assembly C Chain Wheel R Rope Wheel
Flange drilling is standard. See page H-43 Add F for Fitted
H-61
CONVEYORS
712 812 912 1012 1212
212 312 5 512 612
1512 1612 1812 20 23
712 10 1212 13 15
212 4 5 5 5 512 512 612 7 8
31 34 3812 4012 4712
12 1812 23 25 28
1212 1312 15 16 18
6 712 9 10 1112
14 15 1612 1712 1912
7 8 11 1112 13
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
712 9 10 1012 1012 1012 1012 1112 12 13
Discharge Gate Accessories

Hand Wheel
Dimensions in Inches and Weight in Pounds
Wheel Diameter Part No. Weight C D E
1 Bore 1 4 Keyway
The hand wheel is regularly furnished to rotate the pinion shaft when the slide gate is readily accessible. NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request.
12
12HW1
11
118
178
Pocket Wheel & Rope Wheel

Dimensions in Inches and Average Weights in Pounds
Wheel Diameter Part No. Weight A B C D
5
Chain Wheel Rope Wheel
1 Bore 4 Keyway
Pocket chain and rope wheels are used to rotate pinion shaft where remote operation is desired. It is designed to be used with number 316 pocket chain. NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request. 316 PC Pocket Chain in Stock
12RW1
20PW1
13
11
1258
1234
214
138 158
114
16
178
Hanger pockets are used with tubular trough and are mounted on the trough at bearing connections. The hanger pocket forms a U shaped section for a short distance, allowing the use of standard hangers and providing easy access to them.
Conveyor Diameter Part Numer
Hanger Pockets
Bolted Top Cover
CONVEYORS
Weight Each
4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
4CPH16 6CPH16 9CPH14 10CPH14 12CPH12 14CPH12 16CPH12 18CPH12 20CPH10 24CPH10
8 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 18 18
334 434 638 658 8 912 1078 1238 1334 1634
5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25
2 3 4 9 18 24 26 55 70 85
H-62
Trough Ends
Trough Ends
Conveyor Diameter Type TE Outside W/O Feet TEF Outside W/Feet TEI Inside TER Inside Rectangular TEO Single Bearing Pedestal TEOD Double Bearing Pedestal FTEF Outside Flared W/Feet FTE Outside Flared W/O Feet FTEO Single Bearing Flared Pedestal FTDO Flared Discharge End TDO Outside Discharge End TDI Inside Discharge End CHTE OutsideTubular W/O Feet CHTEF OutsideTubular W/Feet SCD Dorris Screw Drive 9 TEF 3 -BB Bearing Type BB - Ball RB - Roller -P Plate Only
Coupling Diameter 2 1" 5 2-7/16" 3 1-1/2" 6 3" 4 2" 7 3-7/16"
U-TROUGH
TUBULAR TROUGH
FLARED TROUGH
RECTANGULAR TROUGH
OUTSIDE TROUGH ENDS WITH FEET
Most common type used as trough support is included.
INSIDE PATTERN TROUGH ENDS
Available on application
Used where space is limited or trough does not have end ange.
DISCHARGE TROUGH ENDS
For end discharge conveyors. Special ange bearing required.
OUTBOARD BEARING TROUGH ENDS SINGLE
Used when compression type packing gland seal or split gland seal required. H-63
CONVEYORS
OUTSIDE TROUGH ENDS WITHOUT FEET
Trough support not included.
Trough Ends
Outside Less Feet
Outside trough ends less feet are used to support end bearing and cover when no trough support is required. Drilling for bronze bearing or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter L Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K
1
N
3
Weight
P Slot
7 7 7 7 7 9 9
4 6 10 9
112 112 2 112 2
4TE2*
12
14
16 18
2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3
2 2716 3
10TE3* 10TE4* 12TE4* 12TE5* 12TE6* 14TE5* 14TE6* 18TE6* 18TE7* 20TE6* 20TE7* 24TE7* 16TE6*
9TE3* 9TE4*
6TE3*
358 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 914 914 412
2316 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 5516 6516 638 738 638 738 738 414 514 614
2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212
158
31116 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5 31116 31316
1716 112 158 158 134 134 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1
4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4
4 4
1018 1334 1334 1434 1434 1714 1714 1714 1914 1914 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014
818
3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5
8 3 8 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8
8 8
3 4 11 11 20 20 20 35 35 42 60 60 120 90 90 9 9
16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916
16 1116 16 1116 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316
20 24
1218 1218 1312 1312 1612
212 212 212 212 212 212
8 3 8
3 3 3 3
8 5 8
11 11 11 11
3716
Outside With Feet

CONVEYORS
Outside trough ends with feet are used to support end bearing, cover and trough. Drilling for bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Shaft Diameter Diameter L Part Number B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E F H J K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1
CONVEYORS
M
3
N
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5
Weight
P Slot
7 7 7 7 7 9 7
4 6 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 9
112 112 2 2 2716 3 3 112 2
10TEF3* 10TEF4* 12TEF4* 12TEF5* 12TEF6* 14TEF5* 14TEF6* 16TEF6* 18TEF6* 18TEF7* 20TEF6* 20TEF7* 24TEF7*
9TEF3* 9TEF4*
6TEF3*
4TEF2*
618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914
412
358
458 558 778 778 878 878 1078 1078 1338 1338 15 15 1818 12 958 958 958
21516 31516 31516 41516 31516 41516 5 512 558 512 558
2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212
158
31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5
1716 112 158 158 134 134 2 2 2 2 2
534 818 938 938 1214 1214 1214 1312 1312 1478 1914 1914 20 16 16 912 912
112 112 134 134 158 158 158 158 158 2 2 2
1 1
258 258 278 278 234 234 234 278 278 314 314 314
158 134
4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 4 4 4 4
4 4
1018 1334 1334 1434 1434 1714 1714 1714 1914 1914 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014
818
3 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3
2 1 2 8 8 5 8 8 8 8 2 2
8 8
8 3 8 2 2 1 2 2 2 8 8 8
8 8
12 12 14 14 23 23 23 38 38 45 120 120 162 67 67
4 7
16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916
2716 3 3 3716
16 1116 16 1116 9 16 1116

9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11
51116 51116 61516 534 7 7
L Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSFP seals
3 3716 3716
212 212 212 212 212
212
*BB Ball Bearing *BR Bronze Bearing
214 214 212
334 334 418
8 3 8
3 3 3
8 8 3 8
8 5 8 4 4 3 4
8 5 8 8 8 5 8
16 1116 16 1116
16 1316 16 1316 16 1316
*RB Roller Bearing *P Less Bearing
16 1316 16 1316 11 16 1316
H-64
Trough Ends
Inside
Inside trough ends are used in place of outside type where no trough end anges are required. Drilling for bronze bearings or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter L Part Number A B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1
D B
Bolts - N
N
1
Weight
10
4 6
12 14 18 20 24
2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3
112 2
112 2
112
10TEI3* 10TEI4* 12TEI4* 12TEI5* 12TEI6* 14TEI5* 14TEI6* 18TEI6* 18TEI7* 20TEI6* 20TEI7* 24TEI7* 16TEI6*
9TEI3* 9TEI4*
4TEI2* 6TEI3*
10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25
5 7
358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914
2316 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738 414 514 614
2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212
158
31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4
4 4
8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
16 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8
D
3 5 11 11 19 19 19 34 34 40 58 58 116 83 83 9 9
16
2 2 2 2 2
8 3 8
3 3 3 3
8 5 8
5 5 5 5
3716
Inside Rectangular
Rectangular trough ends are used inside of rectangular trough. Drilling for bronze bearing or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter L Part Number A B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1
Bolts - N
Weight
4 6
10
112 112 2 112 2
12 14 18 20 24
16
3 3716 3 3716 3716
2716 3 3
2 2716 3
10TER3* 10TER4* 14TER5* 14TER6* 16TER6*
9TER3* 9TER4*
4TER2*
6TER3*
10 10
12TER4* 12TER5* 12TER6*
11 11 15 15 17
618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914
358 412
212 312 512 512 612 612 612 712 712 812 1012 1012 1212 912 912 5 5
2316 3316 314 414 314 414 414 514 614
2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212
158
31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4
4 4
8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
16 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8
4 6 12 12 21 21 21 35 35 41 60 60 125 88 88 9 9
13 13 13
18TER6* 18TER7* 20TER6* 20TER7* 24TER7*
19 19 21 21 25
5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738
2 2 2 2 2
8 3 8
3 3 3 3
8 5 8
5 5 5 5
L Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSS seals
*BB Ball Bearing *BP Bronze Bearing
*RB Roller Bearing *P Less Bearing
H-65
CONVEYORS
Trough Ends
L P SLOT D E
Single Bearing
Single bearing pedestal type trough ends are constructed with base for mounting pillow block bearings and shaft seal or packing gland.
F BOLTS-N
C K
BOLTS-M
H J
Conveyor Diameter
10 12 14
Shaft Diameter
112 2 2 2716 3
7
112
Part Number
6TEO3
P Slot
Weight
112 2
10TEO3 10TEO4 12TEO4 12TEO5 12TEO6 14TEO5 14TEO6 18TEO6 18TEO7 20TEO6 20TEO7 24TEO7 16TEO6
9TEO3 9TEO4
16 18
2 16 3 3 3716 3 3716 3
Consult Factory
20 24
3716
P SLOT
Double Bearing
Double bearing pedestal type trough ends are for use with pillow block bearing in conjunction with a anged bearing providing extra shaft support.
BOLTS-N
CONVEYORS
C K BOLTS-M F H R H
Conveyor Diameter
10 12 14
Shaft Diameter
112 2 2 2716 3
7
112 112 2
6TEOD3
Part Number
P Slot
Weight
10TEOD3 10TEOD4 12TEOD4 12TEOD5 12TEOD6 14TEOD5 14TEOD6 16TEOD6
9TEOD3 9TEOD4
16
20 24
18
2 16 3 3 3716 3 3716 3
Consult Factory
18TEOD6 18TEOD7 20TEOD6 20TEOD7 24TEOD7
3716
H-66
Trough Ends
A N P SLOT B K E N A B K E N A P SLOT B K E N A P SLOT B K E
C M
D H P SLOT D M F
C D H J R
Outside With Feet
Outside Less Feet
Outboard Bearing
Discharge
Application: same as standard trough ends except for ared trough.

D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter A B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E F H J K
1 1 1 1 1
M
3 1 5 5 5
N
3 3 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5
R
7 7 9 9 9 9 7
P Slot
6 12 14 16 18 20 24 9
112 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 112 2
1658 2638 2638 2638 3212 3612 3612 3912 3912 4512 2838 2838 2114 2114
7 10 10 10 1112 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 11 11 9 9
558 778 778 1078 1078 12 15 15 958 958 958
3316 314 414 414 514 614
2316 2316 212
334 334 378 378 412 5 412 5 5 558 5 558 558 5
112 158 158 2 2 2 2 2
818 1214 1214 1214 1312 1312 1478 1914 1914 20 16 16 938 938
3 3716 3 3716 3716
1338 1338 1818
5516 6516 6516 638 738 738 638 738
21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438
212 212 212 212 212
212
158 158 2 2 2
214 214 212
314 314 334 334 418
278 278 314
5 5
8 3 8
3 3 3 3
4 16 16 8 8 8
5 5
8 5 8
5 3 3 3
8 8 8 4 4 4
8 5 8 8 8 8
2 2 8
Consult Factory
2916 21516 334
112 112 158 158 158
258 258 234 234 234
134
4 1 4 4 4 1 4
2 1 2 8 8 5 8
8 3 8 2 2 1 2
16 916 16 916 16 916
16 1116 16 1116 9 16 1116

11 11 11 11 11 11
16 1116 16 1116
16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316
Part Number Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Outside With Feet Weight Outside Less Feet Weight Outboard Bearing Weight Discharge Weight
12 14 18
2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3716 3
112 2
112
12FTEF4* 12FTEF5* 12FTEF6* 16FTEF6* 14FTEF5* 14FTEF6*
9FTEF3* 9FTEF4*
6FTEF3.*
43 44 56 85 52 64
22 27
15
12FTE4* 12FTE5* 12FTE6* 16FTE6* 14FTE5* 14FTE6*
9FTE3* 9FTE4*
6FTE3*
36 37 49 72 43 55
19 24
13
12FTEO4* 12FTEO5* 12FTEO6* 16FTEO6* 14FTEO5* 14FTEO6*
9FTEO3* 9FTEO4*
6FTEO3*
63 64 76 75 87
31 36
22
12FTDO4** 12FTDO5** 12FTDO6** 16FTDO6** 14FTDO5** 14FTDO6**
9FTDO3** 9FTDO4**
6FTDO3**
28 29 41 33 45 56
15 20
11
16
20
*BB *BR *RB *P
24
Ball Bearing Bronze Bearing Roller Bearing Less Bearing
3 3716 3716
18FTEF6* 18FTEF7* 20FTEF6* 20FTEF7* 24FTEF7*
133 139 179
98 104
18FTE6* 18FTE7* 20FTE6* 20FTE7* 24FTE7*
103 109 132
83 89
18FTEO6* 18FTEO7*
20FTEO6* 20FTEO7* 24FTEO7*
138 144
125
196 202 250
18FTDO6** 18FTDO7**
For Bolt Pattern see Page H-42
20FTDO6** 20FTDO7** 24FTDO7**
63 69
75 81 96
H-67
CONVEYORS
Trough Ends
Outside Discharge
Outside discharge trough ends are used to support end bearing and will allow material to discharge or overow through the end of the trough. Drilling for three bolt bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1
Bolts N
PP Slot Oricio
N
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1
P Slot
7
Weight
10 12 14 18 20 24
4 6
16
2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3
2 2716 3
112 2
112 2
112
4TDO2.*
12TDO4* 12TDO5* 12TDO6* 16TDO6* 14TDO5* 14TDO6*
10TDO3* 10TDO4*
9TDO3* 9TDO4*
6TDO3*
358 618 618 638 638 914 914 412
2916 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738 414 514 614
2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212
158
31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4
4 4
1334 1334 1434 1434 1712 1712 1712 1914 1914 2118 2312 2312 2634 2634 3012
934
412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914
358
8 3 8 2 2 1 2
5 5 5 5 5
8 8 8 8 2 2
7 7 7 7
16 916 7 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 34 16 34 9 16 34

9 9 9 9
16 9 16 16 916
2 3 5 5 12 12 12 17 17 26 33 33 55 55 81 6 6
734 734 734 1058
18TDO6* 18TDO7* 20TDO6* 20TDO7* 24TDO7*
1218 1218 1312 1312 1612
2 2 2 2 2
8 3 8
3 3 3 3
8 5 8 8 8 8
11 11 11 11 11
16 78 11 16 78 16 78 16 78 16 78
16 34 16 34 16 78
3716
Inside Discharge
Inside discharge trough ends are used to support end bearing and will allow material to discharge or overow through the end of the trough. This trough end is used inside the trough where no trough end anges are required. Drilling for three bolt bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number A B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1
Tornillos-N Bolts N
N
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 5 5
Weight
4 6
10 12 14 18 20
*BB *BR _*RB *P
112 112 2 112 2
4TDI2* 6TDI3* 9TDI3* 9TDI4*
2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3
10TDI3* 10TDI4* 12TDI4* 12TDI5* 12TDI6* 16TDI6* 18TDI6* 18TDI7* 24TDI7* 20TDI16* 20TDI7* 14TDI5* 14TDI6*
10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25
5 7
358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914
2316 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738 414 514 614
2316 2316 212 2916 21316 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212
158
31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5916 558 558 5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4
4 4
358 412 618 618 638 638 914 0.914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 734 734 734
8 3 8 8 8 2 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 8
8 8
2 3 5 5 12 12 12 16 16 25 32 32 50 50 76 6 6
16
2 2 2 2 2
8 3 8
3 3 3 3
5 5 5 5 5
8 5 8
24
Ball Bearing Bronze Bearing Roller Bearing Less Bearing
3716
H-68
CONVEYORS
Trough Ends
Outside
Outside tubular trough ends less feet are used to support end bearings on tubular trough where no foot or support is required. Drilling for bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing K
1
Bolts - N
N
3
Weight
10 12 14 18 20 24
4 6
112 2 2 2716 3 3 112 2
112
16
2716 3 3 3716 3 3716
12CHTE4* 12CHTE5* 12CHTE6* 14CHTE5* 14CHTE6* 16CHTE6*
10CHTE3* 10CHTE4*
9CHTE3* 9CHTE4*
4CHTE2*
6CHTE3*
5116 658 658 818 818 818 1058 918 918 738 738
2316 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738 414 514 614
2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212
158
31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5 378 4716 41516
1 1 1
4 1 4
1 1
4 4 4 4 4 4
1018 1314 1314 1434 1434 1614 1614 1614 1814 1814 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014
Bolts - N
3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5
8 3 8 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8
8 8
2 3 6 6 13 13 13 19 19 29 39 39 63 63 87 7 7
1 1
4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8
18CHTE6* 18CHTE7* 20CHTE6* 20CHTE7* 24CHTE7*
1218 1218 1318 1318 1518
8 3 8
3 3
8 5 8
3716
3 3
Outside with Feet

Outside tubular trough ends with feet are used to support end bearing where trough support is required. Drilling for bronze bearing or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing F H J K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1
Bolts - M
M
3
N
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5
Weight
4 6
10 12 14 18 20 *BB 24
112 112 2 112 2
2 2716 3 2716 3 3
12CHTEF4* 12CHTEF5* 12CHTEF6* 16CHTEF6* 14CHTEF5* 14CHTEF6*
10CHTEF3* 10CHTEF4*
9CHTEF3* 9CHTEF4*
6CHTEF3*
4CHTEF2*
5116 658 658 818 818 818 1058 1218 1218 1318 1318 1518 918 918 738 738
458 558 778 778 878 878 1078 1078 1338 1338 1818 15 15 12 958 958 958
2316 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 6516 638 738 738 414 514 614
2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212
158
31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5
534 818 938 938 1214 1214 1214 1478 1914 1914 20 16 16 1312 1312 912 912
112 112 134 134 158 158 158 158 158 2 2 2
1 1
158 134 258 258 278 278 234 234 234 314 334 334 418 278 278
4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4
4 4
1018 1314 1314 1434 1434 1614 1614 1614 1814 1814 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014
3 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 3
2 1 2 8 8 5 8 8 8 8 4 4 4 2 2
8 8
8 3 8 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8
8 8
10 10 12 12 22 22 22 24 24 44 56 56 134 92 92
3 5
16
3 3716 3 3716 Ball Bearing *RB 3716
18CHTEF6* 18CHTEF7* 20CHTEF6* 20CHTEF7* 24CHTEF7*
6516 638 738
214 214 212
314 314
8 3 8
3 3 3 3
8 5 8
8 5 8
*BR Bronze Bearing Roller Bearing
For Bolt Pattern see Page H-43
H-69
CONVEYORS
Saddles Feet Trough End Flanges

Bolt M Bolt N
BOLTS - M K C E
F G
H J
Flange Foot
Trough feet are used to support trough at trough connections.
Conveyor Diameter Part Number Saddle Tubular
Saddle
Trough saddles are used to support trough where ange feet cannot be used at connections.
Weight Flange Foot Saddle Tubular Flange Foot
4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Conveyor Diameter C
4TS 6TS 9TS 10TS 12TS 14TS 16TS 18TS 20TS 24TS 458 558 778 878 958 1078 12 1338 15 1818
4CHTFF 6CHTFF 9CHTFF 10CHTFF 12CHTFF 14CHTFF 16CHTFF 18CHTFF 20CHTFF 24CHTFF
E F G
4TFF 6TFF 9TFF 10TFF 12TFF 14TFF 16TFF 18TFF 20TFF 24TFF
1.5 2.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10 13 15

J
1 2 4.5 4.5 5 7 8 10 11 12
1.5 2.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.5 9.5 12.51 14.5
M*
*Holes for Bolt M Slotted
4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
1316 1316 112 112 112 134 134 134 214 214
534 818 938 912 1214 1312 1478 16 1914 20
738 10 12 1238 15 1612 18 1918 2234 24
1 114 112 134 158 138 2 2 214 214
158 2 258 278 234 212 314 314 334 4
16 16 3 16 3 16 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
3 3
2 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 1
8 8 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8
3 3 3
CONVEYORS
Trough End Flanges

A Size Part No. Trough Thickness Thru 10 Ga. A B 16 & 14
3
K
3
Weight
Red Rubber Gasket
*10 used for troughs through 10 ga., 3 used for troughs 316 and 14 thick. **Subtract 1/8 when using plate trough. *** For White Rubber Gasket Add WN
4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
4TF* 6TF* 9TF* 10TF* 12TF* 14TF* 16TF* 18TF* 20TF* 24TF*
5 4 714 1014 1114 1314 1514 1714 1914 2114 2514

1
5 8 738 1012 1112 1312 1512 1712 1912 2112 2512
3 8 414 578 618 712 9 1038 13 11 16 13316 1612
4 4 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
1 1 1
1 4 112 134 134 2 2 2 212 212 212

1
8 8 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8
3 3 3
.09 1.5 2.4 2.6 5.6 6.5 7.4 10.2 11.3 15.5
4TFG 6TFG 9TFG 10TFG 12TFG 14TFG 16TFG 18TFG 20TFG 24TFG
Part No.
H-70
End Bearings
KEEP THE HOUSING REPLACE THE INSERT.
TEBH- Split Bearing Housings will help cut down on a plants repair parts inventory, as well as the cost of the bearing. The rugged cast iron housing is not subject to wear, only the Style 220 Hanger bearing insert needs to be replaced. The housings match CEMA standard ball bearing bolt pattern, so they can be used with most seals. Split bearing housings are stocked in all facilities. Call your
Martin stocking
Martin distributor for more information.
TROUGH END BEARING HOUSINGS Martin Split Bearing Housings utilize Martin Style 220 Hanger Bearings.
Ball Bearing Flange Unit
FLANGE UNITS
Mounted on trough end plate.
Roller Bearing Flange Unit CONVEYORS Bronze Sleeve Bearing Flange Unit Ball Bearing Pillow Block
PILLOW BLOCKS
Mounted on pedestal of outboard bearing trough end. Roller Bearing Pillow Block H-71
End Bearings
Bronze Flange Unit
Bolts N C D
Bore
Ball Bearing Discharge Unit

C D Bolts N N K L M G E H J 8 1 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
3
G E 2 9 16 5 8 11 16 7 8 1
1
1 112 2 2716 3 3716
Part Number
TEB2BR TEB3BR TEB4BR TEB5BR TEB6BR TEB7BR
234 4 518 558 6 634
334 538 612 738 734 914
2 314 4316 41516 51116 614
16 3 4 7 8 1 1 1 8 114
7
Bore
1 112 2 2716 3 3716
Part Number
TDB2BB TDB3BB TDB4BB TDB5BB TDB6BB TDB7BB
138 2 218 212 312 4
378 558 714 8 812 912
538 714 8 978 11 12
11516 21316 358 4 414 434
21116 358 4 41516 512 6
2 212 3 312 4 412
8 2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
3 5 1
Ball Bearing Flange Unit

N Bolts N C D
Bore
Trough End Bearing Housing

C D Bolts N N E G C D 2 9 16 11 16 11 16 7 8 1
1
C D
G E 4 518 558 6 7
C
1 112 2 2716 3 3716
Part Number
TEB2BB TEB3BB TEB4BB TEB5BB TEB6BB TEB7BB
234 4 518 558 6 634
334 518 612 7 734 8716
138 2 238 212 312 4
8 1 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
3
Bore
Use #220 Type Hanger Bearings, See Page H-92.
112 2 2716 3 3716
Part Number
TEBH3 TEBH4 TEBH5 TEBH6 TEBH7
514 638 678 734 914
212 212 3916 358 434
2 1 2 9 16 5 8 3 4
1
2 8 8 3 4 3 4
1 5 5
Roller Bearing Flange Unit

CONVEYORS
Bore
Ball Bearing Pillow Block

E BOLTS N
Bolts N N C D 112 2 2716 3 3716

Part Number
D
G
U W
E 538 558 678 734 914

D
G
Bore
R S
TEB3R TEB4R TEB5R TEB6R TEB7R
418 438 538 6 7
312 358 4316 41116 514
1316 1316 112 158 178
2 2 8 3 4 3 4
1 1 5
1 112 2 2 716 3 3 716
Part Number
TPB2BB TPB3BB TPB4BB TPB5BB TPB6BB TPB7BB
49
64 1332 1532 1516 112 1916
64 15 16 3 4 7 8 114 1516
37
8 1 2 5 8 5 8 7 8 7 8
3
418 512 638 738 9 11
512 714 818 912 1134 14
11332 11516 214 238 3 338
22532 4316 41732 51332 63132 8
1716 218 214 234 312 4
1316 11116 134 16364 21132 23164
Bronze Discharge Unit

Bolts N N K L M H J
Bore
Roller Bearing Pillow Block

E Bolts NN G R S 11516 21316 358 4 414 434
K
U W T 114 138 158 178 214

G
E 2 9 16 5 8 11 16 7 8 1
1
G 21116 358 4 41516 512 6

L
1 112 2 2716 3 3716
Part Number
TDB2BR TDB3BR TDB4BR TDB5BR TDB6BR TDB7BR
2 314 4316 41516 51116 614
378 558 714 8 812 912
538 714 8 978 11 12
1 114 158 178 218 212
8 1 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
Bore
112 2 2716 3 3716
Part Number
TPB3R TPB4R TPB5R TPB6R TPB7R
338 312 4 412 5
2 5 8 5 8 3 4 7 8
1
614 7 812 912 11
778 878 1012 12 14
238 212 278 318 358
414 412 512 614 712
218 214 234 318 334
H-72
Thrust Bearings
TYPE E THRUST BEARINGS
Most common and economical thrust unit when a screw conveyor type drive is not being used.
TYPE H THRUST BEARINGS
For heavy duty thrust requirements.
BRONZE WASHER
Light duty applications only. Used inside the trough and when screw used in compression.
H-73
CONVEYORS
Thrust Bearings
Type E Thrust Assembly
Type E roller thrust bearings are designed to carry thrust in both directions and carry radial load under normal conditions. This double roller bearing is furnished with a lip type seal plate and either drive or tail shaft whichever is applicable to conveyor design. A
Shaft Diameter Part Number Drive Shaft End Shaft
Bolts N H
THRUST
D B 538 558 678 734 914

Drive Shaft End Shaft
Weight
E 418 438 538 6 7
G 4 418 41116 5316 6
H 11116 11116 2 218 258
N
1 1
T 114 114 11316 178 238
V 4 412 5 6 7
112 2 2716 3 3716
CT3D CT4D CT5D CT6D CT7D
CT3E CT4E CT5E CT6E CT7E
434 5 512 612 712
4 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
3 3
2 2 5 8 3 4 3 4
22 32 50 73 111
Drive Shaft
End Shaft
20 29 44 60 88
Heavy Duty RB End Thrust Bearings

P x R. Lg. Bolts (4) Reqd
O Keyway
THRUST
Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds A

With Drive Shaft With Tail Shaft Shaft Dia. Drive Shaft
B
End Shaft
O
Keyway
Other shaft sizes available are 31516, 4716 & 41516. Please consult factory.
1 2 2 2716 3 3716
1
CTH3D CTH4D CTH5D CTH6D CTH7D
Part No.
Weight
60 65 80 145 170
CTH3E CTH4E CTH5E CTH6E CTH7E
Part No.
Weight
52 56 66 119 140
4 2 412 5916 618 718

1
4 4 5 16 1 4 3 8
1 1
6 4 634 614 814 814

3
1 8 118 114 112 112

1
4 8 478 5716 538 758

7
1 1 112 138 238
3 3 3 3 4
H
7 7
8 8 15 16 1 114
8 8 9 16 3 8 7 8
1 1
7 4 714 8 10 10
1
5 4 534 614 8 8
3
1 16 1316 112 134 134

3
8 4 4 2 414 5 8 514 3 4 534 7 8 634

3 1
P
3 3
4 4 3 4 1 1
2 2 212 3 312 312

1
434 434 512 6 6
CONVEYORS
Thrust Washers
THRUST
Thrust washers are designed for use where light thrust loads prevail. Style A or B mounting may be used depending on direction of thrust. This unit consists of two steel washers separated by one bronze washer, and Style B is not recommended for use in conveyors handling abrasive materials.
STYLE - B
THRUST
STYLE - A
A
Size Shaft Part No.
Washers & Collar Style A
Washer Set Style B Weight
B
Weight
C 114 134 218 234 314
112 2 2716 3 3716
CTCW3 CTCW4 CTCW5 CTCW6 CTCW7
2.4 2.8 3.9 4.6 6.1
Part No.
CTW3 CTW4 CTW5 CTW6 CTW7
1 1.25 1.5 2 3
114 1716 112 112 158
H-74
Shaft Seals
WASTE PACK SEAL Waste pack seals can be furnished with waste packing or in combination with lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately on pedestal type trough ends. An opening is provided at top for repacking without removing seal from trough end. Can be used with anged ball, roller or other standard 4-bolt bearings.
Martin
SUPER PACK SEAL
Martin Super Pack Seal combines the heavy duty waste pack housing with the superior sealing characteristics of a Super Pack Seal. Seal may also be air or grease purged for difficult sealing applications.
PRODUCT DROP OUT SEAL
This ange type dust seal is designed for insertion between trough end and anged ball bearing. The cast iron housing is open on all four sides for exit of material that might work past seal or lubricant from bearing.
PLATE SEAL
Plate seals are the most common and economical seal. It is normally furnished with a lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately on pedestal type trough ends. Can be used with flanged ball, roller or other standard 4-bolt bearings. CONVEYORS
SPLIT GLAND SEAL
Split gland compression type seals provide for easy replacement and adjustment of packing pressure on the shaft without removal of the conveyor. These seals can be installed inside or outside the end plates.
COMPRESSION TYPE PACKING GLAND SEAL
Flanged packing gland seals consist of an external housing and an internal gland which is forced into the housing to compress the packing. This is the most positive type shaft seal and may be used where minor pressure requirements are desired.
AIR PURGED SEAL
Lantern Ring
Air purge shaft seals are arranged for attaching to standard or special trough ends. A constant air pressure is maintained to prevent material from escaping from the trough along the shaft. The air purge seal is desirable for sealing highly abrasive materials. May be purged with grease or water. H-75
Shaft Seals
Compression Type Packing Gland Seal
PACKING
A
Shaft Diameter Part Number
B PGC3 PGC4 PGC5 PGC6 PGC7 514 718 758 812 914
E 4 518 558 6 634
H
Weight Bolts
*Braided rope graphite packing is standard. Other types available on request.
112 2 2716 3 3716
2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
5 1
14 18 21 27 30
Flanged gland seals consist of an external housing and an internal gland which is forced into the housing to compress the packing. This is the most positive type shaft seal and may be used where pressure requirements are desired.
Split Gland Seal
Bolts N
A
C 434 614 678 712 834
D 2316 258 3116 3916 418
E 1716 112 158 158 218
F 212 212 314 314 334
G 578 612 758 858 1014
H 8 8 1 1 114
7 7
N 2 2 5 8 5 8 3 4
1 1
Weight
112 2 2716 3 3716
CSS3 CSS4 CSS5 CSS6 CSS7
5 10 15 22 30
Split gland compression type seals provide for easy replacement and adjustment of packing pressure on the shaft without removal of the conveyor. These seals are normally installed inside the end plates.
BALL
Flanged Product Drop-Out Seal

D = SIZE OF BOLT
Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds A

Shaft Diameter Part Number Weight
OPEN
B1 218 25764 3316 3916 438 43132
C 234 4 518 558 6 634
E
11
D
3
H-76
1 112 2 2716 3 3716
CSFP2 CSFP3 CSFP4 CSFP5 CSFP6 CSFP7
1.75 3.4 5.3 5.8 7.2 10.3
16 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 1
7
8 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1
This ange type dust seal is designed for insertion between trough end and anged bearing. The cast iron housing is open on all four sides for exit of material that might work past seal or lubricant from bearing.
CONVEYORS
Shaft Seals
Super Pack Seal
With Super Pack Seal

A Shaft Part Number E B L H Bolts
L
Weight
112 2 2716 3 3716
MSP3 MSP4 MSP5 MSP6 MSP7
538 612 738 734 914
134 134 134 134 214
(B)
4 518 558 6 634
(R)
418 438 538 6 7
(B)
2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 5
(R)
2 2 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 1
6 8 10 13 16
Martin Super Pack Seal combines the heavy duty waste pack housing with the superior sealing characteristics of a Super Pack Seal. Seal may also be air or grease purged for difcult sealing applications.
Waste Pack Seal
With Lip Seal

A Shaft Part Number E B L H Bolts (B) (R) (B) (R)
L
Weight
112 2 2716 3 3716
CSW3 CSW4 CSW5 CSW6 CSW7
538 612 738 734 914
134 134 134 134 214
4 518 558 6 634
418 438 538 6 7
2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 5
2 2 8 3 4 3 4
1 1 5
6 8 10 13 16
Waste pack seals are furnished with waste packing in combination with lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separtely on pedestal type trough ends. An opening is provided at top for repacking without removing seal from trough end.
Plate Seal
Plate seals are the most common and economical seal. They are furnished with a lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately on pedestal type trough ends. Slotted mounting holes allow use with both ball and roller anged bearings.
A Shaft Diameter
112 2 2716 3 3716
Part Number
E B C
H Bolts Weight (R)
CSP3 CSP4 CSP5 CSP6 CSP7
538 612 738 734 914
2 2 1 2 1 2 3 4
1 1
(B)
4 518 558 6 634
418 438 538 6 7
(B)
2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 5
(R)
2 2 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 1
2 3 4 5 8
H-77
CONVEYORS
Conveyor Screws
STANDARD PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT
Conveyor screws with pitch equal to screw diameter are considered standard. They are suitable for a whole range of materials in most conventional applications.
Price on Application
TAPERED, STANDARD PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Screw ights increase from 2/3 to full diameter. Used in screw feeders to provide uniform withdrawal of lumpy materials. Generally equivalent to and more economical than variable pitch.
SHORT PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Flight pitch is reduced to 2/3 diameter. Recommended for inclined or vertical applications. Used in screw feeders. Shorter pitch reduces ushing of materials which uidize.
SINGLE CUT-FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH

Screws are notched at regular intervals at outer edge. Affords mixing action and agitation of material in transit. Useful for moving materials which tend to pack.
HALF PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Similar to short pitch except pitch is reduced to 1/2 standard pitch. Useful for inclined applications, for screw feeders and for handling extremely uid materials.
CUT & FOLDED FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH

Folded ight segments lift and spill the material. Partially retarded ow provides thorough mixing action. Excellent for heating, cooling or aerating light substances.
END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREW

An end disc is the same diameter as the screw and is welded ush with the end of the pipe shaft at its discharge end and, of course, rotates with the screw. The end disc helps to keep discharging material away from the trough end seal.
SINGLE FLIGHT RIBBON

Excellent for conveying sticky or viscous materials. Open space between ighting and pipe eliminate collection and build-up of material.
CONVEYORS
VARIABLE PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Flights have increasing pitch and are used in screw feeders to provide uniform withdrawal of ne, free owing materials over the full length of the inlet opening.
STANDARD PITCH WITH PADDLES

Adjustable paddles positioned between screw ights opposed ow to provide gentle but thorough mixing action.
DOUBLE FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH

Double ight, standard pitch screws provide smooth regular material ow and uniform movement of certain types or materials. H-78 D
PADDLE
Adjustable paddles provide complete mixing action, and controlled material ow.
Conveyor Screws
Helicoid ights are formed in a special rolling machine by forming a steel strip into a continuous one-piece helix of the desired diameter, pitch and thickness to t conveyor screw pipes. The helicoid ight is tapered in cross section, with the thickness at the inner edge approximately twice the thickness of the outer edge.
Sectional ights are individual ights or turns blanked from steel plates and formed into a spiral or helix of the desired diameter and pitch to t conveyor screw pipes. The ights are butt welded together to form a continuous conveyor screw. Modications can be furnished, such as, fabrication from various metals, different ight thicknesses, other diameters and pitches. The buttweld ight is the same thickness in the full cross section.
Helicoid Flight
Sectional Flight
Key to Conveyor Size Designation

The letter H indicates screw conveyor with helicoid ighting. The gures to the left of the letters indicate the nominal outside diameter of the conveyor in inches. The rst gure following the letters is twice the diameter of the couplings in inches. The last two gures indicate the nominal thickness of ighting at the outer edge in 164. Thus conveyor 12H408 indicates 12 diameter helicoid conveyor for 2 couplings with ighting 864 or 18 thickness at outer edge. Hand of conveyor is indicated by R or L following the designation. Comparison Table helicoid ight and sectional ight conveyor screws
Helicoid Flight Screw Diameter, Inches Conveyor Screw Size Designation L Nominal Inside Diameter of Pipe, Inches Thickness of Flight, Inches Inner Edge
3
Sectional Flight Conveyor Screw Size Designation L Nominal Inside Diameter of Pipe, Inches
Former Designation
Coupling Diameter, Inches
4 6 9
4H206
10
12
9H306 9H406 9H312 9H412 9H414 10H306 10H412 12H408 12H508 12H412 12H512 12H614 14H508 14H614
6H304 6H308 6H312
9 Standard 9 Special 9X 9 XX 10 Standard 10 XX 12 Standard 12 Special 12 X 12 XX 14 Standard 14 XX
6 Standard 6X 6 XX
4X
112 112 112 112 2 112 2 2 112 2
2 2 2
138
14
L Size designation: Examples: 12H412 and 12S412. 12 = screw diameter in inches H = helicoid ight S = sectional ight 4 = 2 times 2 coupling diameter 12 = thickness of ight at periphery in increments of 164
16
16H610 16H614
16 Standard
2 2716 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3
2 212 2 212 212 2 212 212 3 212 3 312 3 312 312 4
8 1 4 3 8
1 3 3
16
Outer Edge
3 1 1 3 3 3
Coupling Diameter, Inches
Thickness of Flight
32 16 8 16
CONVEYORS
16 16 3 8 3 8 7 16 3 16 3 8 4 4 3 8 3 8 7 16 1 4 7 16
1 1 7 5
32 32 3 16 3 16 7 32 3 32 3 16 8 8 3 16 3 16 7 32 1 8 7 32
1 1 5 7
9S307 9S407 9S312 9S412 9S416 10S309 10S412 12S409 12S509 12S412 12S512 12S616 14S509 14S616 16S609 16S616
6S309 6S312
112 112 112 2 112 2 2 112 2
16 16
32 32
2 2716 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3
2 212 2 212 212 2 212 212 3 212 3 312 3 312 312 312
2 2
10 ga. 3 16 in. 12 ga. 12 ga. 3 16 in. 3 16 in. 1 4 in. 10 ga. 3 16 in. 10 ga. 10 ga. 3 16 in. 3 16 in. 1 4 in. 10 ga. 1 4 in. 10 ga. 1 4 in.
H-79
Conveyor Screws (Helicoid)
Length
Length
Helicoid Conveyor Screw
Flighting
B Size Part No. Conveyor Mounted Size Part No. Flighting Only
D Pipe Size Nominal Inside F Outside
Flight Thickness G Outside

3 1
H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches
Average Weight Complete Screw Standard Length Per Foot Flighting Only Standard Length Per Foot
Screw Diameter
Coupling Diameter
112 112 112 112 2 2 2 2
112
4H206*
6H304* 6H308* 6H312* 9H306* 9H312*
4HF206*
6HF304* 6HF308* 6HF312* 9HF306* 9HF312*
138 2 2 2 2 2
158 238 238 238 278 278 278 278 2 8 278 4 4 4 4 312 312 312
7
Inside
3
1 1 3 3
16 8 4 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 4
32 16 16 32 16 32 16 32 32 16 16 16 32 32 32 32 32 8 8 8 8
112 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
9H406* 9H412*
10 12
1 2
1
10H306*
9H414*
9HF406* 9HF412*
2716 2716 3 3 3 3
14 16
2716 3
12H614* 16H610* 14H614* 16H614* 18H610*
12H508* 12H512* 14H508*
12H408*
10H412*
10HF306*
9HF414*
212 212 212 2 2 2 212

1
238 238
16 16 16 16
9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 9-10
9-1012
40
52 62 72 70 91 81
5 6 7 7 9 8
16
14 28 42 31 65 30 60 70 48 76 67 64 96 84
1.3
1.4 2.8 4.3 3.2 6.1 3.0 6.6 6.3 4.9 7.7 5.7 8.6 5.4 8.2 9.3 7.1
12H412*
12HF614* 16HF610* 14HF614* 16HF614* 18HF610*
12HF508* 12HF512* 14HF508*
12HF408*
10HF412*
212
2 8
3
7 3
101 121 131 130 140 180 168 198 220 170 254 228 285 282
10 12 13 13 12 15 14 17 18 14 22 19 24 24
7 3
CONVEYORS
3 1 3 1 3
12HF412*
312 312 4 3 2
1
3 3 3
312
7 5
16 16 16 16 16
102 112 132 120 154 167
7 5 7 5
11.2 10.0 11.7 13.9
* R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand
18 L
412
L Offered only in full pitch helicoid ighting.
H-80
Conveyor Screws (Sectional)
Length
Sectional Conveyor Screw
Flight
B Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor Size Part No. Flighting Only
Pipe Size D Outside
H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Standard Length
Average Weight Per Foot Flight Each Approx. Flights Per Foot
Screw Diameter
---Coupling Diameter
Nominal Inside
Flight Thickness
3 1 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 3
6 9
112 112 2 2 112 2 112
112
6S312* 6S316* 9S312* 9S316* 9S412* 9S416* 9S324* 9S424*
6SF312* 6SF316* 9SF312* 9SF316* 9SF412* 9SF416* 9SF324* 9SF424*
2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 212 212 212 212 3 3 3 312 312 312 3 212 212 2 212 2
238 238 238 238 278 278 278 238 238 278 278 278 278 278 278 312 312 312 312 4 4 4 238 238
16 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 16 16 16 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 9-10
75 90 130 160 115 130 160 120 135 165 120 135 165 156 204 160 268 178 210 274 198 216 280 95
7.5 8.0 13.0 16.0 11.5 13.0 16.0 12.0 13.5 16.5 12.0 13.5 16.5 13.0 17.0 14.0 22.3 14.8 17.5 22.5 16.5 18.0 24.0 9.5
1.7 2.2 5.5 7.9 4.3 5.5 7.9 5.0 6.7 8.7 5.0 6.7 8.7 12.7 5.7 7.2 9.7 7.2 9.7 7.2 9.7 4.3
2.0 2.0 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.33
10
112 112 2 2 112 2 2
10S312* 10S316* 10S412* 10S416* 12S412* 12S416* 10S324*
10SF312* 10SF316* 10SF412* 10SF416* 12SF412* 12SF416* 10SF324*
12
2716 2716 3 3 * R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand 3 2716 2716
12S509* 12S512* 12S516* 12S612* 12S616* 12S624* 12S524*
12S424*
12SF509* 12SF512* 12SF516* 12SF612* 12SF616* 12SF624* 12SF524*
12SF424*
3 1 3
10 Ga. 16 16
1.0
3 1 3
12.7 12.7
1.0 1.0
H-81
CONVEYORS
10S424*
10SF424*
Conveyor Screws (Sectional)
Length
Sectional Conveyor Screw
Flight
B Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor Size Part No. Flighting Only
Pipe Size D Inside Outside
H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Standard Length
Average Weight Per Foot Flight Each Approx. Flights Per Foot
Screw Diameter
Coupling Diameter
Flight Thickness
3 1 3
14
2716 2716 2716 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
14S512* 14S516* 14S524* 14S624* 14S612* 14S616* 16S616* 16S624* 18S616* 18S624* 18S632*
14SF512* 14SF516* 14SF524* 14SF624* 14SF612* 14SF616* 16SF616* 16SF624* 18SF616* 18SF624* 18SF632*
3 3 3 312 312 312 312 312 312 312

1
312 312 312 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 412 412 412 412 4 4 4 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 4 4 4
16 4 8 4 8 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 2 16 16
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8
214 240 330 222 246 342 234 282 365 402 246 294 425 530 293 345 470 570 300 360 410 506 310 370 475 525 440 510 595 690
18.0 20.0 27.5 19.0 21.0 29.0 20.0 24.0 31.0 33.5 21.0 25.0 36.0 44.0 24.4 28.8 39.2 47.5 26.0 31.0 33.4 42.2 27.0 32.0 40.0 45.0 37.0 43.0 50.0 60.0
13.2 19.8 13.2 19.8 14.0 18.0 25.5 36.0 18.0 24.0 34.5 46.0 18.0 24.0 34.5 46.0 20.0 28.0 40.0 56.0 20.0 28.0 40.0 56.0 32.0 42.0 63.0 84.0 9.9
9.9
.86 .86 .86 .86 .86 .86 .75 .75 .75 .75 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .50 .50 .50 .50
3 1 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1
16
16S612*
16SF612*
312 312
18
16S632*
18S612*
16SF632*
18SF612*
312 3 2
16
CONVEYORS
3716 3716 3716 20 3716 3 3 3
18S712* 18S716* 18S724* 18S732*
18SF712* 18SF716* 18SF724* 18SF732*
4 4 4 4
3 1 3 1
16
20S612*
3716 3716 3716 24 3716 3716 3716 3716 3716
20S632*
20S616* 20S624*
20SF612*
20S712* 20S716* 20S724* 20S732* 24S712* 24S716* 24S724* 24S732*
20SF632*
20SF616* 20SF624*
3 2 312 312
1
3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1
16
20SF712* 20SF716* 20SF724* 20SF732* 24SF712* 24SF716* 24SF724* 24SF732*
312 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
16
16
H-82
Conveyor Screws (Ribbon)

Ribbon ight conveyor screws consist of sectional ights, buttwelded together to form a continuous helix. Flights are secured to the pipe by supporting legs. Both ends of the pipe are prepared with internal collars and drilling to accept couplings, drive shafts, and end shafts. They are used to convey sticky, gummy, or viscous substances, or where the material tends to adhere to ighting and pipe.
Length
Ribbon Conveyor Screw
Post
Integral (Int) Leg
B Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor Pipe Size
Flight Size
Weight H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Complete Screw Standard Length Per Foot
Screw Diameter
Coupling Diameter
Inside
Outside
F Thickness
3
G Width
12 14 16
10
112 2716 3 3
7
12R416*
10R316* 12R524* 14R516* 14R524* 12R424*
212 212 3 3 3
238 312 312 312 4 4 4 4 2 412

1
278 278
1 1 3 3 1 3
4 4 8 8 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 8
112 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 3 3 2
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8
11-10
9-10
110 216 240 228 264 288 276 324
180
11 19 21 19 22 25 24 28
15
2716 2716 3
16R616*
14R624* 16R624*
312 312 4 4 312
312
3 1 3 3
18 20 24
3 16 3716
18R624*
20R724* 24R724*
3 3
3 4 4
384 408 424
33 35 36
H-83
CONVEYORS
6 9
112 112
6R312* 9R316*
2 2
238 238
16 4
112
9-10
9-10
100
65
10
6.5
Conveyor Screws
Quick Detachable (QD) Helicoid Conveyor
Q.D. Quick Detachable conveyor screws are designed for convenient removal from the conveyor assembly. Each section of screw has a Q.D. cap at one end of the pipe. By removing this cap, a conveyor screw section can quickly and easily be removed and returned to the conveyor assembly without disturbing the other screw sections. Quick Detachable conveyor can be furnished both in helicoid and buttweld construction.
R.H. Shown
A Nominal Conveyor Diameter Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor
Standard-Length Feet-Inches End to End of Pipe
C Cap Part Number
D Pipe Size
Flight Thickness Ft.-In. F Inside

1
H Coupling Bearing Length
Average Weight Standard Length Per Foot
Coupling Diameter
Inside
Outside
6 9
6HQ312* 9HQ312* 9HQ414*
6HQ308* 9HQ306* 9HQ406* 9HQ412*
6HQ304*
112 1 2
1
9-10 9-10
3QDC2 3QDC2 4QDC25 4QDC25 3QDC2
2 2 2 2
1
238 2 8
3
1 3
8 4 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 4
G Outside
1 1 3
16 8 16 32 16 32 16 32 32 16 8 8 8 16 16 32 32 32 32
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
52 62 72 70 91 81
5 6 7 7 9 8
CONVEYORS
2 1 2
1
9-10 9-10
16 16 16 16
2 8
7
10 12
12HQ408*
10HQ412* 12HQ412* 12HQ512* 12HQ614* 14HQ614*
10HQ306*
11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9
9-10
4QDC25 5QDC3 6QDC35 6QDC35 6QDC4 5QDC3
212 3 312 312 4 3 2

1
212
278 278 312 4 4 4 3 2

1
2 8
3
7 3
101 121 131 130 140 180 168 198 220 170 254 228 285
10 12 13 13 12 15 14 17 18 14 22 23.8 19
7 3
3 1
3 1 3 1 3
12HQ508* 14 16
2716 3 3 2 16
7
14HQ508*
1 7 5
16 16 16 16
7 1
16HQ610*
Note: Q.D. caps are not recommended on the drive shaft end. * R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand
16HQ614*
11-9
11-9
6QDC35
7 5 7
412
H-84
Conveyor Screws
Quick Detachable (QD) Sectional Spiral Conveyors
C F
R.H. Shown
A Nominal Conveyor Diameter Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor B Standard Length Feet-Inches End to End of Pipe C Cap Part Number D Pipe Size Flight Thickness Inside Outside F H Coupling Bearing Length Average Weight
Coupling Diameter
Standard Length
Per Foot
9SQ407* 9SQ409* 9SQ412* 9SQ416* 9SQ424* 10 12
9SQ307* 9SQ309* 9SQ312* 9SQ316*
6SQ307* 6SQ309* 6SQ312* 6SQ316*
112
9-10
3QDC2
238
112
9-10
3QDC2
238
9-10
4QDC25
212
278
12 10 3 16 1 4 12 10 3 16 1 4 3 8 10
3
12 10 3 16 1 4
2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
10SQ309*
14
14SQ509* 14SQ512* 14SQ612* 14SQ616* 14SQ624*
12SQ612* 12SQ616* 12SQ624*
3 2716 3 3
11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9
6QDC35 5QDC3 6QDC35 6QDC35
312 3 312 312
4 312 4 4
10 3 16
3
16 4 3 8
1
191 216 280 222 246 342
16
18 20 24
16SQ609* 16SQ612* 16SQ616* 16SQ624* 18SQ612* 18SQ616* 18SQ624* 20SQ612* 20SQ616* 24SQ712* 24SQ716* 24SQ724* 20SQ724*
3 3 3 16
7
11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8
6QDC35 6QDC35 7QDC4 7QDC4
312 312 4 4
4 4 412 4 2
1
10 3 16 1 4 3 8
3
16 4 3 8
1
185 214
16.5 18.0 24 16 18 19 21 29
16 4 3 8
1 1
3 3 4 4
210 234 282 365 246 294 425 300 360 410 510 595 475
18 20 24 31 21 25 36 26 31 37 43 50 40
3716
3 3
16 4 8
16 4 3 8
1
H-85
CONVEYORS
12SQ409* 12SQ412* 12SQ416* 12SQ509* 12SQ512*
10SQ412* 10SQ416*
112 2 2 2716
9-10
9-10
4QDC25 4QDC25 5QDC3
3QDC2
2 2
1
2 8
7
238
90 100 115 130 160 120 135
73 80 95 120
62 65 75 90
11-10 11-9
212 3
278 312
10 3 16 1 4 10 3 16
16 4
85
9 10 11.5 13.0 16 12.0 13.5
7.3 8.0 9.5 13
6.2 6.5 7.5 8.0
8.5
140 156 204 160 178
12.0 13.0 17 14 15
Conveyor Screw (Components)

Coupling Bolts
Coupling Diameter Outside Pipe Diameter Bolt Size
3
Part Number Standard
Weight Each Lbs.
1 112 2 2716 3 3 3716
158 238 278 312 4 412 412
8 2116 2 3 8 358 8 438 4 5 4 512 8 512
CCB2 CCB3 CCB4 CCB5 CCB6 CCB6A CCB7
.13 .2 .45 .5 .85 .9 1.29
Conveyor coupling bolts are manufactured from special analysis high-torque steel. Close tolerance for a minimum of wear. Lock nuts are furnished with each bolt.
Internal Collar
Coupling Diameter
Inside Pipe Diameter
Part Number Standard
Weight Each Lbs.
1 112 2 2716 3 3 3716
114 2 212 3 312 4 4
CIC2 CIC3 CIC4 CIC5 CIC6 CIC6A CIC7
.58 2.06 2.16 3.72 4.03 8.03 6.52
Internal collars are made from seamless tubing machined for a press t in the conveyor pipe. When installed at the factory collars are jig drilled and plug welded into the pipe. No drilling in replacement collars is furnished allowing for eld drilling to match existing bolt holes.
CONVEYORS
Discharge End
End Lugs
Conveyor Diameter Intake End Standard
Part Number Discharge End Standard
Weight Each Lbs.
6 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 9
6CELI* 9CELI* 9CELI*
6CELD* 9CELD* 9CELD*
.06 .15 .2 .2 .4 .4 .4 .4 .15
Flow Feed End
12CELI* 12CELI* 16CELI* 16CELI* 16CELI* 16CELI*
12CELD* 12CELD* 16CELD* 16CELD* 16CELD*
End lugs are welded opposite the carrying side of the conveyor ight and provide maximum support with minimum obstruction of material ow.
H-86
* R For Right Hand Flight * L For Left Hand Flight
16CELD*
Shaft
Coupling Shafts
Coupling Part CC Coupling Shaft Std.* CCC Close Coupling Shaft CHE Hanger End Shaft* CC 5 Coupling Diameter 2 1" 5 2-7/16" 3 1-1/2" 6 3" 4 2" 7 3-7/16"
* Add suffix H if Hardened
COUPLING
Conveyor couplings are used to join individual lengths of conveyor screws and allow for rotation within the hanger bearing. C-1045 steel couplings are normally furnished; however couplings with hardened bearing surfaces may be furnished where highly abrasive materials are being conveyed. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation. Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screws where no hanger is required. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
CLOSE
Drive & End Shafts

Type Drive Shaft Number CD Drive Shaft Drive Shaft Only CE End Shaft 1 #1 2 #2 Single Bearing Pedestal 3 #3 Double Bearing Pedestal
CD
BB
Seal Type
(Delete if without seal)
P Plate W Waste Pack Coupling Diameter 2 1" 5 2-7/16" 3 1-1/2" 6 3" 4 2" 7 3-7/16" Bearing Type BB Ball RB Roller
END
HANGER END
Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only one conveyor section to a hanger bearing. These shafts may also be used in pairs to divide an excessively long conveyor assembly between two drives.
#1 DRIVE
No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end plates are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
SPECIAL DRIVE H-87
Length, bearing location, seals and keyway location and size as required.
H-87
CONVEYORS
End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section and are therefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. End shafts are jig drilled for ease of assembly and close diametral tolerances are held for proper bearing operation.
No. 1 Drive Shaft

No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end plates are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
No. 1 Drive Shaft Used Without Seal* Bronze Bearing

Ball Bearing
H 3
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number
C 912
G 312 534 7 9 818 434
C 9
G 3
H 3
Weight
1 2
112
1CD2B 1CD4B
1CD3B 1CD5B 1CD7B
2716 3 3716
15
1234 1738 23
314 412 714 6 512
13.3 21.0 60.4 37.0
6.3
2.0
1 2
112
1CD6B
1918
2716 3 3716
1CD4BB
1CD3BB 1CD5BB 1CD7BB
1CD2BB
1318 1658 2058 1518
1112
312 378 434 558 658
314 412 512 6 714
11.5 18.0 52.5 32.0
5.6
1.8
1CD6BB
**Consult Factory
No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seals* Bronze Bearing Ball Bearing
C 10
G 4
H 3
Weight
Shaft Diameter
Part Number
C 912
G 312 434 512 612 712 438
H 3
Weight
1 2
112
1CD2B-P 1CD4B-P
1CD3B-P 1CD5B-P 1CD7B-P
2716 3 3716
1514 1958 2418 1838
1314
514 614 8 1018 858
314 412 6 714
1CD6B-P
512
14.1 24.3 61.0 38.0
6.6
2.1
1 2
112
1CD2BB-P 1CD4BB-P
1CD3BB-P 1CD5BB-P 1CD7BB-P
2716 3 3716
14
1238 1578 2112
314 412 512 6 714
12.5 21 56.5 35
6.2
2.0
CONVEYORS
1CD6BB-P
1712
**Consult Factory
No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal* Bronze Bearing
Ball Bearing
H 3
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number
C 11
G 414
C 1012
G 334 514 558 612 738 878
H 3
Weight
1 2
112
1CD2B-W 1CD4B-W
1CD3B-W 1CD5B-W 1CD7B-W
2716 3 3716
1634 2078 2578 1918
1412
612 712 834 1178 978
314 412 512 6 714
14.9 23.3 66.3 40.5
7.2
2.2
1 2
112
1CD3BB-W 1CD5BB-W 1CD7BB-W
1CD2BB-W
1CD6B-W
2716 3 3716
1CD4BB-W 1CD6BB-W
1314 1678 2278 1838 1478
314 412 512 6 714
13.0 20.5 58.4 35.5
6.4
2.0
*Shaft length allows for 12 hanger bearing length as clearance between end plate and screw **Consult Factory
H-88
No. 2 and No. 3 Drive Shafts

No. 2 Drive Shaft
No. 2 drive shafts are used where pedestal type trough ends with single bearing are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
C 11
G 314 5 6 514 612
H 214 414 512 6
J 212 312 412 512 612 712
P 8
Weight
112 2716 3 3716 2
2CD2 2CD4 2CD6
2CD3 2CD5 2CD7
1834 2312 27 2178
1612
314 512
1134 14 17
2.5
17.0 29.0
8.3
634
1812 2014
49.0 75.0
No. 3 Drive Shaft

No. 3 drive shafts are used where pedestal type trough ends with double bearings are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
Shaft Diameter
Part Number
C 1512 22 2014 2458 2978
G 914
H 3
P 1214
Weight
112 2 3 2716 3716
3CD2
3CD4 3CD6
3CD3 3CD5 3CD7
1212
2578
1414 1434 1578
1234
314 412 512 6 714
1534 1714 1934 2318 2034
10 21 36 62 95
Drive Shaft Keyways

Shaft Diameter
A
1 3 1 5 3 7
B
1 3
1 2 3
112 2716 3716
4 8 2 8 4 8
16 16 16 8 4
1 5
3 7
H-89
CONVEYORS
Shafts
Coupling
Conveyor couplings are used to join individual lengths of conveyor screws and allow for rotation within the hanger bearing. Mild steel couplings are normally furnished; however induction hardened bearing area couplings may be furnished where highly abrasive materials are being conveyed. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
Shaft Diameter
Part Number*
A1
1 7 7
A
1 7 7
B 2 3 3 3 3 4
C 712
D 3
G 112 2 2 3 3 4
Weight
112 2 3 2716 3716
CC2
CC4 CC6
CC3 CC5 CC7 1
2 8 8 16 1
2 8 8 16
1112 1112 13 1234 1712
434 434 5 478 634
5.6 23.8 15.4 44.5 9.8
1.5
15
15
*Add H for Hardened Shaft.
112
114
Shaft is induction hardened in bearing area only to 40-50 RC.
Close Coupling
Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screws where no hanger is required. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
Shaft Diameter
Part Number
C 6
D 3
Weight
112 2 2716 3 3716
CCC2
CCC3 CCC5 CCC7
CCC4 CCC6
912 934 912
434 434 478 634
1.3
4.8 8.5
1312
10
12.9 20.0 37.0
CONVEYORS
Hanger End
Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only one conveyor section to a hanger bearing. These shafts may also be used in pairs to divide an excessively long conveyor assembly beween two drives.
Shaft Diameter
Part Number*
C 458 678 1114 814 818 678
G 158 218 218 314 314 414
Weight
112 2 2716 3 3716
CHE2
CHE4
CHE3 CHE5 CHE7
1.0 3.5 10.6 16.5 29.7 6.2
CHE6
*Add H for Hardened Shaft Shaft is induction hardened in bearing area only to 40-50 RC.
H-90
End Shaft
End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section and are therefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. End shafts are jig drilled for ease of assembly and close diametrical tolerances are held for proper bearing operation.
End Shaft Used Without Seal** Bronze Bearing

Shaft Diameter Part Number*
Ball Bearing
G 312 412 512 7 818 958
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number*
C 612
C 6
G 3
Weight
112 2 3 2716 3716
CE4B CE6B
CE3B CE5B CE7B
CE2B
1014 1318 1638 1178
914
1.4 4.5 15.4 9.0 25.6 42.4
112 2 2716 3 3716
CE2BB CE4BB
CE3BB CE5BB CE7BB
858 1058 1338 958
814
312 378 434 558 658
1.2
3.8 7.5
CE6BB
12.4 20.8 34.4
***Consult Factory
End Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seal** Bronze Bearing Ball Bearing
C 7
G 4
Weight
Shaft Diameter
Part Number*
C 612 1018 1418 938 9
G 312 458 514 612 738 414
Weight
2716 3716
CE4B-P CE6B-P
CE5B-P CE7B-P
1114 1358 1678 1278
612 8 1018 858
17.0
10.0 29.8 44.0
2716 3 3716
CE4BB-P
CE6BB-P
CE5BB-P CE7BB-P
1112
13.1 23.0 37.1
8.3
***Consult Factory
End Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal** Bronze Bearing

Ball Bearing
G 414 714 834 978 1178 614
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number*
C 8
C 712
G 334 558 612 738 878
Weight
112 2 2716 3 3716
CE2B-W CE4B-W
CE3B-W CE5B-W CE7B-W
12
11 1358 1858
1.6 10.4 17.6 28.2 48.0 5.2
112 2 2716 3 3716
CE2BB-W CE4BB-W CE3BB-W CE5BB-W CE7BB-W
1038 1238 1558 1138
10
514
1.4 4.8 14.8 24.0 40.2 9.0
CE6B-W
1478
CE6BB-W
*Add H for Hardened Shaft. **Shaft length allows for 12 hanger bearing length, clearance between end plate and screw. ***Consult Factory
H-91
CONVEYORS
112
CE3B-P
CE2B-P
1014
512
1.5
5.1
112
CE2BB-P
CE3BB-P
1.4 4.5
Hangers
No. 226 hangers are designed for ush mounting inside the trough permitting dust-tight or weather-proof operation. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material ow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.
Style 226
Style 216
No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. This hanger is ush mounted inside the trough permitting dust tight or weather proof operation. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, the hanger can be furnished with other bearings.
Style 220
No. 220 hangers are designed for mount on top of the trough anges and may be used where dust-tight or weather proof operation is not required. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material ow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.
Style 230
No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications where mounting on top of the trough anges is required. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.
CONVEYORS H-92
Style 316
No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty use in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, this hanger can be furnished with other bearings.
Style 326
No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction of material ow and are used in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and the conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished, but other type bearings are available.
Hangers
No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted on top of the trough anges. Grease tting can be furnished if specied.
Style 60
Style 70
No. 70 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permit temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted inside the trough. Grease ttings can be furnished if specied.
Style 30
No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting within the conveyor trough on the noncarrying side and permit a minimum of obstruction of material ow. Available with friction type bearing.
Style 216F
No. 216F hangers are designed for heavy duty applications and are mounted inside of ared trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.
Style 19B
The No. 19B hanger is similar in construction to the No. 18B except they are mounted on top of the trough angles. Built-in ledges provide supports for the ends of the cover. They are streamline in design and permit free passage of the material. They are regularly furnished with Arguto oil impregnated wood, hard iron, bronze, or other special caps can be furnished. Air purged hangers are recommended when handling dusty and abrasive materials which contribute to shutdowns and hanger bearing failures. Air-swept hangers are available for 9-24 conveyors. They should not be used when handling hot materials (over 250 F) or wet sticky materials or when handling non abrasive materials when an inexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. In service, air-purged hangers deliver relatively trouble-free operation. They help solve noise nuisance problems, and they help reduce power requirement because of the low coefcient of fraction. Maximum trough loading should not exceed 15%. The air, at approximately 1-1/4 PSI enters the housing at the top, passes over and around the bearing, and is dissipated around the coupling shaft on both sides of the housing. Thus the bearing is protected from dust and the material in the trough at all times. Only 3 to 7 cu. ft. of air per minute is required to keep each hanger bearing clean.
H-93
Air Purged Hanger
CONVEYORS
Hangers
Style 220
No. 220 hangers are designed for mounting on top of the trough anges and may be used where dust-tight or weather proof operation is not required. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material ow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor Diameter Bolts E Pipe Tap 18 M SLOT
4 6
Coupling Size
10 12 14 18 20 24
112 2 2 2716 3 112 2
112
4CH2202
Part Number*
D
3 3
E
1 3
6CH2203
31316 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914
312 412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6
16 16 4 4
4 8 8 8
612 1214 1214 1314 1314 1534 1534 1534 1734 1734 1934 2214 2214 2414 2414 2814 834
10CH2203 10CH2204
9CH2203 9CH2204
4 1 4
1 1 1
8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1
212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 312 312 312 312 312
112 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4
934
714
M Slot
5
1312 1312 1412 1412 1712 1712 1712 1912 1912 2112 2412 2412 2612 2612 3012
7 7
16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516
16 3 4
Weight Each
5 7
9 11 10 12 16 21 28 26 33 39 41 49 43 51 57
16
2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716
12CH2204 12CH2205 12CH2206 16CH2206 14CH2205 14CH2206 18CH2206 18CH2207 20CH2206 20CH2207 24CH2207
8 8 3 8
3 3 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5
2 2 2 8 8 8
2 1 2
1 1 1
8 5 8
5 5 5
11
16 11116 16 11116 16 11116
11
*Refer to Page H-100 for bearings NOTE: For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number
11
Style 226
No. 226 hangers are designed for ush mounting inside the trough permitting dust-tight or weatherproof operation. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material ow in high capacity conveyors. Also available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor Diameter Bolts E
Pipe Tap 18 M SLOT
CONVEYORS
4 6
Coupling Size
10 12 14
2 2716 3 3 2716 3
112 2
112 2
112
4CH2262
Part Number*
D
3 3
E
1 3
F
11 3
10CH2263 10CH2264 12CH2264 12CH2265 12CH2266 16CH2266 14CH2265 14CH2266 18CH2266 18CH2267 24CH2267
9CH2263 9CH2264
6CH2263
10 10
358 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914 412
312 412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6
16 16 4 4
4 8 8 8
11 11 13 13 13
4 1 4
1 1 1
8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1
1 1 1 1
16
212 212 212 212 212
112 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4
7 7
16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516
16 34
M Slot
Weight Each
5 7
16
18
20 24
3 3716 3 3716 3716
17
15 15 19 19 25
8 8 3 8
3 3 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 8
2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5
2 2 2 8 8 8
114 114 114 138 138 138 112 112 112 112 158
212 212 212 212 212 212 312 312 312 312 312
10 12 16 21 28 26 33 39 41 49 43 51 57
9 11
20CH2266 20CH2267
21 21
2 1 2
1 1 5
8 5 8
5 5 5
11
16 11116 16 11116 16 11116
11
*Refer to Page H-100 for bearings
H-94
*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number
11
Hangers
Style 216
No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. This hanger is ush mounted inside the trough permitting dust tight or weather proof operation. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, the hanger can be furnished with other bearings.
Conveyor Diameter M SLOT Pipe Tap 18 Bolts E
Coupling Size
10 12 14
112 2 2 2716 3 3 2716 3 3 3716 112 2
112
6CH2163
Part Number*
D
3
E
3
F
3
12CH2164 12CH2165 12CH2166 16CH2166 14CH2165 14CH2166 18CH2166 18CH2167 24CH2167
10CH2163 10CH2164
9CH2163 9CH2164
10 10 13 13 13 17 15 15 19 19 25 11 11
618 618 734 734 734 1058 1312 1312 1612 12 8 1218
1
412 638 638
412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6
4 1 4
1 1 1
16 4 4
8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1
8 8 8
1 1 1 1
212 212 212 212 212
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4
7 7
16 1116 16 1116 16 1116
M Slot
Weight Each
16
914 914
8 8 3 8
3 3 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 8
2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5
2 2 2 8 8 8
114 114 114 138 138 138 1 2 112

1
212 212 212 212 212 212 3 2 312

1
16 1516 16 1516 16 1516
8 10
7 9
14 18 21 23 25 34 44 36 47 53 28
20 24
18
3 3716 3716
20CH2166 20CH2167
21 21
2 1 2
1 1 5
8 5 8
5 5 5
11
112 112
158
312 312 312
16 11116 16 11116 16 11116
11
11
No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications where mounting on top of the trough ange is required. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.
Conveyor Diameter
Coupling Size
10 12 14 18 20 24
112 2
112 2
112
2 2716 3 3 2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716
10CH2303 10CH2304 12CH2304 12CH2305 12CH2306 16CH2306 14CH2305 14CH2306 18CH2306 18CH2307 20CH2306 20CH2307 24CH2307
9CH2303 9CH2304
6CH2303
Part Number*
D
1 1
E
3 3
618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 12 8 1218

1
412
412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6
4 1 4
1 1
4 4 4
8 3 8
3 3 1 1
8 8 8
1214 1214 1314 1314 1534 1534 1534 1734 1734 1934 22 4 2214
1
834
212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 2 312
1
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4
1312 1312 1412 1412 1712 1712 1712 1912 1912 2112 24 2 2412
1
934
7 7
16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516
M Slot
Weight Each
8 10 9 11 15 20 25 24 29 35 34 47 40 49 55
16
914 914
8 8 3 8
3 3 3 3 3 1
8 8 8 2 2
2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5
2 2 2 8 8 8
1312 1312 1612
2 1 2
1 1 5
8 5 8
5 5 5
11
2414 2414 2814
312 312
334
2612 2612 3012
16 11116 16 11116 16 11116
11
11
H-95
CONVEYORS
Style 230
Hangers
Style 316
No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty use in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally used; however, this hanger can be furnished with other bearings.
Pipe Tap 18
Bolts E
Style 326
No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction of material ow and are used in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and the conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally used, but other type bearings are available.
Pipe Tap 18
Bolts E
Part Number Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Style 316* Style 326* A B C D E F
3
10 12 14
6 9
16 18 20 24
112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716
6CH3163 9CH3163 9CH3164 10CH3163 10CH3164 12CH3164 12CH3165 12CH3166 14CH3165 14CH3166 16CH3166 18CH3166 18CH3167 20CH3166 20CH3167 24CH3167
6CH3263 9CH3263 9CH3264 10CH3263 10CH3264 12CH3264 12CH3265 12CH3266 14CH3265 14CH3266 16CH3266 18CH3266 18CH3267 20CH3266 20CH3267 24CH3267
7 10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25
412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612
6 6 6 6 6 612 612 612 612 612 612 612 7 7 7 7
16 16 3 16 3 16 3 16 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
3 3
8 8 3 8 3 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8
3 3
4 1 1 1 1 114 114 114 138 138 138 158 158 158 158 134
412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 514 514 514 514 514
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4
CONVEYORS
B - Bolt Size Standard Coupling Drilling Screw Diameter
Air Purged Hanger

Air purged hangers are recommended when handling dusty and abrasive materials which contribute to shut-downs and hanger bearing failures. They should not be used when handling hot materials (over 250F) or wet sticky materials or when handling nonabrasive materials when an inexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. Maximum trough loading should not exceed 15%. The air, at approximately 114 PSI, enters the housing at the top, passes over and around the bearing, and is dissipated around the coupling shaft on both sides of the housing. Only 3 to 7 cu. ft. of air per minute is required to keep each hanger bearing clean.
12 14
H-96
Space required on coupling for hanger. Air supply should be clean and dry.
24
16 18 20
9CHAPH3 9CHAPH4 12CHAPH4 12CHAPH5 12CHAPH6 14CHAPH5 14CHAPH6 16CHAPH6 18CHAPH6 20CHAPH6 20CHAPH7 24CHAPH7
Part Number
Shaft Dia.
112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3 3716 3716
Weight Each
T
1 1
15 20 30 52 68 60 74 77 91 105 140 155
10
13
8 8 1 2
3 3 1 1 5
412 5 5 5 6 6 6
618 714 914
114 114 114 114 134 134 134
114 138 138 158 138 158
15
25
17 19 21
2 8 5 8
5
1058 1218 1312 1612
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4
4 4 8
3 1 1
8 2 1 2
1
Dimensions in inches. Weight in pounds.
Hangers
Bolts E C
Style 30
No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting within the conveyor trough on the non-carrying side and permit a minimum of obstruction of material ow. Available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor Diameter
Coupling Diameter
10 12 14 18
112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716 3
112
Part Number*
D
3 3
E
5 3
G
1 1
6CH303
10CH303 10CH304
9CH303 9CH304
312 5 5 512 512
414 638 638 712 712 712 1038 11 8 1178

7
578 578
112 112 112 112 112 112 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2
8 1 2
3 1 1
8 8 2
8 3 8
1 1 1 1
16 2 2
318 414 414 438 438 512 512 512 678 678 8 9 9
2 1 2
3 3 3 3
2 4 4
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 3
Weight Each
3 6 8 8 9
12CH304 12CH305 12CH306 14CH305 14CH306 16CH306
612 612 612 812 1012 1012 1212 9 2 912

1
16
712 712
9 9
2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5 3
2 2 8 4 4 4
2 2 1 2
5 5 5 5
8 8 8 8 8 4
4 4 3 4
7
20 24
18CH306 18CH307 20CH306 20CH307 24CH307
1314 1314 1614
4 3 4
3 3 3
8 5 8
5 5 3
8 8
12 18 20 20 22 30 33 32 38 46 32
1014 1014 1234
114 114 112
114 114
8 Pipe Tap Bolts E
Style 216F
No. 216F hangers are designed for heavy duty applications and are mounted inside of ared trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Diameter Part Number* A B C D
3
M Slot
E
3 3
F
7 7
6 9
12 14
16 18
2716 3 3 3 3716
2 2716 3
1 2 2
1
112
12CH216F4 12CH216F5 12CH216F6 16CH216F6 14CH216F5 14CH216F6
9CH216F3 9CH216F4
6CH216F3
14 22 18
7 10 9
4 5 4
16
3 3
16 8
8 8 2 2 2 8 8 8
8 8
212 2 2
1
2 2 3 3 3 2
Weight Each
118 118 118 1 2

1
212 212 212 3 2

1
20 24
3 3716 3716
20CH216F6 20CH216F7 24CH216F7
18CH216F6 18CH216F7
28 34 31
24
1112 1312 1612 12 8

1
11
5 5 5 5
8 8 2 2 2
24 28 32 31 34 38
14 17
7 7
16 34 16 34 16 34 16 34 16 34 16 78 16 78 16 78
M Slot
3 1
1 5
40
112 112
312 312
3 4 3 4 4
52 61 55 64 71
9 11
11
11
H-97
CONVEYORS
Hangers
M Slot
Style 60
No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self-aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted on top of the trough anges. Grease tting can be furnished if specied.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* A B C D
3
Bolts E
E
3
6 9
10 12 14 16 18 20 24
112 2
112 2 2 2716 3
112
2716 3 3 3 3
12CH604 12CH605 12CH606 16CH606 18CH606 20CH606 14CH605 14CH606
10CH603 10CH604
9CH603 9CH604
6CH603
1312 1312 1712 1712 1712 2112 24 2 2612 3012

1
934
412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 12 8 1312 1612
1
4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6
1412 1412 1912 1912
4 1 4
1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5
16 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 8
8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5
8 8 8 2 2 2 8 8 8
1214 1214 1314 1314 1534 1534 1534 1734 1734 1934 22 4 2414 2814
1
834
11116 11116 134 11116 134 134 16364 21116 16364 21132 21132 2 32 21132
11
2 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 2 312

1
Weight Each
7 8 9
7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9
16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516
M Slot
914 914
8 8 3 8
2 2 1 2
9 10
12 20 30 21 32 35 40 45 58
16 1516 16 1516 9 16 1516
11 11 11
3716
24CH607
23164
33/4
16 11116 16 11116 16 11116
Style 70
No. 70 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted inside the trough. Grease tting can be furnished if specied.
Conveyor Diameter
Bolts E
CONVEYORS
M Slot
6 9
Coupling Size
10
12 14
112 2
112 2
112
2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3
12CH704 12CH705 12CH706 16CH706 18CH706 20CH706 14CH705 14CH706
10CH703 10CH704
9CH703 9CH704
6CH703
Part Number*
E
3
F
3
10 10
13 13 13 17 19 21 15 15
11 11
618 618 734 734 734 1058 12 8 1312 1612

1
412 638 638 914 914
412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6
1 1 1 1
8 3 8
3 3 3
8 8 8 2 2 2 8 8 8
4 1 4
1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
16 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 8
11116 11116 134 11116 134 134 16364 21132 16364 21132 21132 2 32 21132 21132
11
11/2 134 134 134 134 218 218 218 214 214 214 2 2 212
1
Weight Each
7 8 9
7 7
16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516 16 1116
M Slot
114 114 114 138 138 138

1
2 2 1 2
1 1 1 1 1
8 8 3 8
9 10 12 20 30 21 32 35 40 45 58
7 9
9 9
16 18 20 24
3716
24CH707
25
1 2 112 158
5 5 5
11 11 11
258
16 11116 16 11116 16 11116
H-98
Hangers
Style 19B
The No. 19-B Hanger is similar in construction to the No. 18-B except they are mounted on top of the trough angles. Built-in ledges provide supports for the ends of the cover. They are streamlined in design and permit free passage of the material.
P = Size of Pipe
Top half is furnished with bronze bearing. Bottom half can be supplied in oil impregnated wood, hard iron, or other special caps may be furnished on request.
H = Size of Bolts
Conveyor Diameter
6 9
Bearing Bore
Part Number
Weight
10 12 14 16 18 20
112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716
112
10CH19B3 10CH19B4 12CH19B4 12CH19B5 12CH19B6 14CH19B5 14CH19B6 16CH19B6 18CH19B6 20CH19B7
9CH19B3 9CH19B4
6CH19B3
13 15.5 14
8.5
1312 1312 17 17 1412
978
412 618 618 734 734 914

1
1516 134 134 134 2 234 234 3 3 4
24 24.5 37
638
1 1 1
1214 1214 1314 1534 1534 1734 1934 22 4 2414

1
834
H Bolt
1 1
2 1 2
1
2 2 2 2 2 8 8
612 1012 1012 1212 1212 1212 1412 1414 1612 18 2 20

1
P Pipe
1 1 1 1
912 912
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
45
48.5
60.0
2114 23 4 2614
3
1914
114 112 134 134 1 8

5
1 1
1 1
1058 12 8 1312
5 5 3
1 1 1
11316
H-99
CONVEYORS
Screw Conveyor Hanger Bearing Selection Application

BEARING MATERIAL MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMP. (F) STYLES AVAILABLE MATERIAL FDA COMPLIANT SELF LUBE SOME SUGGESTED USES COMMENTS
Martin MSB Ertalyte Gatke
300 200 400
220, 216 220, 216 220, 216
Yes Yes
Food Food / Sugar Chemical Ghemical, Cement, Aggregate Liime, Cement, Salt, Gypsum
Engineered PTFE Registered Trademark of Quadrant Engineering Products Fiberglass fabric. Good for higher speeds. Requires Hardened Shaft Requires hardened shaft. Can be noisy. Lubrication required in some applications. Good general purpose. High quality bearings. High load capacity. For dry applications.
Martin HARD IRON
500
220
Yes
CAST HARD IRON
500
220, 216, 19B
WOOD
160
220, 216, 19B
Yes
Grain, Feed, Fertilizer Grain, Feed, Processing Food and Grain Chemical, Handling, Grain, Feed
Martin BRONZE
850
220
Yes
NYLON 101
250
220
Yes
Yes
NYLATRON GS
250
220, 19B
Yes
Very low load capacity.
UHMW
225
220, 216
Yes
Yes
Food
Material USDA approved. Does not swell in water.
STELLITE
1000
220, 216
Chemical, Cement, Aggregate
Requires Stellite insert in shaft.
CONVEYORS
INDUSTRIAL GRADE ENGINEERED NYLON
160
220
Yes
Grain, Feed, Fertilizer
Economical replacement for wood.
WHITE MELAMINE
190
220
Yes
Food
Suitable for repeat use in food contact applications at temps not exceeding 190F.
FOOD GRADE ENGINEERED NYLON
300
220
Yes
Yes
Food, Grain, Fertilizer
For dry application.
BALL BEARING
180
60, 70
Non-abrasive applications General purpose use.
Martin HDPE
200
220
Yes
Yes
Grain, Feed, Chemical Handling
Recommended for non-abrasive applications
CERAMIC 1
1,000
220, 216
Yes
Chemical, Cement, Food Requires hardened shafts.
Martin URETHANE
200
220
YES
Grain, Chemical, Fertilizer Good general purpose.
1 Higher temperature ceramics are available.
H-100
Hanger Bearings
Hanger Type Shaft Diameter Part Number Bearing
216 230 316
112 2
CHB2163* CHB2164* CHB2165* CHB2166* CHB2167*
2716 3
*HHard Iron *WWood *BR Bronze *UUHMW * Oil hole is furnished on hard iron and bronze standard.
Hanger Type Shaft Diameter
3716
*GGatke
*ER Ertalyte
*CCeramic
* StStellite
Bearing
* UR - Urethane
Part Number
220 226 326 30
112 2
CHB2203* CHB2204* CHB2205* CHB2206* CHB2207*
2716 3
*H Cast Hard Iron with oil hole MHI *MBR
3716
Hard iron (oil impregnated) Bronze (oil impregnated)
*W Wood
*U UHMW
Shaft Diameter
*MCB Melamine (Furnished Less Flanges) *UR Urethane
*N Nylatron
*P HDPE
* MSB-PTFE 1-1/2" through 2-7/16"

Bearing
*C Ceramic
*GGatke
*WN White Nylon
*ER Ertalyte
Hanger Type
Part Number
60 70
Ball Bearing Ball Bearing
2716 3
CHB604 CHB605 CHB606 CHB607
Note: New style bearings are available with slinger shield one side.
Hanger Type Shaft Diameter
3716
Part Number
Bearing
18B 19B
112 2
CHB18B3*
2716 3
CHB18B5*
CHB18B4*
*WWood
Ertalyte is a Registered Trademark of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products
Note: Furnished as bottom cap only
*HHard Iron
*NNylatron
3716
*GGatke
CHB18B7*
CHB18B6*
H-101
CONVEYORS
112
CHB603
Trough Covers
Trough Cover
Conveyor Diameter 14 TCP Type TCP Plain TCS Semi Flanged TCF Flanged TCH Hip Roof TSC Shroud 14 -12 Length of Cover Cover Thickness 16 16 GA. 14 14 GA. 12 12 GA 10 10 GA.
It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor components and conveyor assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute Safety Code.
Flanged Covers
Most commonly used. Can be supplied with gaskets and butt straps for dust tight applications. Semi-anged must be furnished if spring clamps are used.
Flat Covers
Usually used only to cover conveyor for safety.
Flared Trough Covers
Usually anged type and heavier gauges because of span.
Hip Roof Covers
Hip roof covers are similar to conventional anged covers except they are peaked slightly to form a ridge along the center of the cover. A welded end plate closes the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediate joints are usually buttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usually recommended for outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture. They are also often used in applications where a more rigid cover is required.
CONVEYORS
Shroud Covers
Used to approximate tubular cross section for inclined or feeder applications.
Domed Covers
Domed covers are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter as the trough bottom and are anged for bolting to the trough top rails. They are used where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed is required. End sections have a welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrap connected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the cover. Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feed regulation. Lengths are sufcient to prevent ushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges are proportioned to trough size and gauge.
Feeder Shrouds H-102
Trough Cover
Plain Cover
Semi-anged Cover
All conveyor troughs should have some type of cover not only to keep material inside the trough and to protect material in the trough from outside elements, but trough denitely should be covered as a safety measure, preventing injuries by keeping workers clear of the moving parts inside the conveyor trough. See H-123, Safety.
Flanged Cover
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
Hip Roof Cover
dXgK
End Trough Cover Type 1
Intermediate Trough Cover Type 2
End Trough Cover Type 3
Plain Cover Conveyor Diameter Part Number
Plain Semi-Flanged Cover Wt. Per Ft. Thickness Ga. Wt. Per Ft.
Flanged Cover
Hip Roof Cover
Thickness Ga.
Part Number
Part Number
Thickness Ga.
Wt. Per Ft.
Part Number
Thickness Ga.
Wt. Per Ft.
4 * 6 * * * 9
4TCP16 6TCP16 9TCP14
16 16 14
1.5 2.0 3.5
10 12 14 16 18 20 24 ** ** ** ** ** **
10TCP14 12TCP14 14TCP14 16TCP14 18TCP12 20TCP12 24TCP12
14 14 14 14 12 12 12
3.8 4.6 5.1 5.6 8.9 9.7 11.1
1438 1712 1912 2112 2412 2612 3012
12TCS14 12TCS12 12TCS10 14TCS14 14TCS12 14TCS10 16TCS14 16TCS12 16TCS10 18TCS12 18TCS10 20TCS12 20TCS10 24TCS12 24TCS10
10TCS14 10TCS12 10TCS10
14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 10
5.1 7.1 9.0 6.1 8.5 10.8 5.6 7.8 9.9
4.4 6.1 7.8
1438 1738 1938 2138 2412 2612 3012
12TCF14 12TCF12 12TCF10 14TCF14 14TCF12 14TCF10 16TCF14 16TCF12 16TCF10 18TCF14 18TCF12 18TCF10 20TCF14 20TCF12 20TCF10
10TCF16 10TCF14 10TCF12 10TCF10
16 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10
4.9 6.9 8.8 5.9 8.3 10.6 6.7 9.4 12.1 7.2 10.1 13.1 8.3 11.6 14.9 5.4 7.6 9.7
3.4 4.2 5.9 7.6
15 18 1978 2178 25 27 31
10TCH16 10TCH14 12TCH14 12TCH12
16 14 14 12
3.5 4.3 5.0 7.1
15 18 1978 2178 25 27 31
14TCH14 14TCH12 16TCH14 16TCH12
14 12 14 12
5.5 7.7 6.1 8.5
9.6 12.3
10.3 13.3 11.8 15.1
18TCH14 18TCH12 20TCH14 20TCH12 24TCH14 24TCH12
14 12 14 12 14 12
For average applications where dust connement is not a problem, 2-0 centers or 10 fasteners per 10-0 section are generally satisfactory. For commercially dust tight 1-0 centers or 20 fasteners per 10-0 section are suggested. Standard gauge *L Standard lengths are 5-0 & 10-0 **L Standard lengths are 5, 6, 10 & 12-0
24TCF14 24TCF12 24TCF10
7.4 10.4 8.4 11.8
6.8 9.5
H-103
CONVEYORS
1338
934
9TCS14 9TCS12 9TCS10
6TCS16 6TCS14
4TCS16 4TCS14
16 14 16 14 14 12 10
2.1 2.6
4.1 5.7 7.3
2.3 3.8
1338
934
714
4TCF16 4TCF14 9TCF16 9TCF14 9TCF12 9TCF10 6TCF16 6TCF14
16 14 16 14 16 14 12 10
1.9 2.4 3.2 3.9 5.5 7.1 2.1 2.6
1038 14
838
4TCH16 4TCH14 6TCH16 6TCH14 9TCH16 9TCH14
16 14 16 14 16 14
2.0 2.5 2.3 2.8 3.3 4.1
1038 14
838
Cover Accessories
Flanged Conveyor Inlets
The two styles of anged conveyor inlets are designed for either bolting or welding to at or anged conveyor trough cover. The inlet size and bolt arrangement is the same as the standard conveyor discharge spout.
Fixed Type Detachable Type
L Bolts C Weight B Fixed Inlet Detachable Inlet Fixed Inlet

3 11 1
Part Number Conveyor Diameter Fixed Inlet Detachable Inlet
E Detachable Inlet
3 1 1 7 7 11
K
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
L
1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1
9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
4 6
9CIF 10CIF 12CIF 14CIF 16CIF 18CIF 20CIF 24CIF
4CIF 6CIF
9CID 10CID 12CID 14CID 16CID 18CID 20CID 24CID
4CID 6CID
12.1 13.7 15.8 29.0 31.8 37.2
6.8 7.4
1.8 5.0
10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25
5 7
13 1414 1714 1914 2114 2414 2614 3014
712 10
13 1414 1714 1914 2114 2414 2614 3014
712 10
8 16 2 2 4 4 4
8 16 2 2 8 8
214 21316 4 4516 518 312 478 558 334 4716
1 3 3 3
312 4 438 434 558
4 438 514 312 4 438 434 512
214 3
112 112 2 212 212 212 2 2
114 112
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
4 8 8 8 8 8 8 2 2 2
1 1 1
7 8 118
118 118
3 3 3
Spring Clamps are used to attach plain and semi-anged covers to trough. These clamps are normally riveted to the trough ange and will pivot to allow removal of cover.
Spring Clamp E Clamp No. A
5
Spring Clamps
B
3
C
1
J
9
Wt.
SPC1
16
16
134
138
118
32
.38
Spring Clamps
Spring Clamps with cover brackets are designed to attach to the top side of semi-anged and plain covers.
Spring Clamp with Cover Bracket
Spring Clamps with Cover Bracket
CONVEYORS
Clamp No.
A
11
B
3
C
3
F
3
G
7
H
3
Wt.
SPCA1
16
16
114
1316
114
.50
Spring Clamps with Brackets
Screw Clamps are a simple and effective means of attaching anged or at covers to trough. Screw Clamps available in mild steel, stainless steel and zinc plated.
Screw Clamp D Clamp No. A B C E
5
Screw Clamps
F
3
G
5
Wt.
CSC2
214
1316
114
16
.42
Screw Clamps
Cover Gaskets
Red Rubber Conv. Dia. Sponge Rubber *White Rubber
Toggle Clamps
Size
H-104
* FDA Approved
18, 20, 24
12, 14, 16
9,10
4.6
RR125 1 8 X 114
Size
RR150 1 8 X 112
RR250 1 8 X 212
RR200 1 8 X 2
SP100 1 8 X 1
SP75 1 8 X 34
Size
WN125 1 8 X 114
SP200 1 8 X 2
SP150 1 8 X 112
WN150 1 8 X 112
Quick acting toggle clamps are used to attach covers for quick accessibility. Normally this type clamp is attached by welding the front or top of clamp to the trough and can be adjusted to t all sizes of trough, while allowing 90 to clear working area.
Conveyor Part Number No. Required per 10 Section A B C D E F
5
WN250 1 8 X 212
WN250 1 8 X 2
G
5
424
QTC
6 to 8
71316 21516 12532
114
16
8
Toggle Clamps
Feeder Shrouds
Feeder Shrouds
Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feed regulation. Lengths are sufcient to prevent ushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges are proportioned to trough size and gauge.
S = Spaces at E inches BOLTS - T
Flared trough
U-trough
Part No. Screw Diameter Inches U Flared Shroud Thickness A U
B C Flared D E U
F L Flared
5 3 3 7 7 7 7 1
T
1 5 5
4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
4TFS14 6TFS14 9TFS14 10TFS14 12TFS12 14TFS12 16TFS12 18TFS12 20TFS10 24TFS10 24TFS7 20TFS7 18TFS7 16TFS7 14TFS7 12TFS7 10TFS7 9TFS7 6TFS12
4FFS14 6FFS14 9FFS14 10FFS14 12FFS12 14FFS12 16FFS12 18FFS12 20FFS10 24FFS10 24FFS7 20FFS7 18FFS7 16FFS7 14FFS7 12FFS7 10FFS7 9FFS7 6FFS12
14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga.
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
5 7 10 7
358 4 2 6 8 618 638 7 4 914 10 8 1218 13 2 1612 1612 1312

1 1
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
10
11 13 15 17 19 21 25
11 13 15 17 19 21 25
638 734 914

5 3
212 212 3 3 312
18 22 22 28 28 34 34 40 40 24 24 31 31
5 5 7 7 9 9
8 8 8
1 1 1 1 1 1 138 118 1 8 138 138 138

3
20 20 24 24 28 28 32 32
18
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5
10 10 11 11 11 2 1112 1218 1218 13 2 1312 1612 1612

1 1
6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8
1 8 118 118 118

1
1058 1218
4 4 4 4 4 4
312
1 8 118 138 138

3
412 412
36 36 40 40 48 48
1 8 138 138 138
H-105
CONVEYORS
412
7 7 9
3 3 3
14 14 18
6 6 6
8 4 4 8
3 3 3
4 4 4
12 12 18
16 16 8
1 1 1 2
Conveyor Shrouds
Conveyor Shrouds
Conveyor shroud covers are used to form a tubular cross section within the conveyor trough. This arrangement gives the features of a tubular housing while allowing removal of the shroud for easy access and cleaning. Flat or anged covers can be used over the shroud cover when it is objectionable for the recess in the shroud to be exposed to dust or weather. Various types of shrouds are furnished to t various applications. These types are described below.
Type 1 Shroud cover has anged sides over top rail and anged ends at both ends. This type is used when shroud is full length of trough or between hangers.
Type 1
Type 2 Shroud cover has anged sides over top rails and anged ends on one end over trough end; other end is plain. This type shroud is used at an inlet opening or next to a hanger at the plain end.
Type 2
CONVEYORS
Type 3 Shroud cover has anged sides over top rail and both ends closed and no anges over ends. This type shroud is used between hangers.
Type 3
Type 4 Shroud cover has no anges at sides or ends. Bolt holes are provided along sides, for bolting through side of trough. This allows ush mounting with top of trough and a cover may be used over the shroud. This shroud is used mostly for short lengths when installed ahead of an inlet opening.
Type 4
H-106
Special Features
SECTION IV
SPECIAL FEATURES SECTION IV
Covers ....................................................................................................................................H-108
Trough Ends ...........................................................................................................................H-109 Conveyor Screws ....................................................................................................................H-113
Trough .....................................................................................................................................H-110 Discharges ..............................................................................................................................H-118
Inlets........................................................................................................................................H-119
The information presented in this section gives descriptions and functions of the most commonly used special features available in the design of conveyor systems.
Special Features
These special features will greatly broaden the range of uses for screw conveyor when added to the many standard features available. Standard features and components are always more desirable and practical in the design of a screw conveyor system; however, one or more of these special features may sometimes be required in special applications for a workable or more efcient system.
H-107
CONVEYORS
Covers
OVERFLOW COVER sections are used as a safety relief to handle overow over the discharge in cases where the discharge may become plugged. It is a short section of anged or at cover hinged across the width to the adjoining cover. The cover is not attached to the trough in order that it can be raised by pressure from within the trough.
SHROUD COVERS are designed to t inside a standard conveyor trough of a Screw Feeder or inclined conveyor, and create a tubular trough effect. This cover has an advantage over tubular trough in that ease of access is combined with the convenience of using standard hangers and accessories. An additional at cover may be required over the shroud to prevent accumulation of dust or water in the recessed portion of the shroud cover.
EXPANDED METAL COVERS can be furnished where cover is required for safety but constant visual inspection is required. STANDARD COVERS of any design can be furnished in heavier gauges, when needed to support weight.
DOME COVERS are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter as the trough bottom and are anged for bolting to the trough top rails. They are used where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed is required. End sections have a welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrap connected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the DUST SEAL COVERS are anged down on all four sides to match channel sections fabricated on the sides, ends, and cross channels of special dust seal troughs. The length of the cover should not exceed one-half the length of the trough section. HINGED COVERS may be constructed from conventional at covers or most special covers. They are equipped with a hinge on one side for attaching to the trough and are bolted or clamped to the trough on the other side. Hinged covers are used in applications where it is not desirable to have a loose cover, such as in high areas above walkways where the cover might fall. HIP ROOF COVERS are similar to conventional anged covers except they are peaked slightly to form a ridge along the center of the cover. A welded end plate closes the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediate joints are usually buttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usually recommended for outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture. They are also often used in applications where a more rigid cover is required.
CONVEYORS H-108
Trough Ends
SHELF-TYPE TROUGH ENDS are furnished with outboard bearing pedestals for mounting pillow block bearings. The bearings are mounted away from the trough end plate allowing ample room to protect the bearing when handling abrasive or hot materials. This arrangement allows the use of most any type shaft seal desired. Either one or two bearings can be used.
BLIND TROUGH ENDS are used on the tail end (normally the inlet end) of a conveyor, when sealing the end shaft is extremely difcult. A hanger is used inside the trough to support the tail shaft without the shaft projecting through the trough end.
A blind trough end plate can also be furnished with a dead shaft welded to the end plate. For this type the screw is bushed with an antifriction bearing to carry the radial load of the screw. When required, a grease tting can be furnished through the dead shaft for lubricating the bearing.
H-109
CONVEYORS
Trough
WIDE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional construction except with a wider clearance between the outside of the conveyor screw and the inside of the trough. This type trough is used when it is desirable to form a layer of conveyed material in the trough. The material thus moves on itself, protecting the trough from undue wear. By using a wide clearance or oversize trough, a greater capacity than using a standard conveyor screw can be obtained for some materials that travel as a mass. When wide clearance trough is required, it is more economical to use a standard conveyor screw and the next larger size standard
BULK HEAD is a plate or bafe shaped to the contour of the inside of the trough and is normally welded or bolted six to twelve inches from the trough end. The bulk head protects the end bearing and drive unit from heat while handling hot materials, when the pocket formed is lled with packing or insulation. The bulk head can be used in the same manner to prevent damage to seals and bearings when handling extremely abrasive materials. EXPANSION JOINT is a connection within a length of trough to allow for expansion caused by hot materials being conveyed. The expansion joint is constructed with bolts fastened in slots to allow for expansion or with a telescoping type slip joint. The number of joints and amount of expansion will depend on the application.
PERFORATED BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with a perforated bottom, and is used as a screening operation or drain section when liquids are present in the conveyed material. The size of the perforations in the trough will vary depending on the material and application. RECTANGULAR TROUGH is made with a at bottom and can be formed from a single sheet or with sides and bottom of separate pieces. This type trough is frequently used in handling abrasive materials capable of forming a layer of material on the bottom of the trough. The material thus moves on itself, protecting the trough from undue wear. Also in handling hot materials, the material will form its own internal insulation with this type trough.
CONVEYORS H-110
TAPERED BOTTOM TROUGH is used to prevent a dead space in the trough at the small end of a tapered conveyor screw. With some materials the tapered trough is necessary to prevent bridging in the trough, or contamination of the material. TUBULAR TROUGH is furnished in either solid tube construction or split tube construction with anges for bolting or clamping the two halves together. This trough is a complete tube enclosure and is used for weather-tight applications, for loading to full cross sections, and for inclined or vertical applications where fall back necessitates the housing to operate at a full loading.
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.
Trough
CLOSE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional construction except with a closer clearance between the outside of the conveyor screw and the inside of the trough. This type trough leaves less material in the trough and is often used when a greater clean-out of conveyed material is required. This type trough also minimizes fall back of certain materials in an inclined conveyor.
E OS CL
DROP BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with either a bolted or clamped and completely removable drop bottom, or hinged on one side with bolts or clamps on the opposite side. This design offers ease in cleaning of the trough and screw conveyor, and is often used when handling food products where internal inspection and cleaning of the screw conveyor is necessary. DUST SEAL TROUGH (Sometimes referred to as SAND SEAL TROUGH) has Z-bar top anges and formed channel cross members making a continuous channel pocket around the top of the trough into which a special anged cover is set. The channel is lled with sand or dust of the product being conveyed, thus creating an effective seal against the escape of dust from within the conveyor. CHANNEL SIDE TROUGH is made with separate detachable trough bottoms, bolted or clamped to formed or rolled steel channels. The channels may be of any reasonable length to span widely spaced supports. This type of trough is occasionally used for easy replacement of trough bottoms, and to facilitate repairs when conveyor screw and hangers are not accessible from the top. The channel side trough can also be used without a bottom for lling bins and hoppers. HIGH SIDE TROUGH is of conventional construction except that the trough sides extend higher than standard from the center line to the top of the trough. This type trough is frequently used in conveying materials which mat together and travel as a mass on top of the conveyor screw. High side trough will conne this type material in the trough, but still affords the necessary expansion room. JACKETED TROUGH consists of a formed jacket continuously welded to the trough. This type trough is widely used for heating, drying or cooling of materials. Pipe connections are provided for supply and discharge of the heating or cooling media. Special construction must be provided for higher pressures.
H-111
CONVEYORS
Trough
HOLD DOWN ANGLES are used to hold the conveyor screw in the trough when the conveyor is operated without intermediate hangers or when chunks of material may tend to ride under the conveyor screw and push it up. The angle is constructed of formed or regular angle iron and is attached to one side of the full length of trough far enough above the conveyor screw to allow approximately one-half inch clearance between the bottom angle and the conveyor screw.
SCREW ROTATION
INSULATED CONVEYOR TROUGH is used when handling hot or cold materials. There are many types of insulation materials and arrangements that can be used.
CONVEYORS
RIDER BARS are at bars one to one and one-half inches in width running part of length or full length of the trough. Two or four bars are normally used and are spaced an equal distance apart along the curved bottom of the trough. The bars are used to support the conveyor screw to prevent wear on the trough when internal hanger bearings are not used. Rider bars are sometimes referred to as Riing Bars when they are used to assist in conveying materials that tend to stick to the conveyor screw and rotate with it.
SADDLE TYPE WEAR PLATES are plates curved to the contour of the inside of the trough and of slightly less thickness than the clearance between the conveyor screw and trough. The plates are made in lengths of approximately one and one-half times the pitch of the conveyor screw and are normally spaced at intervals equal to the distance between hangers. They are used to support the conveyor screw to prevent damage to the trough when internal hanger bearings are not used. STRIKE OFF PLATE (Shroud Bafe) is a single plate bolted vertically to the upper portion of the trough and is cut out to the contour of the screw. This plate is used to regulate the ow of material from an inlet by preventing ooding across the top of the conveyor screw.
H-112
Conveyor Screws
SPLIT FLIGHT COUPLINGS permit installation or removal of individual sections of conveyor screw without disturbing adjoining sections. When they are installed on both sides of each hanger, sections of screw can be removed without disturbing the hangers. These must be furnished complete with matching shafts.
WEAR FLIGHTS, or wearing shoes, attached with countersunk bolts to the carrying side of conveyor screw ights are used for handling highly abrasive materials and are easily replaceable.
QUICK DETACHABLE KEY CONVEYOR SCREW is designed for easy removal from the conveyor trough. Each section of screw is provided with a removable key located at one end of the pipe. By removing this key, a conveyor screw section and coupling with a hanger can be quickly removed without disturbing other components.
Width of Application Chart

Screw Diameter
6 9 12 14 16 18 20 24
Standard Width of Application
1 112 2 2 212 212 3 3
NOTE: Weld-on type normally 116 thick.
HARD SURFACED FLIGHTS sometimes called abrasive resistant conveyors can be furnished using one of many hardsurfacing processes. The hard surfaced area is normally an outer portion of the face of the ight on the carrying side of the conveyor screw. This process is applied to the conveyor screw to resist wear when handling highly abrasive materials.
Helicoid
Sectional
H-113
CONVEYORS
Conveyor Screws
SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are of regular construction except that the pitch of the ights is reduced. They are recommended for use in inclined conveyors of 20 degrees slope and over, and are extensively used as feeder screws, and for controlling cross sectional loading in the balance of a conveyor when short pitch is used at the inlet opening.
TAPERING FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS are frequently used as feeder screws for handling friable lumpy material from bins or hoppers and also to draw the material uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.
STEPPED DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREWS consist of ights of different diameters, each with its regular pitch, mounted in tandem on one pipe or shaft. They are frequently used as feeder screws, with the smaller diameter located under bins or hoppers to regulate the ow of material.
CONVEYORS
STEPPED PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are screws with succeeding single or groups of ights increasing in pitch and are used as feeder screws to draw free-owing materials uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.
CONE SCREW to withdraw material evenly from a hopper or bin. Constant pitch reduces bridging. Requires less start-up horsepower.
H-114
Conveyor Screws
DOUBLE FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS of regular pitch promote a smooth gentle ow and discharge of certain materials. Double ight can be used at hanger points only, for smooth ow past hangers.
DOUBLE FLIGHT SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS assure more accurate regulation of feed and ow in screw feeders and effectively deter ushing action of uid materials.
BREAKER PINS. The breaker pin is a rod approximately the same in length as the diameter of the conveyor screw and is inserted through the diameter of the pipe over the discharge to help break up lump materials.
CONTINUOUS WELDING of the conveyor screw ight to the pipe can be furnished with welding one side or both sides. This welding is added to prevent stripping of ight from the pipe under extreme loads. The continuous welding can also be added to ll the slight crack between the ight and pipe for sanitary purposes.
H-115
CONVEYORS
MULTIPLE RIBBON FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS. This type of screw consists of two or more ribbon ights of different diameters and opposite hand, mounted one within the other on the same pipe or shaft by rigid supporting lugs. Material is moved forward by one ight and backward by the other, thereby inducing positive and thorough mixing. (Made per customer specications.)
Conveyor Screws
BEARING SHOES (Nylon, Teon, Brass, and other bearing type materials.) Bearing shoes are used in place of internal bearings and are bolted to the conveyor screw. They are made from bearing type material, and when attached to the conveyor screw ight, the bearing shoe projects beyond the outer edge of ighting and rotates with the screw thereby preventing metal to metal contact between the conveyor screw and the trough. The bearing shoes extend around the helix slightly more than one pitch and are spaced along the screw at approximately the same intervals as internal bearings.
External Sleeves
Bolt Pads
EXTERNAL SLEEVES OR BOLT PADS are added to the outside diameter of conveyor screw pipe at the end where the couplings are attached to reinforce the pipe at the bolt area.
CONVEYORS
KICKER BARS are at bars projecting from the conveyor screw pipe extending to the outside diameter of the screw over the discharge spout and are used to assist the discharge of materials. MULTIPLE HOLE DRILLING of the conveyor screw pipe and shafts will increase the torque rating of the bolted sections.
H-116
Conveyor Screws
OPPOSITE HAND FLIGHTS are short sections (approximately one-half pitch) of ight added to the conveyor screw beyond the discharge point and are the opposite hand of the rest of the screw. This ight opposes the ow of material that tends to carry past the discharge spout and pack at the end plate and forces the material back to the spout for discharge.
ODD DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREW is of conventional construction except oversize or undersize in diameter. This type conveyor screw is used to provide a close clearance or wide clearance between the screw and trough and enable the use of standard component parts.
DISC
CLOSE COUPLED CONVEYOR SCREW. This type screw forms a continuous helix when two or more conveyor screws are close coupled by drilling the shaft of each to align the connecting ight.
ROTARY JOINTS FOR COOLING AND HEATING are attached to one or both end shafts to provide a ow of heating or cooling media through the conveyor screw pipe.
H-117
CONVEYORS
END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREW. This disc is welded ush with the end of the conveyor screw pipe and is the same diameter as the screw. It rotates with the conveyor screw and assists in relieving the thrust of the conveyed material against the end plate shaft seal.
Discharges
ANGULAR DISCHARGES can be furnished when necessary for certain applications. This type discharge is normally used on inclined conveyors when it is necessary that the discharge be parallel to ground level, or at other times when material must be discharged to one side.
LONGER THAN STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUTS are approximately one and one-half times the length of the standard discharge spouts. This discharge is used with materials hard to discharge due to the material trying to convey past the discharge opening. This discharge is also used when operating high speed conveyors. ROUND DISCHARGE SPOUTS are furnished where required for attaching tubular attachments, or when one conveyor discharges into another conveyor at an angle other than a right angle. By using a round discharge and round inlet the connection is easily made. FLUSH END DISCHARGE SPOUTS are furnished with a special trough end plate constructed on trough end side of the spout. This type spout offers a complete discharge without a ledge at the end plate for material build up. It is used primarily in handling food products, where infestation may occur.
CONVEYORS H-118
AIR OPERATED FLAT SLIDE GATES are similar in action and purpose to rack and pinion gates. The gate movement is accomplished by an air cylinder. These gates are usually employed when remote control and automatic operation is desired.
LEVER OPERATED GATES are a modication of standard slide discharges with a lever attached for opening and closing the gates. This attachment provides a leverage for ease of operation and a convenient means for quick opening and closing.
ENCLOSED DUST-TIGHT OR WEATHER-PROOF rack and pinion discharge spouts can be furnished in either at or curved slide and are similar in construction to conventional rack and pinion slide gates except that the slide, rack, and pinion are fully enclosed in a housing.
Discharges and Inlets

AIR OPERATED CURVED SLIDE GATES are similar to standard rack and pinion gates except they are operated with an air cylinder. The air operated gate is usually used for remote control and automatic operation. These gates can also be furnished in dusttight or weather-proof construction with the cylinder and gate fully enclosed in the housing. CUSHION CHAMBER INLETS (DEAD BED INLETS) serve the same purpose as the deector plate inlet, but are constructed with a ledge that forms a cushion for materials fed into the conveyor.
SIDE INLETS are equipped with a gate to furnish a means of regulating or stopping the inlet ow to relieve the conveyor screw from excessive material pressures. When using the side inlet, the screw rotation should be toward the inlet opening to assure a constant ow rate.
HAND SLIDE INLET GATES are normally used when multiple inlets are required. These inlets must be adjusted or closed manually to assure proper feed to the conveyor.
ROUND INLET SPOUTS are used for tubular attachments or when connecting the discharge of one conveyor to the inlet of another at other than a right angle. This type connection is easily made with round discharges and inlets. DEFLECTOR PLATE INLETS are used when materials fall vertically into the inlet creating the possibility of impact damage or abrasion to the conveyor screw. The rectangular inlet is equipped with deector plates, or bafes, that dampen the impact of the material in order to feed the conveyor more gently.
HANGER POCKETS are used with tubular trough, mounted on top of the tubular trough at hanger bearing points. The hanger pocket forms a U-shape section for a short length, allowing the use of standard conveyor hangers and providing easy access to the hanger.
H-119
CONVEYORS
Installation & Maintenance

Installation and Erection......................................................................................................... H-120 Operation and Maintenance................................................................................................... H-121 Hazardous Operations ........................................................................................................... H-121 Warning & Safety Reminder................................................................................................... H-122
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE SECTION V
All standard screw conveyor components are manufactured in conformity with Industry Standards. Special components are usually designed and manufactured to the particular job specications. Screw conveyors may be ordered either as complete units or by individual components. Complete units are normally shop assembled and then match marked and disassembled for shipment and eld re-assembly. When components only are ordered, shipment is made as ordered, and these components must be sorted out and aligned in eld assembly. Because shop assembled screw conveyors are pre-aligned and match marked at the factory, they are easier to assemble in the eld and require the minimum installation time. When individual components are ordered, more careful alignment and assembly are required. More time is required for eld installation. Assembly bolts are not included with parts orders but are included with preassembled units. Caution: All Martin Conveyors must be assembled and maintained in accordance with this section. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury or property damage.
SECTION V General
Installation
Receiving
Check all assemblies or parts with shipping papers and inspect for damage. Specically check for dented or bent trough, bent anges, bent ighting, bent pipe or hangers or damaged bearings. If any components are severely damaged in shipment, claims should be led immediately with the carrier. NOTE: Handle Carefully! Fork lifts should have spreader bars to lift max. 24 lengths of assembled conveyors. Lift points should not exceed 10 - 12 feet. For shop assembled conveyors, units are match marked and shipped in longest sections practical for shipment. Field assembly can be accomplished by connecting match marked joints, and in accordance with packing list, and/or drawing if applicable. In eld erection, the mounting surfaces for supporting the conveyor must be level and true so there is no distortion in the conveyor. Shims or grout should be used when required. Check for straightness as assembly is made. For conveyor assemblies purchased as parts or merchandise, assemble as follows: Place conveyor troughs in proper sequence with inlet and discharge spout properly located. Connect the trough anges loosely. Do not tighten bolts. Align the trough bottom center-lines perfectly using piano wire (or equivalent) then tighten ange bolts. Tighten all anchor bolts.
Erection
CONVEYORS
Piano Wire Stretch Tight
Angle Clip
Assembly of conveyor screws should always begin at the thrust end. If the unit does not require a thrust unit, assembly should begin at the drive end. If a thrust end is designated, assemble trough end and thrust bearing. Insert the end, or drive shaft, in the end bearing. Do not tighten set screws until conveyor assembly is completed. Place the rst screw section in the trough, slipping the end, or drive shaft, into the pipe end. Secure tightly with coupling bolts. Install so that conveyor end lugs are opposite the carrying side of the ight. Place a coupling shaft into the opposite end of conveyor pipe. Tighten coupling bolts. Insert coupling shaft into hanger bearing and clamp hanger to trough. Assemble alternately, conveyor screws, couplings and hangers until all screws are installed.
Trough Joint
H-120
Installation & Maintenance

1) With Hangers: Assemble screw section so that ighting at each end is approximately 180 from ends of ighting of adjacent sections. Also, adjust conveyor screw and thrust unit so that hangers are equally spaced between adjacent screws. 2) Without Hangers: (close coupled) Assemble screws so that ighting at adjoining ends of screw sections align to produce a continuous helix surface. (Note coupling holes have been drilled in assembly to allow for ight alignment.) Remove hanger clamps and bolt hanger to trough with the bearing centered between conveyor screws. Install trough covers in proper sequence. Properly locate inlet openings. Handle covers with reasonable care to avoid warping or bending. Attach covers to trough with fasteners provided. Install drive at proper location and in accordance with separate instructions or drawing provided. Check screw rotation for proper direction of material travel after electrical connections have been made but before attempting to handle material. Incorrect screw rotation can result in serious damage to the conveyor and to related conveying and drive equipment. If necessary, reconnect electrical leads to reverse rotation of conveyor and direction of material ow. Lubricate all bearings and drives per service instructions. Gear reducers are normally shipped without lubricant. Refer to service instructions for lubrication. In start-up of the conveyor, operate several hours empty as a break in period. Observe for bearing heat up, unusual noises or drive misalignment. Should any of these occur, check the following and take necessary corrective steps. (Non-lubricated hanger bearings may cause some noise.) 1) When anti-friction bearings are used, check for proper lubrication. Insufcient or excess lubricant will cause high operating temperatures. 2) Misalignment of trough ends, screws, hangers and trough end can cause excessive maintenance and poor life expectancy. 3) Check assembly and mounting bolts; tighten if necessary. Do not overload conveyor. Do not exceed conveyor speed, capacity, material density or rate of ow for which the conveyor and drive were designed. If the conveyor is to be inoperative for a prolonged period of time, operate conveyor until cleared of all material. This is particularly important when the material conveyed tends to harden or become more viscous or sticky if allowed to stand for a period of time. It may be necessary to recenter hanger bearings after running material in conveyor. Practice good housekeeping. Keep the area around the conveyor and drive clean and free of obstacles to provide easy access and to avoid interference with the function of the conveyor and drive. Establish routine periodic inspections of the entire conveyor to insure continuous maximum operating performance. To replace conveyor screw section, proceed as follows: 1) Removal of a section, or sections, usually must proceed from the end opposite the drive. Make sure drive and electrical power are disconnected before starting to disassemble. 2) Remove the trough end, sections of screws, coupling shafts and hangers until all sections have been removed or until the damaged or worn section is reached and removed. 3) To reassemble follow the above steps in reverse order. 4) Quick detachable conveyor screws can be removed at intermediate locations without rst removing adjacent sections. Replacement parts can be identied from a copy of the original packing list or invoice. The coupling bolt contains a lock nut that may become damaged when removed. It is recommended practice to replace them rather than re-use them when changing conveyor screw sections. Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to operate handling hazardous materials or in a hazardous environment. Hazardous materials can be those that are explosive, ammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel if they are not completely and thoroughly contained in the conveyor housing. Special construction of screw and conveyor housing with gaskets and special bolted covers can sometimes be used for handling this type of material. Special conveyors are not made or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unred pressure vessels.
Operation
Maintenance
Hazardous Operations
H-121
H-121
CONVEYORS
Warning & Safety Reminder

CONVEYORS
H-122
Bucket Elevators
SECTION VI
BUCKET ELEVATORS SECTION VI

Introduction............................................................................H-124 Standard Features Series 100 & 700 ....................................H-125 Elevator Selection Procedure ................................................H-126 Materials Table ......................................................................H-127 Centrifugal Discharge Elevator Series 100 and 200 Chain............................................H-128 Series 100 and 200 Belt...............................................H-129 Continuous Discharge Elevators Series 700 and 800 Chain............................................H-130 Series 700 and 800 Belt...............................................H-131 Mill duty Centrifugal Discharge Elevators Series MDC26 and MDC30 Chain ...............................H-132 Series MDB30 Belt.......................................................H-133 Series DRB30 Belt .......................................................H-134 Super Capacity Continuous Discharge Elevators Series SC700 Chain.....................................................H-135 Bucket Elevator Dimensions Elevator Sketch ............................................................H-136 Dimensions, 100 & 700 Belt & Chain ...........................H-137 Buckets and Chain ................................................................H-138 Bucket Punching....................................................................H-139 Calculations for Numbers of Buckets ....................................H-140 High Speed Grain Centrifugal Disc. Elevator Series 500 Belt.............................................................H-141
H-123
CONVEYORS
Introduction
vators to efciently handle most varieties of dry, free-owing bulk materials. High design standards, quality manufacturing, the best possible service through many branch locations and an excellent distributor network assure many years of economical, trouble-free service.
Martin designs and manufactures various types of bucket ele-
This catalog is designed to make a preliminary selection of a bucket elevator. It shows the variety of elevators manufactured by Martin. Contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin distributor for a recommendation.
Types Centrifugal Discharge

Centrifugal discharge type elevators are offered as: Series 100 (boot take up) and Series 200 (head take up). Either series is available with buckets mounted on chain or belt and will handle free-owing materials with small to medium size lumps. The standard inlet chute and standard curved bottom plate direct the material into the buckets and reduce the digging action. The speed of the elevator is sufcient to discharge the material by centrifugal force. Many types of drives and elevator materials of construction are available.
Continuous Discharge
Continuous discharge elevators are offered as: Series 700 (boot take up) and Series 800 (head take up). Either series is available with buckets mounted on chain or belt and will handle free-owing material, sluggish material or materials that are abrasive. The closely spaced fabricated buckets, with extended sides, form a chute to direct material into the bucket. At the discharge, the bucket conguration allows the material to discharge by gravity over the back of the proceeding bucket. Various materials of construction and thicknesses are available.
High-Speed Centrifugal Grain
Series 500 (double leg) and Series 400 (single leg) high-speed centrifugal discharge bucket elevators are specially designed to economically handle grain and other free-owing materials. These elevators are not self-supporting; therefore, intermediate supports must be provided by others. Although the charts in this catalog are based on one type of bucket, many other styles are available. For specic recommendations contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin Conveyor Division distributor for a recommendation.
CONVEYORS
Centrifugal Discharge - Mill Duty

Centrifugal Mill Duty type elevators are offered with style AC centrifugal discharge buckets mounted on a single strand of chain, or on a belt. Chain units have a single row of buckets mounted on a single strand of chain. Belt type units may have a single or double row of buckets bolted to heavy duty rubber covered belting. Product is centrifugally discharged as material passes over the head wheel or pulley. A head mounted traction wheel is utilized in the chain type units, where practical. Lagged pulleys are standard for belt type units. Housing construction is heavy duty for severe service.
Continuous Discharge - Super Capacity

Continuous Discharge Super Capacity type elevators are offered with style SC continuous discharge buckets mounted between two strands of chain. These units are used where higher capacities, severe duty, or higher shaft centers are required. Housing construction is heavy duty for severe service.
H-124
Standard Features Series 100 and Series 700

1. Shaft Mount Type Drive . . . . . . . . . . Furnished as standard. Other types available. Backstops are required to prevent reverse rotation. Various types are available. 2. Split Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge 3. Inspection Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Near side
4. Head Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 12 gauge steel with bearing pedestal structurally reinforced
5. Discharge Spout (Style 1 shown) . . . Fabricated of 10 gauge plate steel with externally adjustable 4-ply belting throat lip (not shown). Style 2 (45) available. Wear liners available. 6. Intermediate Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixture welded 12 gauge casing continuously welded for dust tight construction. Sides are cross crimped for additional stiffness. Vertical corner angles are full length. 7. Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 316 inch thick plate steel 8. Clean Out Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolted for easy removal 9. Curved Bottom Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduces build-up in boot
10. Take-Up Ball Bearing Screw Type . . For positive take-up tension. Available with roller bearings. Internal gravity type also available.
Elevator Number 100 thru 800 Series

Example B43-139 Mounting B B = Belt C = Chain Bucket Size 43 43 = 4 3 64 = 6 4 85 = 8 5 106 = 10 6 Etc. Series 1 1 = 100 2 = 200 5 = 500 7 = 700 8 = 800 Unit No. 39 Unit 39
B43-139 is a belt (B) elevator with 4 3 (43) buckets, centrifugal discharge type with boot take up (Series 100), Unit 39. Specications may be found on pages H-129.
H-125
CONVEYORS
11. Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 316 inch thick plate steel.
Elevator Selection
General
To properly select a bucket elevator, the following factors must be determined: 1. Volumetric Capacity in cubic feet per hour. Bucket elevators must be uniformly and continuously fed. The volumetric capacity used for selection must be the maximum the elevator will experience. Use Table 1-1 for conversions if necessary. 2. Centers or Lift in feet 3. Lump Size and Lump Class Lump size is the largest particle dimension, and lump class is the percentage these lumps represent of the whole. 4. Material Characteristics See Material Classication Code Chart. 5. Operating Conditions Conditions affecting operation include location (indoors, outdoors), number of hours per day operation, etc.
Procedure
The following steps should be followed to select an elevator:
TABLE 1-1
1. Determine proper elevator series See material table for recommendation. 2. Select Elevator Number For the series selected, refer to the Capacity chart, and select an elevator number for which the capacity in cubic feet per hour listed equals or exceeds the required volumetric capacity. If the required volumetric capacity of centers exceed those listed, contact the Martin for a recommendation. 3. Check Lump Size/Lump Class Check actual lump size/lump class against that listed for the elevator number selected. If the actual lump size/lump class is larger than that listed, choose a larger elevator where the actual is equal to or less than that listed. 4. Determine Horsepower Requirements Consult Martin. 5. List Specications Refer to capacity, horsepower and dimension charts for the elevator number selected. List the specications for the preliminary selection of the elevator. Contact your local Martin Service Center or a recommendation.
Tons per hour (short) TPH Bushels per hour BPH Pounds per hour Lbs/hour
To convert
CFH = CFH =
CFH = BPH 1.24
Pounds per hour Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3)
TPH 2000 Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3)
To cubic feet per hour (CF or FT3/HR)
Martin, distributor for
Material Classication Code Chart

Major Class Density Bulk Density, Loose Very Fine Size Fine Granular Lumpy Flowability Abrasiveness ` Material Characteristics Included No. 200 Sieve (.0029) and Under No. 100 Sieve (.0059) and Under No. 40 Sieve (.016) and Under No.
1
Code Description Actual Lbs/CF A200 A100 A40
2 and Under (6 Sieve to 12) 3 and Under (12 to 3) 7 and Under (3 to 7) 16 and Under (0 to 16) Over 16 To Be Specied X = Actual Maximum Size
6 Sieve (.132) and Under
B6
C12 D3 D7 DX E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 D16
CONVEYORS H-126
Irregular
Very Free Flowing Free Flowing Average Flowability Sluggish
Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical, Slabs, Etc.
Mildly Abrasive Moderately Abrasive Extremely Abrasive
Miscellaneous Properties or Hazards
Builds Up and Hardens Generates Static Electricity Decomposes Deteriorates in Storage Flammability Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften Very Dusty Aerates and Becomes a Fluid Explosiveness Stickiness Adhesion Contaminable, Affecting Use Degradable, Affecting Use Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes Highly Corrosive Mildly Corrosive Hygroscopic Interlocks, Mats or Agglomerates Oils Present Very Light and Fluffy May Be Windswept Elevated Temperature
F G H J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z
Materials Table
Material Density LBS/FT3 Material Code
*Elevator Series Designation A = Series 100 Chain B = Series 100 Belt C = Series 200 Chain
Alfalfa Meal Almonds, Broken Almonds, Whole Shelled Alum, Fine Alum, Lumpy Alumina Aluminum Chips, Dry Aluminum Oxide Ashes, Coal, Dry 3 Asphalt, Crushed 12 Bakelite, Fine Baking Powder Bauxite, Crushed 3 Beans, Castor, Whole Shelled Beans, Navy, Dry Bentonite, Crude Bentonite 100 Mesh Boneblack Bonemeal Bones, Crushed Bones, Ground Borax, Fine Bran, Rice-Rye-Wheat Brewers Grain, spent, dry Brewers Grain, spent, wet Buckwheat Calcium Oxide (See Lime, unslaked) Cast Iron, Chips Cement, Clinker Cement, Portland Chalk, Crushed Chalk, Pulverized Charcoal, Lumps Cinders, Coal Clay, Brick, Dry, Fines Coal, Anthracite, Sized 12 Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Slack Coffee, Green Bean Coffee, Roasted Bean Coke, Breeze Coke, Loose Coke, Petrol, Calcined Copra, Cake, Ground Copra, Cake, Lumpy Copra, Lumpy Copra, Meal Cork, Granulated Corn, Cracked Corn Germ Corn Grits Cornmeal Corn Shelled Corn Sugar Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy Cottonseed, Dry, Delinted Cottonseed, Dry, Not Delinted Cottonseed, Hulls Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted Cottonseed, Meats, Dry Distillers Grain, Spent Dry Dolomite, Crushed Ebonite, Crushed Feldspar, Ground
14-22 27-30 28-30 45-50 50-60 55-65 7-15 60-120 35-40 45 30-45 40-55 75-85 36 48 34-40 50-60 20-25 50-60 35-50 50 45-55 16-20 14-30 55-60 37-42
B6-45WY C12-35Q C12-35Q B6-35U B6-25 B6-27MY E-45V A100-17M D3-46T C12-45 B6-25 A100-35 D3-36
1
Recommended Elevator Series*
Material
Density LBS/FT3
Material Code
43-50 25-32 20-30 25-35 23-35 35-45 40-45 25-30 22 40-45 12-15 40-50 21 40-45 32-40 45 30-35 40-45 22-40
D = Series 200 Belt E = Series 500 Belt F = Series 700 Chain
18-25 12 35-40 40 30 80-100 63-70 65-80
C12-45T C12-25PQ C12-25PQ C12-37 D7-37 D7-37 B6-45HW D3-35HW E-35HW B6-35HW C12-35JY B6-25P B6-35PY B6-35P B6-35P C12-25 B6-35PU D7-45HW C12-25X
C12-45XY B6-35Y B6-45HW B6-35HW B6-35 C12-36 C12-35 A100-37
A, F A, F A, F B, D D D A, C, F, G A, C, F A, C, F A, C, F, G F, H F, H A, C A, C A, C E A, C A, C B, D B, D F, G A, C A, C A, C A, F F A, C, F,
130-180 80-90 55-65 20-35 50-60 40-43 30-40 18-25 27-30 40 40 45-50 12-15 25-45 55-65 60 45-48 40-45 18, 28 10-30
D3-37Y C12-36 B6-36 A40-36Y A-35 D3-35W C12-36NW C12-35Y A40-35Mn B6-35 B6-35T C12-26NW C12-26 C12-35X B6-35PX B6-36 C12-25N B6-25N B6-25 D3-45VY
F F A, C F, H A, F C A A, C B, D A, C A, C E F, H F, H A, C A, F E A, C A, C B, D
G = Series 700 Belt H = Series 800 Chain
H-127
CONVEYORS
49-61
130-200 75-95 94 75-95 67-75 18-28 40 100-120
C 2-15W C12-15 D3-45X A100-25MXY A100-25Y B6-35 D3-45 B6-35 B6-25T B6-35NY C12-45 C12-45T B6-25N C12-45 D3-36 A100-26M D3-25 A100-25MXY D3-45Q D3-36T C12-36 C12-25
F A, F A, F A, F A, F F A, F B A, F
A, C, F, H A, C, F, H A, C A, C F A, C A, C, F, H A, C, F, H A, C A, C A, C A, C E
F, H C, F, H F A, F A, F G F F C A, C, F F F A, C, F
Feldspar, Powder Flaxseed Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake) Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal) Fullers Earth, Dry, Raw Fullers Earth, Oily, Spent Glass, Batch Granite, Fine Gypsum, Calcined Gypsum, Calcined, Powdered Gypsum, Raw 1 Hops, Spent, Dry Hops, Spent, Wet Ice, Crushed Ilmenite Ore Lime, Ground, Unslaked Lime, Hydrated Lime, Pebble Limestone, Agricultural Limestone, Crushed Malt, Dry, Ground Malt, Meal Malt, Dry Whole Marble, Crushed Milk, Malted Oats Oats, Rolled Oxalic Acid Crystals Ethane Diacid Crystals Phosphate Rock, Broken Phosphate Rock, Pulverized Potash (Muriate) Dry Pumice 18 Rice, Bran Rice, Grits Rice, Hulled Rye Salt Cake, Dry Coarse Salt, Dry Fine Sand Dry Bank (Damp) Sand Dry Bank (Dry) Sand Foundry (Shake Out) Shale, Crushed Slag, Blast Furnace Crushed Slate, Crushed 12 Soda Ash, Heavy Soda Ash, Light Sodium Phosphate Soybean, Cake Soybean, Cracked Soybean, Flake, Raw Soybean, Flour Soybean Meal, Cold Soybean Meal, Hot Soybeans, Whole Sugar Beet, Pulp, Dry Sugar Beet, Pulp, Wet Sugar, Raw Trisodium Phosphate, Granular Wheat Wheat, Cracked Wheat, Germ Wood Chips, Screened
48-50
100 43-45
A200-36 B6-35X D7-45W B6-45W A40-25 C12-450W C12-37 C12-27 B6-35U
Recommended Elevator Series*
F, H E C
25-45 30-40 60-65 80-100 80-90 55-60
60-80 70-80 35 50-55 35-45 140-160 60-65 40 53-56 68 85-90 20-30 36-40 20-30 80-95 27-30 26 19-24 60 75-85 60 70 42-48 20 42-45 45-49 42-48 85 70-80 110-130 90-110 90-100 85-90
B6-35QS DX-36 B6-36 B6-37 B6-46 B6-35NY B6-35P C12-25P B6-15N B6-36TU B6-36TU B6-47 B6-37 D3-37Z C12-36
A100-35U D3-25 D3-35 D3-45V D3-35Q D3-37 B6-35U B6-35LM C12-25HU B6-35 DX-36 B6-35NP B6-25P C12-35N B6-37 A40-45PX C12-25MN C12-35NY
A, C B, D B, D B, D F A, C, F, H
B, D A, C, F, H A, C, F, H A, C, F F E A, C E E A, C, F, H F, H B, G B, G B, G B, H
A, F F A, C A, C A, F A, C, F, G A, C, F, G F A, F A, C, F, H F, H A, C A, C A, C F A E A, C
Centrifugal Discharge Chain

Series 100 Chain (Series 200 is for Head Take-up)
Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators handle a variety of relatively free-owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.
Buckets
Capacities and horsepower listed are for style AA buckets. Style A, AA-RB and Salem can be furnished. Style C may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.
Chain
Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators are furnished with either combination chain for light to medium service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for medium to severe service or when a higher chain working load is required.
#100 Chain Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max. C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing No. CHAIN Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Te.eth Diameter Diameter
C43-101 C64-102 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116 C127-117 C127-120 C147-123 C127-119 C147-124 C127-122 C147-127 C147-126 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134 C188-136 C188-138 C208-140 C208-142 C248-146 C2410-150
73 280 473 532 532 591 591 891 891 900 900 1013 1425 1568 1569 1603 1656 1763 1798 1863 1898 2135 2319 2448 2657 2805 2808 3218 3024 3465 4703 6518
4 6 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 14 12 14 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 24
2 3/4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10
3 4 1/4 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 10 1/2
9.25 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 16 18 18 19 16 18 16 19 16 18 16 19 18 19 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
977 C188 N102B N102B HSB102B N102B HSB102B N102B HSB102B N110 HSB110 N102B HSB110 HSB110 N111 N102B HSB110 N102B N111 N102B HSB110 N102B N111 HSB110 N111 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB833 HSB833
2.308 2.609 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 6.000 6.000 4.000 6.000 6.000 4.760 4.000 6.000 4.000 4.760 4.000 6.000 4.000 4.760 6.000 4.760 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000
125 225 200 225 225 250 250 220 220 250 250 250 250 275 240 250 240 275 275 240 275 275 240 240 275 275 240 275 240 275 275 275
1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2
1 2 1/2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2
8 9 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 15 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 21 3/4 21 3/4 23 3/4 23 3/4 28 3/4 30 3/4
18 35 35 39 39 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 54 48 48 48 54 54 48 54 54 48 48 54 54 48 54 48 54 54 60
10 24 14 16 16 19 19 16 16 13 13 19 13 16 16 19 13 24 20 19 16 24 16 12 20 16 12 16 12 16 16 16
7.50 20.00 18.00 20.50 20.50 24.25 24.25 20.50 20.50 25.00 25.00 24.25 25.00 30.75 24.50 24.25 25.00 30.50 30.50 24.25 30.75 30.50 24.50 23.00 30.50 30.75 23.00 30.75 23.00 30.75 30.75 30.75
63.7 43 42.4 41.9 41.9 39.4 39.4 41 41 38.2 38.2 39.4 38.2 34.2 37.4 39.4 36.7 34.4 34.4 37.8 34.2 34.4 37.4 39.9 34.4 34.2 39.9 34.2 39.9 34.2 34.2 34.2
10 18 10 10 10 14 14 12 12 11 11 16 9 12 12 14 9 19 16 14 12 19 11 9 14 11 9 11 9 11 11 11
7.50 15.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 18.00 18.00 15.50 15.50 21.25 21.25 20.50 17.50 23.25 18.25 18.00 17.50 24.25 24.25 18.00 23.25 24.25 17.00 17.50 21.25 21.25 17.50 21.25 17.50 21.25 21.25 21.25
1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375
CONVEYORS
All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.
H-128
Centrifugal Discharge Belt

Series 100 Belt (Series 200 is for Head Take-up)
Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators handle a variety of relatively free-owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly, moderately or extremely abrasive.
Buckets
Capacities listed are for style AA buckets. Style A, AA-RB and Salem can be furnished. Style C may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specic recommendation.
Belt
Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting or rubber covered ply belts specifically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belts and covers are available.
#100 Belt Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing Width BELT F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.
B43-139 B64-141 B64-140 B85-142 B85-143 B106-144 B106-145 B127-146 B127-147 B147-148 B147-149 B168-150 B168-152 B188-160 B208-164 B188-162 B208-166 B127-146S B248-168 B2410-170
95 293 324 543 591 911 1,013 1,425 1,596 1,691 1,932 2,550 2,856 2,925 3,150 3,276 3,528 4,489 4,788 6,636
4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 20 18 20 12 24 24
2-3/4 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 8 10
3 4.25 4.25 5.5 5.5 6.25 6.25 7.25 7.25 7.25 7.25 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 7.25 8.5 10.5
8 13 13 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 16 18 18
5 7 7 9 9 11 11 13 13 15 15 17 17 19 21 19 21 24 25 25
140 235 260 230 250 225 250 250 280 245 280 250 280 250 250 280 280 350 280 280
1/4 1/4 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2
1 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 4 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4 4-1/2 4-1/2
8 11-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/4 13-3/4 15-3/4 15-3/4 17-3/4 17-3/4 19-3/4 19-3/4 22-3/4 22-3/4 24-3/4 26-3/4 24-3/4 26-3/4 28 30-3/4 30-3/4
18 35 39 39 42 42 48 48 54 48 54 48 54 48 48 54 54 66 54 60
8.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 24.00 30.00 30.00 42.00 30.00 30.00
62.9 43.8 40.5 42.9 39 41.9 39 39 35.1 38.2 35.1 39 35.1 39 39 35.1 35.1 31.5 35.1 35.1
8.00 16.00 16.00 14.00 16.00 16.00 20.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 24.00
1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375
All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.
H-129
CONVEYORS
Continuous Discharge Chain

Series 700 Chain (Series 800 is for Head Take-up)
Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators will handle various free-owing dry or sluggish materials which contain medium to large lumps and are mildly, moderately, or extremely abrasive.
Buckets
Capacities listed are for a medium-front, non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. High front style buckets are available. Consult the factory for a specic recommendation.
Chain
Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators are furnished with combination chain for mild to moderate service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for moderate to severe service or when a higher chain working load is required.
#700 Chain Continuous Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max. C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing No. CHAIN Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Teeth Diameter Diameter
C85-766 C85-767 C105-768 C105-769 C107-770 C107-771 C127-772 C127-773 C147-774 C147-775 C128-776 C128-777 C148-778 C148-779 C168-781 C188-783 C208-785 C248-787 C2010-786 C2410-788
567 567 729 729 1,013 1,013 1,226 1,226 1,423 1,423 1,547 1,547 1,828 1,828 2,109 2,363 2,784 3,375 3,881 4,669
8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 14 14 12 12 14 14 16 18 20 24 20 24
5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10
7-3/4 7-3/4 7-3/4 7-3/4 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8
8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
N102B HSB102B N102B HSB102B N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833
4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000
120 120 120 120 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125
3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2
11-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/4 13-3/4 13-3/4 13-3/4 15-3/4 15-3/4 17-3/4 17-3/4 15-3/4 15-3/4 17-3/4 17-3/4 19-3/4 22-3/4 24-3/4 28-3/4 24-3/4 28-3/4
39 39 39 39 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 54 54
16 16 16 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
22.4 22.4 22.4 22.4 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1
11 11 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 10 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 19.50 19.50 19.50 19.50 19.50 19.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50
1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375
CONVEYORS
All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.
H-130
Continuous Discharge Belt

Series 700 Belt (Series 800 is for Head Take-up)
Continuous Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators will handle various free-owing dry or sluggish materials which contain medium to large lumps and are mildly, moderately, or extremely abrasive.
Buckets
Capacities listed are for a medium front, non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. High front style buckets are available. Consult the factory for a specic recommendation.
Belt
Continuous Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting or rubber covered ply belts specically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belt and covers are available.
#700 Belt Continuous Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing BELT Width F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.
B85-790 B105-791 B107-792 B127-793 B147-794 B128-795 B148-796 B168-797 B188-798 B208-720 B248-722 B2010-724 B2410-726
756 972 1296 1570 1822 1980 2340 2700 3024 3564 4320 4968 5976
8 10 10 12 14 12 14 16 18 20 24 20 24
5 5 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10
7-3/4 7-3/4 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8
8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
9 11 11 13 15 13 15 17 19 21 25 21 25
160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2
11-3/4 13-3/4 13-3/4 15-3/4 17-3/4 15-3/4 17-3/4 19-3/4 22-3/4 24-3/4 28-3/4 24-3/4 28-3/4
39 39 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 54 54
20.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00
29.8 29.8 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9
14.00 14.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00
1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000
2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375
All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.
H-131
CONVEYORS
2.0000
Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge Chain

Series MDC26 & MDC30 Chain
Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators handle a variety of relatively free owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive. Extensively used in the cement industry.
Buckets
Capacities listed are for style AC buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, uffy materials.
Chain
Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators are furnished with heavy duty steel knuckle chain for medium to severe service, selected for required work loads.
Mill Duty Chain Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max. C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing No. CHAIN Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Teeth Diameter Diameter
MDC26 -128A MDC26 -148A MDC26 -168A MDC26 -128B MDC26 -148B MDC26 -168B MDC26-1810A
2,226 2,624 3,021 3,339 3,935 4,532 4,929 5,387 5,470 5,859 6,502 6,758 7,394 8,033 8,204 8,789 9,,752 10136 12,049
12 14 16 12 14 16 18 16 20 18 20 24 18 24 20 18 20 24 24
8 8 8 8 8 8 10 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2
18 18 18 12 12 12 18 12 18 18 18 18 12 18 12 12 12 12 12
HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB856 HSB833 HSB856 HSB856 HSB856 HSB856 HSB859 HSB856 HSB859 HSB859 HSB859 HSB859 HSB859
6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000
265 265 265 265 265 265 265 315 265 315 315 265 265 315 265 315 315 265 315
1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 1-3/4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4-1/2 4 4 4-1/2 5 4-1/2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
20 22 24 20 22 24 26 24 28 26 28 32 26 32 28 26 28 32 32
56 56 56 56 56 56 64 60 64 68 68 64 64 68 64 68 68 64 68
26 26 26 26 26 26 26 30 26 30 30 26 26 30 26 30 30 26 30
27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.25 31.00 27.25 31.25 31.25 27.25 28.00 31.25 28.00 32.00 32.00 28.00 32.00
37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.1 38.8 37.1 38.5 38.5 37.1 36.2 38.5 36.2 37.6 37.6 36.2 37.6
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 15 13 15 15 13 13 15 13 15 15 13 15
25.03 25.03 25.03 25.03 25.03 25.03 25.05 28.81 25.05 28.82 28.82 25.05 25.05 28.82 25.05 28.82 28.82 25.05 28.82
3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000
CONVEYORS
MDC30 - 168B MDC26-2010A MDC30-1810A MDC30-2010A MDC26-2410A MDC26-1810B MDC30-2410A MDC26-2010B MDC30-1810B MDC30-2010B MDC26-2410B MDC30-2410B
All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements. Internal gravity take-ups are standard.
H-132
Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge Belt

Series MDB30 Belt
Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators handle high capacities of various relatively free owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.
Buckets
Capacities listed listed are for style AC buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, uffy materials.
Belt
Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with heavy duty rubber covered ply belts or 100% polyester carcass PVC belts specically selected for elevator service.
Mill Duty Belt Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. BUCKETS Proj. BELT Width MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.
Width
Depth
Spacing
F.P.M.
MDB30-128A MDB30-148A MDB30-168A MDB30-128B MDB30-148B MDB30-168B MDB30-1810A MDB30-2010A MDB30-2410A MDB30-1810B MDB30-2010B
2,520 2,970 3,420 3,780 4,455 5,130 5,580 6,192 7,650 8,370 9,288
12 14 16 12 14 16 18 20 24 18 20 24
8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10
8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2
18 18 18 12 12 12 18 18 18 12 12 12
14 16 18 14 16 18 20 22 26 20 22 26
300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4-1/2 4 4 4-1/2 5 5 5 5 5 5
22 24 26 22 24 26 28 30 34 28 30 34
58 58 58 58 58 58 64 64 64 64 64 64
30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00
37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6
24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00
3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000
MDB30-2410B 11,475
All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Screw take-ups are standard.
H-133
CONVEYORS
Double Row Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge Belt

Series DRB30 Belt
Double Row Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators handle high capacities of various relatively free owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.
Buckets
Capacities listed are for a double row of style AC buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, uffy materials.
Belt
Double Row Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with heavy duty rubber covered ply belts or 100% polyester carcass PVC belts specically selected for elevator service.
Double Row Mill Duty Belt Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing BELT Width F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.
DRB30-128A DRB30-1210A DRB30-148A DRB30-1410A DRB30-168A DRB30-1610A
8,316 9,207 9,801 10,841 11,286 12,499 15,345 17,028 21,038
12 12 14 14 16 16 18 20 24
8 10 8 10 8 10 10 10 10
8-1/2 10-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2
10 12 10 12 10 12 12 12 12
26 26 30 30 34 34 38 42 50
275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275
1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2
4 4 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-3/4 5
34 34 38 38 42 42 46 50 58
58 62 58 62 58 62 62 62 62
30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00
34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4
30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00
3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000
CONVEYORS
DRB30-1810A DRB30-2010A DRB30-2410A
All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Screw take-ups are standard.
H-134
Super Capacity Continuous Discharge Chain

Series SC700 Chain
Super Capacity Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators handle high capacities of various free owing dry materials ranging from nes to lumps, moderate to extremely abrasive, and those that tend to pack.
Buckets
Capacities listed are for style SC continuous fabricated steel buckets, mounted between two strands of chain.
Chain
Super Capacity Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators are furnished with two strands of heavy duty steel knuckle chain for moderate to severe service, selected for required work loads.
Super Capacity Continuous Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY BUCKETS Max. C.F.H. Width Proj. Depth Spacing CHAIN No. Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Teeth Diameter Diameter
SC700-128 SC700-148 SC700-168 SC700-188 SC700-208 SC700-1612 SC700-2012 SC700-2412 SC700-3012 SC700-3612 SC700-4212 SC700-4812
2,250 2,700 3,150 3,600 4,050 5,625 7,125 8,250 10,500 12,375 14,437.5 16,500
12 14 16 18 20 16 20 24 30 36 42 48
8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625
12 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
6102-1/2 6102-1/2 6102-1/2 6102-1/2 6102-1/2 9124 9124 9124 9124 9124 9150 9150
12 12 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125
2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
26 28 30 32 34 33 37 41 47 53 60 66
56 56 56 56 56 68 68 68 68 68 68 68
8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
31.36 31.36 31.36 31.36 31.36 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77
12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7
6 6 6 6 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
23.96 23.96 23.96 23.96 23.96 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77
2.4375 2.4375 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.4375 3.4375 3.4375
All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Internal gravity take-ups are standard.
H-135
CONVEYORS
Bucket Elevator Dimensions
112 V R Head Shaft Dia.
As Reqd
D-1
AS A
B Lift Std. Intermediate 10-0
Shaft Centers Overall Height
CONVEYORS
AP K J L L N Anchor Bolt Plan F Take- G Up H M M
H-136
Bucket Elevator Dimensions

100 & 700 Belt & Chain Dimensions (In Inches)
Elevator Number Chain Elevator Number Belt Elevator Number Belt Elevator Number Chain Casing A B F G H J Boot K L M N P R S T U Head V Y Z D-1
C43-101 C64-102 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116
B43-139 B64-140 C85-766 C85-767 C105-768 C105-769 C107-770 C107-771 C127-772 C127-773 C128-776 C128-777
B85-790 B105-791
B64-141
1134 1134 1134 1134 1334 1334 1334 1534 1534 1534 28
934
35 39 35 39 42 39 42 48 42 48 54
18
13 14 13 14 16 14 16 19 16 19 21
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
2612 43 2612 43 2612 43 2612 43 3212 50 2612 43 3212 50 4012 60 3212 50 4012 60 39
2714 3634
42
72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
1712 1412 1312 13 1912 1612 1512 13 1712 1412 1512 13 1912 1612 1512 13 21 21 24 21 24 1912 1612 1712 13 18 21 18 21 1712 13 1712 15 1912 13 1912 15 1912 17 18 1512 13
10
15
2934 3112 2934 3112 3234 3112 3234 3534 3214 3534 3814
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 13 10 13 17 17
1712 2812 3012 2812 3012 3314 3012 3314 3612 3314 3612 4112 4612
36 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 48 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48
14
1912 1712 3012 13 2112 1912 3212 14 1912 1712 3012 14 2112 1912 3212 14 24 24 2112 1912 3212 15 21 21 3614 1412 3614 1512 4058 16
2014 13
B85-142
B85-143
B107-792
B106-144 B106-145 B127-146S
2712 24 24 21
3614 17 4058 17 53
C127-117 C127-119 C127-120 C127-122 C147-123 C147-124 C147-126 C147-127 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134
B127-793 B128-795
B147-794 B148-796
B127-146 B127-147 B147-149
1734 1734 1934 1934 2234 2234
48 54 48 54 48 54
19 21 20 21 19 21
10 10
4012 60 39 6012
72 72 72 72
24 27 27 27
21 24 24 24
2112 15 2112 17 2312 17 2612 17
3534 3814 3534 3814 3534 3814
13 17 13 17 13 17
3612 4112 3612 4112 3612 4112
2712 24 31 31 31 27 27 27
4058 18 45 45 45 1914 20 22
B168-797 B188-798
B147-148 B168-150
C168-780 C168-781 C188-782 C188-783

1
10 10 10 10
4012 60 39 39 4012 60
6012 6012
72 72
24 24
21 21
2312 15 2612 15
2712 24 2712 24
4058 19 4058 21
B168-152
NOT certied for construction. 2 Normal maximum for largest headshaft listed. For units not shown, contact Martin.
H-137
CONVEYORS
C147-774 C147-775 C148-778 C148-779
64
26
10
10
2934 6012
6012
72 72
27 32
24 29
2712 24 31 3612 32 27
3012 2614 36
45
1814 24
Buckets and Chain

Style AA
Ductile iron buckets for general use with most types of relatively free owing material in centrifugal discharge elevators. Can be mounted on chain or belt and furnished in various plastic materials.
Bucket Size
4
A
6 10 12 14 16 8
234
B
4 5
414 512 614 714 714 812 4 4 4 4

C
Weight Lbs.
2.7 4.8 7.7
1.0
Capacity cu. ft. XX
.03 .07 .12
.01
6 7 7 8
12.0 13.9 21.8

Weight Lbs.
.19 .23 .34
Bucket Size
Style C
Fabricated buckets are used in centrifugal discharge elevators to handle materials that tend to pack or stick, such as sugar, clay, salt or wet grains.
6 10 12 14 16
Bucket Size
412 412 5 5 7 7
2.0 2.8
Capacity cu. ft. XX
.026 .035
4.0 4.8
.052 .061
512 512
Weight Lbs. 12 Ga.
10.5
16 4
8.5
.138
.158
Continuous
Medium front non-overlapping fabricated steel buckets are used in continuous discharge elevators for general service. Heavier gauges should be used when handling abrasive materials. Available fabricated from various materials. High front continuous buckets are available also. Plastic buckets available in most sizes.
z vEMvoxqrN
10 10 12 14 12 14 16 18
8
A
5 7 7 7 8 8 8 8
1158 1158 1158 1158 1158 1158 1158
734
C
734
5.1 5.9 9.3
10 Ga.
10.4 11.6 11.2 12.4 13.7 14.9
11.9
6.3 7.4
13.4 14.9 14.4 16.0 17.6 19.2
10.2 16.5
8.7
Capacity cu. ft. XX
18.6 20.7 20.0 22.2 24.5 26.7

1/4 Steel
.070 .090 .180
26.1 29.1 32.0 35.0
.218 .253
.275 .325 .375 .420
Bucket Size, Inches P Proj.
Weight
AC Welded Steel
CONVEYORS
High front for greater capacity. Hooded back for closer spacing. Typical in cement, gypsum powder or other powdery materials. Venting available for clean lling and discharge. Mounted on chain or belt.
L Length
nE MnozrN
ZU
^Weights do not include bolt reinforcing plates. Bolt reinforcing plates are recommended if less than 8 bolts are used. Vent holes in bottom are optional in style AC buckets.
k z MzytSN vEMvoxqrN
SC Welded Steel
Mounted between two strands of chain. Suitable for the heaviest materials. Designed for super capacity elevators. Typical in asphalt and concrete applications. Design offers increased capacity.
Weight 10 L P D A Gauge 3/16 1/4 Length Proj. Depth Inches Steel Steel Steel
12 14 16 18 20 24 27
Bucket Size, Inches
8 8 8 10 10 10 12
812 812 812 1012 1012 1012 12 12
D Depth
18.25 20.30 22.48 31.15 33.68 39.67 53.84
3/16 Steel
24.30 27.00 29.98 38.95 42.10 52.69 71.46
n MnozrN
*Note: Actual capacity depends on angle of repose of material handled and inclination of elevator.
Chain
H-138
NOTE: All dimensions are inside to inside of bucket.
Combination chains, C-, have cast block links and steel connecting side bars. All steel (steel knuckle), SS, are fabricated of steel. Attachments are available either on the connecting side bars or block link.
C-977 C-188 C-102B C-110 C-111 SS-102B SS-110

Chain No.
Pitch in Inches
2.308 2.609 4.0 6.0 4.76 4.0 6.0
Average Ultimate Strength Lbs.
11,000 14,000 24,000 24,000 36,000 40,000 40,000
Rated Working Value Lbs.
1830 1950 4000 4000 5,950 6,290 6290
Wt. Per Ft. Lbs Attachment Every Other Pitch
12 14 16 16 18 20 20 24 30 36
834 834 834 12 834 834 12 12 12 12
1158 1158 1158 1758 1158 1158 1758 1758 1758 1758
4916 4916 4916 612 4916 4916 612 612 612 612
22 23 25 43 27 29 49 55 65 73
7
29 31 34 58 36 39 67 75 88 99
2.2 4.8 7.8 7.3 10.7 9.0 8.6
Attachment Number
K-1 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2
Pin Diameter
16 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 5 8 5 8
1
Dimension in Inches Side Barrel or Bar Knuckle Dia.
39 41 45 76 48 52 88 104 117 132
Cap. Cu. Feet* Filled Filled 5/16 to Line to Line Steel X-X X-Y
.231 .271 .311 .488 .542 .651 1.072
Cap. Cu. Feet^ Filled Filled to Line to Line X-X X-Y
.303 .356 .408 .691 .768 .921 1.474
49 51 56 95 60 65 110 130 146 165
.35 .41 .46 1.11 .52 .58 1.40 1.68 2.11 2.53
.54 .63 .72 1.55 .81 .90 1.94 2.33 2.91 3.49
16 78 4 118 3 8 112 3 8 112 3 8 134 3 8 112 3 8 112

1 3
8 8 1132 1516 11532 1 114

7 7
Bucket Punching (Belt)

CEMA Standard (Formerly P1 thru P9)
B1
B
B2
C BOLTS
B3
1
B4
1
B5
Bucket Length Salem and Other Similar Light Buckets Punch
B6
B7
M.I. & Steel Buckets Style A, AA, AA-RB, B, C, etc. C*
1 1 1 1 1
B8
Continuous Buckets
12 14 16 18
B-3 B-4 B-5
338 278 3
*C = Bolt Diameter. See Chart on Page H-140.
8 8 8
4-516 4- 16 4-516
5
B-6 B-7 B-7
412 412 4
Attachment Number
8 8 8
4 -516
5 5
B-7
B
B=
16 16
B-6 B-7 B-7
412 412 4
DEPTH 1 2
10
B-2
B-1
B-2
3116 418
438
B
5 7
8 8 8
4-516 4-516
Punch
B-1 B-6 B-6
4-38 312 3
8 8
1 1
4 -516 4 -516
C*
Punch
B-6 B-6
312
1 1
4-516 4-516 4-516

5 5
C*
16 16
16
E
3
Bucket Punching Chain

E BOLT DIA
C-977 C-188 C-110 C-111
Chain Number
C-102B SS-102B SS-110
K-1 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2
1
3 7 3 3 7
4 8 4 4 8
114 2516 134 134 134 134
4316 5516 5516 5516 5516 614
234 338 218 338 2 2
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
3 3
Style AA, C, SC, etc.
Continuous High Speed Grain
K-2
Bucket Size
Punch
C
1 1
75 95 11 6 12 6 Consult 14 7 96
B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B4
21116 3 8 358 338 3 3

5
134 1 4 2 2
3
4 4 4 4 4
2 2
1 1 1 5
Martin for AC and SC Bucket Punching.
16
Platforms Head section service platforms are of structural steel, angle hand rails and heavy non-skid grating. The platform mounts securely to the elevator head section. Various sizes and congurations are available. Rest platforms are also available and required at 30 intervals. Ladders/Safety Cages Ladders with safety cages are available. They are constructed of heavy gauge steel and sized to provide easy access to platforms. Ladders with safety cage are easily bolted to the elevator casings.
H-139
CONVEYORS
Formulas for Calculating Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain or Belt
Centrifugal Discharge Chain Series 100
Elevator Number C43-101 C64-102 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116 C127-117 C127-119 C127-120 C127-122 C147-123 C147-124 C147-126 C147-127 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134 Size (Inches) 43 64 85 85 85 85 85 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 6 12 7 12 7 12 7 12 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 16 8 16 8 16 8 16 8 Spacing (Inches) 9 4 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 16 18 16 18 16 19 18 16 19 18 16 19 18 19 18
1
Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers Hex Head Cap Screws Chain Attachment Every _ Link K1- 4th K1-5th K2-4th K2-4th K2-4th K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd Length (Feet)
Buckets Style AA Malleable $ Quantity
1.5 + (2.58 Shaft Ctrs) 4.4 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs) 2.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.33 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.33 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.79 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 4.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.74 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.48 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 3.66 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.51 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
4 1 1 4 1 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114
1 3
Size (Inches)
Quantity 2 (No. of Buckets) 2 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets)
Number C-77 C-188 C-102B C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-110 SS-110 C-102B SS-110 C-102B SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-111 SS-110
2.31 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.79 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 3.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.55 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 100

Elevator Number B43-139 B64-140 B64-141 B85-142 B85-143 B106-144 B106-145 B127-146 43 64 64 85 85 10 6 10 6 12 7 Staggered 12 7 12 7 14 7 14 7 16 8 16 8 Size (Inches) Buckets Style AA Malleable Spacing (Inches) 8 13 13 16 16 16 16 18 $ Quantity Size (Inches)
1 1 1
Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Belt.

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers (Norway Elevator Bolts) Quantity 2 (No. of Buckets) 2 (No. of Buckets) 2 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) Belt (Including 3 Buckets Overlap) No. of Holes to be Punched in Belt Length (Feet)
B127S-146S B127-147 B147-148 B147-149 B168-150 B168-152
16 18 18 18 18 18
3.12 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 4.85 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs) 4.34 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs) 3.34 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.13 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.53 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.34 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.86 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 6.28 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 3.86 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 3.31 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
4 1 4 1 4 1 1 4 114 1 4 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 112 16 112 16 112 16 112 5 16 112 5 16 112 5 16 112
5 5 5
6 + (No. of Bolts) 6 + (No. of Bolts) 6 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts)
5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 11 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 15 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 11 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
CONVEYORS
Continuous Discharge Chain Series 700

Elevator Number C85-766 C85-767 C105-768 C105-769 C107-770 C107-771 C127-772 C127-773 C147-774 C147-775 C128-776 C128-777 C148-778 C148-779 C168-781 C168-783 Size (Inches) Buckets Medium Front Continuous Steel Buckets Spacing (Inches) 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 $ Quantity

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers Hex Head Cap Screws Size (Inches) Quantity 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) Number C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 SS-110 SS-110 Chain Attachment Every _ Link K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd Length (Feet)
8 5 734 8 5 734 10 5 734 10 5 734 10 7 1158 10 7 1158 12 7 1158 12 7 1158 14 7 1158 14 7 1158 12 8 1158 12 8 1158 14 8 1158 14 8 1158 16 8 1158 18 8 1158
6.57 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 6.57 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 8.25 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 8.25 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 6.06 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.06 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
8 114 8 114 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114
3 3 3
4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
Continuous Discharge Belt Series 700

Elevator Number B85-790 B105-791 B107-792 B127-793 B147-794 B128-795 B148-796 B168-797 B183-798 Size (Inches) Buckets Medium Front Continuous Steel Buckets Spacing (Inches) 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 $ Quantity

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers (Norway Elevator Bolts) Size (Inches)
5 5 1 3
Belt (Including 3 Buckets Overlap) Width (Inches) 9 11 11 13 15 13 15 17 19 No. of Holes to be Punched in Belt Length (Feet)
Quantity 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets)
$ If answer is a fraction, go to next whole number. Consult
8 5 7 4 10 5 734 10 7 1158 12 7 1158 14 7 1158 12 8 1158 14 8 1158 16 8 1158 18 8 1158

3
H-140
Martin for units not shown.
7.88 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.96 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
4 4 16 1 16 1 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114

5
15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts)
8 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
High Speed Grain Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 500

AS REQ'D.
A B C
SWAY BRACE LIFT
SHAFT CENTERS
4'- 0"
9" TAKE-UP
Capacity No. Martin Bucket Model No. Rows Buckets Standard Duty Plastic C.F.H.
@ "Y-Y +5 Deg." Max. Useable @ "Y - Y" (W.L.)
at Speed Belt FPM H.S. RPM Typical Style Width In.
Belt Width
Pulley Head Boot Width Pulley Pulley Dia. In.
Boot Shaft Dia. In.
Hd. & Bt. Casing Dimensions Depth Width "C" In. "A" In.
Intermediate Casing Dimensions Depth "C" In. Width "B" In. Head
Casing Thicknesses Inlet Height
Proj. Spacing Dia. Inches Inches In. In. In.
Boot
Int.
B64-508 * B65-512A B65-512B B95-518A B95-518B B95-518C B96-524 B96-530 B106-530 B136-530 B127-536 B147-536 B167-536 B168-542 B188-542 B2108-548 B2138-548 B2168-548 B2188-548 B3168-548 B4158-548 B4188-548
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 4 4
782 1,079 1,541 1,853 2,470 3,176 3,974 4,406 4,931 6,388 8,879 10,747 12,000 14,751 16,740 20,648 26,412 33,314 37,800 49,971 63,222 75,600
697 980 1,400 1,640 2,187 2,812 3,600 3,991 4,534 5,864 8,123 9,900 11,289 13,798 15,764 19,164 23,706 31,681 35,595 47,521 59,652 71,190
265 350 350 440 440 440 460 510 510 510 600 600 600 620 620 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
119 107 107 90 90 90 70 63 63 63 62 62 62 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55
HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX
6.250 4.500 6.250 5.625 6.250 5.625 9.375 5.625 9.375 5.625 9.375 5.625 9.375 6.625 9.375 6.625
7 10 7 12 9 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
7 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 11 14 13 15 17 17 20 22 28 34 38 50 62 74
7 8 8 11 11 11 11 11 12 15 15 16 19 19 22 24 30 36 40 52 64 76
8 12 12 18 18 18 24 30 30 30 36 36 36 42 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 48
8 12 12 18 18 18 24 30 30 30 36 36 36 42 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 48
1 3/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 15/16 1 15/16 1 15/16 1 15/16 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 15/16 2 15/16 2 15/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16
8 9 9 12 12 12 13 15 15 18 18 21 21 23 26 28 34 40 44 56 68 80
20 27 27 34 34 34 42 48 48 48 56 56 56 68 68 74 74 74 74 74 74 74
8 9 9 12 12 12 13 15 15 18 18 21 21 23 26 28 34 40 44 56 68 80
20 * 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 3/16" 10 ga. 3/16" 10 ga. 3/16" 10 ga. 3/16" 10 ga. 3/16" 10 ga. 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga.
30 32 32 39 39 39 44 48 48 48 56 56 56 72 72 76 76 76 76 76 76 76
HD-MAX 10.375 6.625 HD-MAX 13.375 6.625 HD-MAX 12.500 7.750 HD-MAX 14.500 7.750 HD-MAX 16.500 7.750 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750 HD-MAX 10.500 8.750 HD-MAX 13.500 8.750 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 HD-MAX 15.500 8.750 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750
* Single Leg intermediate casing; 50' maximum height.
Head shaft diameter to be determined by customer's application and specications.
Plastic buckets are available as Nylon, HDP, or Urethane. Steel is available on special request.
H-141
CONVEYORS
Drag Conveyors
Drag Conveyors Section VII
SECTION VII
DRAG CONVEYOR SECTION VII
Safety..................................................................................................................................... H-143 Round Bottom Drag Conveyor ............................................................................................... H-144 Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor ................................................................................................... H-147 L & S Path Drag Conveyor..................................................................................................... H-151
CONVEYORS
H-142
Safety
H-143
CONVEYORS
Round Bottom Drag Conveyor

BOLTED COVER UHMW FLIGHT
UHMW FORMED FLANGE IDLER SPROCKET TROUGH 9" THRU 24" ANGLE FLANGE TROUGH 9 THRU 36
Martin
Idler Return
BOLTED COVER RAIL RETURN UHMW FLIGHT
Round Bottom Tail Take-up
FORMED FLANGE TROUGH 9" THRU 24"
ANGLE FLANGE TROUGH 9 THRU 36
OPTIONAL A.R. WEAR STRIP
CONVEYORS
Rail Return
Self-Cleaning Tail Standard Features Bolted Flanged Covers Welded Steel Chain Jig Welded Flight Attachment UHMW Flights Heavy Duty Form Flange Trough Heat Treated Sprockets Rail Return System Flow Through Inlets Heavy Duty Backing Plate Popular Options By-Pass Inlets Hip Roof Cover Self-Cleaning Tail Section Intermediate Discharge Bend Section Flight Saver Idler Return System Optional A.R. Wear Strip Split Sprockets
H-144
Head Take-up

ROUND BOTTOM CONVEYOR
Capacity FPM/RPM
100 FPM Series Size CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM 125 FPM 150 FPM 175 FPM 200FPM
NOTES:
1. Capacities are based on 100% loading with free-owing grains at 48 pounds per cubic foot. 2. Selection of conveyors should be based upon material characteristics. 3. Capacities and speeds will vary for other types of materials and for materials conveyed at an incline. Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application.
1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2400
900
12 14 16 18 20 24
2040
3475 4750 6050 8100
33
33 33 32 32 23 23
2600
4300 5900 7600
41
41 40 40 40 29 29
3050
5200 7100 9150
50
50 50 48
3500
6075 8300
58
58 58 56 56 40 40
4080
6950 9500
66
66 66 64 64 46 46
10500 14800
10150 13000 18150
12300 15650 22000
48 35 35
14300 18200 25750
10600
12100 16200 21000 29600
Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.
Material Thickness and Approximate Shipping Weights

Series Adj. Tail
3 3 3 3 3
Weight1
Bypass
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Weight
Fixed Head
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Weight Standard Duty
Intermediate Weight2 Specic Duty

3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Weight3
Cover
1200 1400 1600 1800 2400 2000
900
16 16 16 16 16
1 1
367 394 412 475 575 856 899
16 16 16 16 16 16 16
127 140 160 238 295 370
89
16 16 16 16 16 16 16
187 210 221 257 281 486 665
14 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga.
185 285 310 365 507 578 742
16 16 16 16 16 16 16
255 420 460 520 640 705 870
14 ga. 14 ga. 14 ga. 14 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga.
4 4
NOTES: 1. Tail and head weights shown include bearings, shafts, and standard sprockets. 2. Intermediate weights include return rails and bolted covers.
6", 30", and 36" Drag conveyors are also available upon request. Please contact Martin for quote.
Martin has designed its Round Bottom with the
user in mind. We have incorporated larger heattreated sprockets into our designs to reduce noise, vibration and chordal action while increasing chain and sprocket life. Our goal is to reduce maintenance and operating costs for the user. We offer the Martin Round Bottom Drag with
either a rail return or optional Flight Saver Idler return system. Both systems assure long life and quiet operation. All drag ights are a (food safe) white UHMW polyethylene material attached to welded steel chain, with exception of the 6" drag conveyor which uses combination chain.
H-145
CONVEYORS

C ( TAKE- UP ) E L A D
FLOW DIRECTION
NOTE : DRIVE NEAR SIDE
F G
P
SAFETY STICKER
N M
BY-PASS INLET
SERIES
1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2400
900
38
38 38 38 38 41 41
18
20 20 24 24 29 34
9 9 9 9
1414 1414 1414 1414 1414 16 16
2158 2334 2712 24 26
1118 1414 1634 1918 24 29 2158
21516 31116 5716 414 3516 3316
3316
10 10 12 1412 22 17
10 516 111316 151316 1478 11516
91316
9516
36 36 36 36 24 24 24
18 21 23 25 27 29 33
13 13 13 13 13 16 16
1214 1312 1478 1914 16 20
938
8 38 1034 1314 18116 1478 1178 912
2078 2438 2438 2838 29 34 39
1513 1513 1513 1614 2012 2058 16
13516 13516 13516 1812 1414 1414
12 12
3612
3314
1858
CONVEYORS
SERIES
G D E F
( J ) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRS
1200 1400 1600 1800 2400 2000
900
10
B
7 7 7 7 7 9 9
13 15 17 19 21
16 16 16 16 16 16 16
114 114 1 4 114 112 1 2

1 1
518 312 4316 478 5 8

5
3 4
3
312 438 434 5 8

5
312 438 434 5 2

1
514 4
514 3 8 358 6 2
1 5
18
514 4
20 20 24 24 34
2 2 2 2 4
NOTE: Dimensions not certied for construction.
25
29
D C H
BY-PASS INLET, HEAD & INTERMEDIATE DISCHARGE LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers, guards or before servicing. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury. WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDER
H-146
Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor

BOLTED COVER RAIL RETURN
UHMW FLIGHT
OPTIONAL BOLTED LINER
OPTIONAL A.R. WEAR STRIP FLAT BOLTED BOTTOM WITH OPTION OF A.R.
Rail Return Bolted Replaceable Bottom Bolted Flanged Covers Jig Welded Flight Attachment UHMW Flights Heat Treated Sprockets Rail Return System Flow Through Inlets Heavy Duty Backing Plate
Flat Bottom Tail Take-Up
Standard Features
Intermediate Discharge Liners of Various Materials A.R. Steel Bottom Plate Controlled Feed Inlets Split Sprockets
Popular Options
Self-Cleaning Tail
Super Duty Conveyor

H-147
CONVEYORS
Flat Bottom Conveyor

1 FPM SERIES CFH 100 FPM CFH RPM 125 FPM CFH RPM 150 FPM CFH RPM 175 FPM CFH RPM 200 FPM CFH RPM
1809 2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024
28.13 54.38 68.25 78.75 89.25 96.19 111.56 121.13 133.88 159.38
2,813 5,438 6,825 7,875 8,925 9,619 11,156 12,113 13,388 15,938
37 27 27 27
3,516 6,798 8,531 9,844
46 34 34 34 34 34 29 29 29 29
4,220 8,157 10,238 11,813 13,388 14,429 16,734 18,170 20,082 23,907
55 40 40 40 40 40 34 34 34 34
4,923 9,517 11,944 13,781 15,619 16,833 19,523 21,198 23,429 27,892
65 47 47 47 47 47 40 40 40 40
5,626 10,876 13,650 15,750 17,850 19,238 22,312 24,226 26,776 31,876
74 54 54 54 54 54 46 46 46 46
27 11,156 27 12,024 23 13,945 23 15,141 23 16,735 23 19,923
NOTES: 1. Capacities are based on 90% loading with free-owing grains at 48 pounds per cubic foot. 2. Selection of conveyors should be based upon material characteristics. 3. Capacities and speeds will vary for other types of materials and for materials conveyed at an incline. 4. Capacities at 90% bed depth. Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application. NOTES: 1. Tail and head weights shown include bearings, shafts and standard sprockets. 2. Intermediate weights include return rails, and bolted covers. LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers, guards or before servicing. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury. Warning And Safety Reminder
MATERIAL THICKNESS & APPROXIMATE SHIPPING WEIGHTS INTERMEDIATE SERIES ADJ. TAIL WGT. HEAD WGT. STD. DUTY WGT. COVER
1809
10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16
333 432 454 467 482 497 642 655 690 749
10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16
206 277 306 315 322 335 438 452 485 613
10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA.
403 460 492 514 532 544 655 679 703 745
14 GA. 14 GA. 14 GA. 14 GA. 14 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA.
CONVEYORS
2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024
Martin offers a complete line of standard Flat
H-148
The Martin Flat Bottom drag conveyor is constructed with heavy-duty formed channel sides,
Bottom Drags to handle capacities up to 31,876 CFH. Martin Super Duty Flat Bottom drags have been successfully used in applications with conveyors reaching lengths of over 660 feet and large capacities.
The Martin Flat Bottom drag conveyor is especially suited for handling free owing grains. When heavier abrasive materials need to be conveyed, contact Martin about our Mill Duty Drag conveyor with Forged Chain.
with replaceable bolted bottoms and covers. The replaceable rail return system is offered with an optional rail liner when wear is a concern.

C ( TAKE - UP ) D
FLOW DIRECTION
K
E L A
.
M F
SAFETY STICKER
NOTE: DRIVE NEAR SIDE
Flat Intermediate
1414 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2514 2514 2514 2514
K C F G
SERIES
1809 2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024
37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37
K M N N P
25 25 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
1812 2412 2412 2412 2412 2412 2912 2912 2912 2912
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
17 34 17 12 17 12 17 12 17 12 2012 2012 2012 2012 15
10 18 10 18 10 18 10 18 12 58 12 58 12 58 12 58
G D
714
30 30 35 35 35 35 41 41 41 41
16 16 18 20 22 25 22 25 27 31
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
10 10 13 15 17 19 17 19 21 25
G C
9 38 1214 1312 1478 1478 1914 16 16 20 9 38
16 16 16 16 1912 1912 1912 1912 16
10 18
E E F
Head & Intermediate Discharge

SERIES
Standard Inlet
3 414 514 314 314 6 5 5 5 3
G
1809 2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024
7 10 12 14 15 14 15 17 21 7
16 16 18 20 22 25 22 25 27 31
1 114 114 114 112 112 112 112 112 1
412 412 412 314 312 314 312 334 4 4
*** *** *** ***
*** *** *** ***
2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 2
10 13 15 17 17 21 19 19 25 10
25 30 30 30 36 36 30 36 36 25
312 414 414 414 412 412 412 412 414 312
3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5
4 4
518 312 4716 4716 5 58 478 334 334
*** 4 4
***
4 514 312 438 438 434 512 4 4 4
Q
7 7
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
314 312 314 312 334 4
314 312 314 312 334 4
312 438 438 434 512
***
7 7 7
9 7
9 9 9
H-149
CONVEYORS
( L) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRS
( H ) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRS
Mill Duty Conveyor Standard Features Forged Chain and Steel Flights A.R. Steel Return Tray or Rail Return System Spring Loaded Take-up Split Sprockets Popular Options A.R. Steel Side Liners By-pass Inlet Self-cleaning Tail
Capacities and Speeds
FPM SERIES 1200 MD 1600 MD 2000 MD 2400 MD CFH 58 96 1400 CFH RPM 7.5 5 5 8 2800 6500 9600 CFH RPM 16 10 10 15 25 FPM 50 FPM
130 192
2400
3250 4800
4800
The Martin Mill Duty Drag is designed for handling heavy and abrasive materials, such as limestone, aggregate, and sand. Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application.
CONVEYORS
LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers, guards or before servicing. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury. Warning And Safety Reminder
H-150
Special Application Drag
Martin-Built Take-up
L-Path Drag Conveyor

57 610 913 1020 1224 1236 1342
Series 1FPM CFH
12 20 35 58 87 129 150
600 1000 1750 2900 4350 6450 7500

CFH
50 FPM RPM
75 FPM
17 11 8 11 11 10 10
900 1500 2625 4350 6525 9675 11250

CFH
26 16-1/2 12 16-1/2 16-1/2 15 15

RPM
1200 2000 3500 5800 8700 12900 15000
100 FPM CFH RPM
35 22 16 22 22 20 20
L-Path Conveyor
Single Chain Conguration
S-Path Conveyor NOTES: 1. Capacities are based on the handling of non-abrasive materials (as listed). Cotton Seed Hulls Cotton Seed Meal Delinted Cotton Seed Ground Feed Whole Soybeans Hot Soybean Meal Whole Corn Whole Rice 2. CAUTION should be observed when handling ne granular materials (as listed). Wheat Flour Sugar Powdered Lime Starch Carbon Black Soda Ash
Double Chain Conguration CHAIN FEATURES Welded Steel or Forged Chain UHMW Flights Jig Welded Attachments Heavy Duty Backing Plates Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application.
H-151
CONVEYORS
L-Path Drag Conveyor

L-Path Conveyor
Series
K
96 38-5/8 12 2 28-1/4 6 120 116 60 44 44-1/2 44-1/2 37 4-1/8 29 48-1/8
1236
Consult factory for information on 57 Series and other sizes.

10'-0" STANDARD
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Q
68 29 12 2 14-1/2 3 96 82 36 32 18-3/4 18-3/4 11 4-1/8 21-1/2 36-1/8
610
89 37 12 2 20 3 96 108 42 38 22-1/2 22-1/2 14 4-1/8 25 42-1/8
913
96 35 12 2 22-1/4 6 96 108 54 40 28-1/2 28-1/2 21 4-1/8 25 44-1/8
1020
96 38-5/8 12 2 28-1/4 6 120 116 60 44 32-1/2 32-1/2 25 4-1/8 29 48-1/8
1224
96 38-5/8 12 2 28-1/4 6 120 116 60 44 50-1/2 50-1/2 43 4-1/8 29 48-1/8
1342
I
P
Q
A C ( TAKE UP ) B
10'-0" STANDARD
RA
DI
US
Standard Inlet
I D E E F A (H ) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS I C L P
Head Discharge 45 90
(Q) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS
Head Discharge 0 45
P C T P (Q) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS P C
(N) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS M L
(U) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS S T
I
R G C K G
CONVEYORS
D C B G
SERIES
610 913
1020 1224 1342 1236
10
17 21 33
18
16
27 31 43
114 112 112 112 112
412 4 4 434 412 512
*** 4
*** 6 6
412 4 6 6 5
***
G
7
7 9 9 9 9
16 16 16 16 16 16
2 2 3 4 6 7
414 6 5 412 5
22 12 33 45 29
1834
36 60 60 54 42
438 438 *** 412 *** 4
434 *** *** 412 ***
***
434
4 6 8
412 412 412 412
414
6 8 9 9 9
14 21 25 37 43
11
434 412 *** *** 4
***
312 312 412 5 5 4
312 1 1 3 5 5
38
48
51
60
H-152
Vertical Screw Elevator

SECTION VIII
VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATOR SECTION VIII
Warning and Safety Reminder ...........................................................H-154 Introduction ........................................................................................H-155 Screw Elevator Types ........................................................................H-156 Standard Components .......................................................................H-157 Standard Screw Elevator Speed and Capacity ..................................H-158 Type B Dimensions ............................................................................H-159 Super Screw Elevator Speed and Capacity .......................................H-160 Super Screw Drive Unit ......................................................................H-161 Super Screw Elevator Dimensions.....................................................H-162
Standard Screw Elevator
H-153
CONVEYORS

7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy (materials or devices that could cause conveyor components to move without power applied) before opening the conveyor. 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.
CONVEYORS
H-154
Screw Elevator Martin Screw Elevators

For over fty years, Martin Standard Screw Elevators have been elevate larger capacities to greater heights. The successfully elevating a wide range of materials. In 1956, we added the heavier duty Superscrew Elevator, giving our customers the ability to Screw Elevator is ideally suited to elevate a wide range of
bulk materials in a relatively small space. If a material can be classied as very free owing or free owing, it can probably be elevated in a Screw Elevator. requirements. ferent drive arrangements to meet our customers individual We offer both our Standard and Superscrew Elevators with several difthroughout the U.S.A. and Canada that can help you design the right screw elevator for your application. We have the capability of Contact your nearest manufacturing our screw elevators in six locations in the U.S.A. and we will design the right elevator for your needs.
Partial Material List
Alfalfa Meal Barley, Malted Bone Meal Cement Coffee Corn Meal Cotton Seed Cryolite Flours Grains Hops Ice Kaolin Clay Lead Oxide Lime Malt Mica Milk, Dried Mixed Feeds Mustard Seed Oats Paper Pulp Peanuts Resin Rubber, Ground Salt Sawdust Screened Wood Chips Shellac, Powder Soda Ash Soybean Meal Sugar Sunower Seeds Tobacco Wheat Wood Flour
Martin
Martin has an experienced staff in over twenty locations
Martin facility with your application information

CONVEYORS
Type 4 Superscrew Elevator
H-155
Screw Elevator Martin Screw Elevators

To help better meet the needs of our customers, we offer both the Martin Standard and Superscrew Elevators in sixteen different types. The different types allow us to vary the drive location, discharge location and feed arrangement. We are also able to drive the feeder or take-away conveyor by the screw elevator drive. The need lateral support when installed. disassembled prior to shipment. All
Martin
Screw Elevators are easy to install because they are factory assembled, match-marked and
Martin
Screw Elevators are of a sturdy self-supporting design and only
The drives for the Martin Standard and Superscrew Elevators are manufactured by Martin and are specically designed for use with our screw elevators. We can also offer a Screw Conveyor Drive arrangement for lighter duty applications.
Standard Screw Elevator Types
Type B Straight Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base
Type BO Offset Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base
Type AF1 Straight Inlet Top Drive, Bottom P.T.O. w/4-0 Feeder And Drive
Type AF2 Offset Inlet Top Drive, Bottom P.T.O. With Drive
Type EAF1 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head
Type HAF2 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head With Drive
Type GAF1 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head w/4-0 Feeder And Drive
Type IAF-2 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head
CONVEYORS
SuperScrew Elevator Types
Type 1 Straight Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base
Type 2 Offset Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base
CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.
NOTE: All elevators are furnished less feeder and/or feeder drive unless otherwise specied.
Type 3 Straight Inlet Top Drive, Bottom P.T.O. w/4-0 Feeder And Drive
Type 4 Offset Inlet Top Drive, Bottom P.T.O. With Drive
Type 5 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head
Type 6 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head
Type 7 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head w/4-0 Feeder And Drive
Type 8 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head With Drive
H-156
Screw Elevator
All Martin Screw Elevators come with heavy duty helicoid or sectional screws which are checked for straightness and run-out to insure a smooth running elevator. When handling free owing material, we add stabilizers as needed, as the height of the elevator increases. The stabilizer bearings are available in a wide range of bearing materials to meet our customers requirements, including wood, hard iron, bronze, UHMW, and others. Both the Martin Standard Screw and Superscrew Elevators are supplied with split intermediate housing to allow easier maintenance. Standard Screw Thrust Unit
Martins specially engineered inlet/bottom section assures a smooth transfer to conveyed material from the horizontal to vertical with a minimum of back-up and product degradation.
The bottom inspection panel is bolted to minimize any product leakage. It also has a shroud to assure that the conveyed material is moving smoothly through the area. The drives for both the Standard Screw and the Superscrew Elevator are manufactured by Martin to guarantee their quality and availability.
Stabilizer Bearing Used on Standard Screw Elevator
Clearance Between Screw and Housing

Standard Elevator Size Type of Housing Clearance Top and Intermediate Bottom Sectons Superscrew Elevator Screw Intermediate Screw
Standard Clearance 6 Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance
12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14
14 14 12 12 10 10
14 14 12 12 10 10
6H304 6.5S312* 9H306 9.5S312* 12H408 12.5S412*
14 14 12 12 10 10 10 10
10 10 316 316 316 316 316 316
6H304 6.5S312* 9H306 9.5S312* 12H408 12.5S412* 16H610 16.5S612*
Standard Screw Pedestal Base
9 Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance 12 Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance 16
* Close clearance sectional screws supplied as required.
Close Fitting Clearance
Standard Screw Thrust Head
H-157
CONVEYORS
Top and Bottom Sectons

The Martin Standard Screw Elevator is designed to handle under normal conditions, capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 3600 CFH in 6 dia., 9 dia., and 12 dia. sizes. With complete information, Martin engineering staff can help you design the right Screw Elevator for your application.
Martin Standard Screw Elevator Speed / Capacity

L Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds Size Vertical Shaft Diameter Ratio Top Drive Ratio Bottom Drive Vertical Screw Input Top Drive Input Bottom Drive
6 9 12
112 112 2
2:1 2:1 2:1
1.4:1 1.4:1 2:1
200 215 275 170 200 230 155 165 200
400 430 550 340 400 460 310 330 400
280 301 385 238 280 322 310 330 400
RPM Horizontal Feeder Screw 45 Percent Loading
Capacity Cubic Foot per Hour
165 177 226 139 163 187 147 156 189
360 400 500 1100 1300 1500 2700 3000 3600
L For speeds in excess or less than shown, consult
The Standard Screw Elevator drive unit will function efciently with the elevator erected at any angle of incline from horizontal to vertical. The input shaft can be driven in either direction, and the input shaft extension may be used to drive a horizontal feeder or discharge conveyor.
Martin .
Both top and bottom drives are required when the elevator, feeder and discharge conveyor are all driven from one power source. A top drive and pedestal base are used when the elevator and discharge conveyor are driven from one source. A bottom drive and thrust unit are necessary if the elevator and feeder are driven from one power source. The drives are designed and constructed to withstand all radial and thrust loads and support the entire weight of a fully loaded elevator.
Housing Length = Lift +U
Grease Level
Oil Level
Bolts
CONVEYORS
Screw Length = Lift +V
Bolts
Grease Cavity Oil Level

T Bolts
SEE PAGE i-27
Dimensions in Inches
Ratio Size Top Drive Bottom Drive A Top Drive B Bottom Drive C E F G H J L
U B & BO All Other Types
V All Types
*258 lg. adapter for 6 head not illustrated
12
6* 9
2:1
2:1
2:1
1.4:1 2:1
1.4:1
112 2
112
2 2
112 112 2
5 1312 14
5 1312 14 5 1312 14
1514 1514 1514
758 478 5
41516 41516 41516
10 13
414 414 5
5916 14716 378 4916 1314
412 111132 338 31316 1314 412 111132 338 31316 1314
No. Recd
Size
3 3 1
4 8 8
8-16 NC 8-16 NC 2-13 NC
1678 2112 26
2318 2734 3134
1234
658 834
H-158

Type B Type BO
Lift
Lift
Screw elevator shown is offset to right for illustration purpose only. This elevator will normally be furnished offset to left, unless otherwise specied. See page H-156 for typical elevator arrangements.
Type BO
Size of Elevator
12
6 9
512 8
1118 14 4
1
15
434 614 8
5 5
1312 1312 13 2
1
14 14 14
2 2 2
41516 41516 4 16
15
23 25 29
12 14 18
758 4 8
7
512 8 4
3
718
14 16
7
1138 1138
112 112 2
Type B
Size of Elevator
12
6 9
512 8
14 4 15 Dimensions in Inches
1
1118
1312 1312 13 2
1
14 14 14
2 2 2
41516 41516 4 16
15
23 25 29
12 14 18
758 4 8
7
512 834 718
H-159
CONVEYORS
Super Screw Elevator

The Martin Superscrew Elevator is designed to handle capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 7000 CFH in 6 dia., 9 dia., 12 dia., and 16 dia. sizes.
Martin SuperScrew Elevator Speed / Capacity

L Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds Size Vertical Shaft Diameter Ratio Top Drive Ratio Bottom Drive Vertical Screw Input Top Drive Input Bottom Drive
1 6
2 112
3 2:1
4 2:1
200 275 215 330 170 200 240 155 165 210 155 165 210
400 550 430 660 340 400 480 310 330 420 319 340 433
400 550 430 660 340 400 480 310 330 420 319 340 433
RPM Horizontal Feeder Screw 45 Percent Loading
Capacity Cubic Foot per Hour
165 226 177 272 139 163 196 147 189 156 199 151 161 205 195 187
360 500 400 600
Up to 425 9 2 2:1 2:1 230
Up to 850 460
Up to 850 460
1100 1300 1600 2800 3600 3000 3800 2800 3000 3800 3600 1500
Up to 425 2716 12 2716# 3 2.06:1 2.06:1 2:1 2:1 200
Up to 850 400
Up to 850 400
Up to 425 200
Up to 850 412
Up to 850 412
CONVEYORS H-160
Up to 425 138 150 2.06:1 2.06:1 161
Up to 876 284 309 332
Up to 876 284 309 332
132 144 155
6000 6500 7000
16
# Consult . L For speeds in excess or less than those shown, consult
Up to 425
Up to 876
Up to 876
Martin
Martin.
Type 7 Superscrew Elevator
Elevator Offset to the Right of Inlet
Straight Inlet
Elevator Offset to the Left of Inlet
Super Screw Elevator

Super Screw Elevator D.S.D. (Dry Shaft Drive)
Housing & Screw Length = Lift + M
Bolts
DSD (Dry Shaft Drive) is a completely new design and construction concept especially developed to enable the SuperScrew Elevator to broaden the application of screw elevators. The DSD unit is designed to meet special conditions encountered in vertical installations and may be installed in the range of 70 to 90 incline. If a smaller angle of incline is required, special units may be furnished. A patented lubrication system precisely meters the proper amount of lubricant to those points where needed with no danger of damaging seals.
D Size 6 9 Ratio 2:1 2:1 A 112 2 B 158 158 158

3 3
L Bottom 5 5 5 5 5 5 E 16 18.1 16 16 F 618 6 8 618 6 8 6 8

7 7 1
C 4 414 4 4 4 4
1 1
Top 434 4 4 478 478 5 5

3
G 12 1258 12 8 12 8
5 5
H 712 7 2 712 714 7 4 7 4

1 1 1
K 1018 13 4 1614 1714 17 8 20 4

1 3 1
M No. 8 8 8 12 8 8 Size
3 3 1 1 1 1
12 16
2.06:1 2.06:1
2:1
2.06:1
2716 3 3
2716
1 8
5
4 4
2 16 2 16
18.1 18.1
678
12 12
8 8 2 2 2 2
1214 1314 1814 1814 1814 2414
Spider Type Stabilizer Used on SuperScrew
SuperScrew Thrust Head
SuperScrew Pedestal Base
H-161
CONVEYORS
DSD units may be furnished at both the top and the bottom of the elevator. The top drive incorporates special design features to assure that no lubricant may pass into the elevator to contaminate the material being elevated. In the bottom drive unit other special features prevent entrance of foreign material into lubricant.
DSD units may also be furnished at the top only with a pedestal base or at the bottom only with a thrust head.
The compactness of the DSD requires a minimum of head room providing maximum lift with minimum overall elevator height.
DSD units are sturdily constructed to withstand all radial and thrust loads encountered and to support the entire weight of elevators and materials handled.
Super Screw Elevator Dimensions

Type 1 Type 2
Dia.
Dia.
Lift
Lift
CONVEYORS
Normally Furnished Offset to the Left
Type 1
Size of Elevator 6 9 12 Vert. Shaft Dia. 112 2 2716 2716 3 3 2:1 2:1 2:1 2.06:1 2.06:1 2.06:1 Ratio Ratio 412 618 734 734 734 1058 B B 1012 12 15 15 15 20 C C 16 16 16 18.1 18.1 18.1 D E E 4 4 4 414 414 414 G G 158 158 158 2316 2316 2316 J J 634 634 634 71516 71516 71516 K K 2634 2814 3214 3438 3438 3978 L L 7 10 13 13 13 17 M M 612 612 612 714 714 714 N N 434 434 434 434 434 5 O O 5 718 878 878 878 1118 P P 838 778 878 9 9 912 S S 1178 1278 1538 1512 1512 18 V V 1314 1314 1314 1738 1738 1738 X X Z 112 112 2 2 2 3 Z 112 112 2 2 2 3
Type 2
Size of Elevator 6 9
16
Vert. Shaft Dia. 112 2 2716 2716 3 3
12 16
Dimensions in Inches Horizontal coupling diameter may vary upon length of feeder. Consult Martin before using.
2:1 2:1 2:1 2.06:1 2.06:1 2.06:1
412 618 734 734 734 1058
1012 12 15 15 15 20
434 614 8 8 8 1012
16 16 16 18.1 18.1 18.1
4 4 4 414 414 414
158 158 158 2316 2316 2316
634 634 634 71516 71516 71516
2334 2514 2914 3138 3138 3634
7 10 13 13 13 17
612 612 612 714 714 714
434 434 434 434 434 5
5 718 878 878 878 1118
838 778 878 9 9 912
1178 1278 1538 1512 1512 18
1314 1314 1314 1738 1738 1738
H-162
Modular Plastic Screw

MODULAR PLASTIC SCREW SECTION IX
SECTION IX
Introduction ..........................................................................................................................H-163 Warning and Safety Reminder .............................................................................................H-164 Technical and Design Data...................................................................................................H-165
Another patented Innovation. Well give your customers another reason to give you their business.
Plastic modules consist of a helical ight spiraling once around a hollow square hub.
Martin
Eliminates need to spot or continuously weld metal ights to shaft. Polyurethane - used where impact/abrasive wear is a problem. Lab tests show it up to 3 times more wear resistant than carbon or stainless steel in certain applications. All-plastic material does not corrode, is impervious to acids, caustics and other chemicals.
Durable, lightweight injection-molded modules stack on square tube. Polypropylene - general purpose material for high temperature service. FDA approved for food contact. Highly resistant to corrosion. Modules are individually replaceable without welding or burning.
Assembled conveyor is comparatively lightweight, easier to handle, and bearing life is prolonged. Polyethylene - general purpose material. FDA approved for food contact. Good abrasive and excellent corrosion resistance in a wide temperature range.
Slick surface simplies cleaning.
H-163
CONVEYORS

WARNING & SAFETY REMINDER
Safety must be considered a basic factor in machinery operation at all time. Most accidents are the results of carelessness or negligence. All rotating power transmission products are potentially dangerous and must be guarded by the contractor, installer, purchaser, owner, and user as required by applicable laws, regulations, standards, and good safety practice. Additionally specic information must be obtained from other sources including the latest editions of American Society of Mechanical Engineers; (ANSI) Safety Code. A copy of this standard may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers at 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017 (212-705-7722). It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, purchaser, owner, and user to install, maintain, and operate the parts or components manufactured and supplied by Martin Sprocket & Gear, Inc., in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety Act and with all state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, and the American National Standard Institute Safety Code.
Guards, access doors, and covers must be securley fastened before operating any equipment.
CAUTION
If parts are to be inspected, cleaned, observed, or general maintenance performed, the motor driving the part or components is to be locked out electrically in damage. such a manner that it cannot be started by anyone, however remote from the area. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or property
CONVEYORS
WARNING
Warning: Static Electricity Static Electricity may accumulate on modular plastic conveyor screws which carry non-conductive materials and may produce an electrical spark. Do Not Use to Convey Non-Conductive Materials in a Combustible Environment.
H-164
Modular Plastic Screw Conveyors - Design Data Martin Solutions

to Screw Conveyor Problems
Currently available in 6", 9" and 12" diameters, in right hand only. Assembled conveyors compatible with CEMA standards; easily retrotted. Flight modules available in polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyurethane, each with characteristics to ll specic needs (see Technical Data). Flights and hubs are integrally molded, resulting in consistent diameter, pitch and thickness with a uniform, smooth nish. Plastic modules eliminate metal contamination to food.
The Martin Screw Conveyor System consists of plastic modules stacked on a square metal tube. A shaft is inserted at each tube end and secured by a recessed pin. Modules are secured at tube ends by retainer rings and washers.
Plastic ights may operate at close clearances, or when conveying many materials, directly on the trough without danger of metal contamination. Modules are individually replaceable. Balance is excellent allowing high speed operation.
H-165
CONVEYORS
Assembled conveyor is light in weight, is safe and easy to handle; bearing life is MOUNTED SCREW CONVEYOR prolonged.
Technical & Design Data

Screw Conveyor Capacities
CUBIC FEET PER HOUR PER R.P.M. FULL PITCH HORIZONTAL CONVEYOR LOAD DIAMETER PITCH FULL 45% 30%
Horsepower Ratings
DIA. SHAFT
6" 9" 12" 14" 16"
9" 9" 12" 14" 16"
5.72 2.75 1.72 16.73 7.53 5.02 39.27 17.67 11.78 NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE
6"-9" 6"-9" 12" 12" 14" 14" 16"
1-1/2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 2-7/16" 2-7/16"
RATINGS FOR CARBON STEEL SHAFT AND TUBE 50 R.P. M. 75 R.P.M. 100 R.P.M. 150 R.P.M.
5.6 8.0
3.4 9.1
12.0
8.4
5.1
Maximum Recommended Conveyor Speed / Horizontal Operation / R.P.M.

DIA. SHAFT
NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE
NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE
13.6
16.0
11.2
6.8
10.1 16.8 24.0 27.3
18.2
* Close coupled limitations apply to screw lengths over 12 ft. (for 6" and 9" dia.) or 15 ft. (for 12" dia). For longer lengths or units without intermediate bearing supports, locate end bearing no more than 3-1/8" (for 6" size); 4-5/8" (for 9" size); or 6-1/8" (for 12" size); centers above the inside bottom of the conveyor trough.
6" 9" 9" 12" 12" 14" 14" 16"
1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2-7/16" 2-7/16" 3" 3"
TYPE OF INTERMEDIATE BEARING WOOD, NYLATRON, BRONZE CLOSE COUPLED*
165 90 165 80 150 80 145 70 140 70 NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE
NOTE: The above limitations are based on Martin modular plastic construction throughout. The use of coupling bolts, as required for an external adaptor, may reduce horsepower capacity.
Materials of Construction
POLYETHYLENE POLYPROPYLENE POLYURETHANE
FDA Approved Abrasive Resistance Corrosive Resistance Impact Resistance Temperature Limit Release
Yes Good Excellent Good
Yes Fair Excellent Fair
No Excellent Good Excellent
-60 to +150 F +40 to +220 F -20 to +150 Excellent Good Good
Note: Release pertains to the capability of conveying sticky products. usually 1/8" to 1/4" wide. The ends are capped and tted with an O ring to seal around the shaft. The cap may be of alternate construction as detailed below. Bonded Construction has USDA acceptance for use as a component part of food processing equipment in federally inspected meat and poultry processing plants.
TROUGH END PLATE EXTENDED END CAP RETAINING RING AT FEED END OF EACH CONVEYOR SCREW
Design Data for Bonded Construction

Bonded Construction is used in the handling of a nished food product or for the conveying of any product in which it is necessary to guard against material entering the internal clearances between the modules or into the inside of the square tube.
CONVEYORS
The hubs of the individual modules are heat fused together, the ends of the ights may be fused or may be cut to create a clean out gap,
FLAT END CAP RETAINING RING AT FEED END OF EACH CONVEYOR SCREW
SQUARE METAL TUBE
SQUARE METAL TUBE
PLASTIC MODULE
PLASTIC MODULE SPECIFIED CONVEYOR LENGTH DRIVE ORTAIL SHAFT EXTENSION
4"
SPECIFIED CONVEYOR LENGTH AT MAXIMUMTEMPERATURE
DRIVE,TAIL OR COUPLING SHAFT EXTENSION
AT MAXIMUMTEMPERATURE
H-166
Flat End Caps are the basic construction for conveying nished food products. Drive and Tail End Shafts are shipped factory installed. If used with coupling shafts, the thrust bearing must be at the feed end of the conveyor assembly. Retaining ring may be eliminated in some applications depending upon length and temperature involved.
FLAT END CAPS
Extended End Caps are used in the handling of products which require a total elimination of cracks and crevices on the conveyor screw. This precludes the use of coupling shafts and therefore limits the unit to one conveyor length, a maximum of 20 feet. Retainer rings and shafts are entirely outside the product area. Drive and Tail End Shafts are shipped factory installed.
EXTENDED END CAPS
Shaftless Screw Conveyors
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYORS SECTION X
SECTION X
Typical Applications..............................................................................................................H-170 Feature- Function & Benet .................................................................................................H-170 Warning and Safety Reminder .............................................................................................H-171 Size and Capacity ................................................................................................................H-172
H-167
CONVEYORS
Shaftless Screw Conveyors

Typical Applications
Rendering Poultry Processing Meat Processing Fish Processing Chicken Feathers Whole Carcasses Animal Waste Fish/Animal Bones Pulp & Paper, Gypsum Board, Particle Board Lime Mud Oversized Wood Chips Agriculture Fertilizer Corn Gluten Hogged Bark Shavings
Hospital Waste Processing, Recycle Plants Shredded Cans Bottles Paper Medical Disposables Wine & Beverage Industries Grape Skins Stems Pumice Waste Water Solid Waste Treatment Sludge Grit Screenings Chemical & Heavy Industrial Ash Recycle Batteries
CONVEYORS H-168
Sugar Beets/Cane Processing
Chopped Hay
Fruit Peels
Shredded Tires
Solids Removal
Continuous Flight No Tail Seals or Tail Bearings Cold Formed Flight 3/4-1" Flight
FEATURE
Eliminate Hangers Use Blind End Plate Eliminate Buildup On Pipe High Brinell Long Lasting
FUNCTION
Reduces Maintenance Costs Reduces Maintenance Costs Longer Life Lower Maintenance/ Operation Costs Increases Screw Capacity Increases Uptime
BENEFIT
No Center Pipe Required Side Inlet Feeding
No Vertical Transition Necessary
Allows Higher Trough Loading (45%-95%)
Can Handle Particle Sizes Up To 90% Of Spiral O.D.
Lower Installation Cost Reduces Headroom
Size and Capacity

Type of Steel Capacity Diameter Pitches Trough Options Advantages
B
Carbon Steel High Brinell Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Up to 17,000 CFH 6" to 30" (and Larger) Full, 2/3, 1/2 CEMA Standards UHMW Liners, AR Liners, Rider Bars, Drive End Seals Spanning longer distances without intermediate bearings. Transport sticky products and large lumps.
Specications:
A C
45% Trough Loading

NOM. DIA. A B Dia. Inside C Pitch
CFH* Full Pitch
CFH* 2/3 Pitch
CFH* MAX 1/2 Pitch RPM
95% Trough Loading

NOM. DIA. A Dia. B Inside C Pitch
CFH* Full Pitch
CFH* 2/3 Pitch
CFH* MAX 1/2 Pitch RPM
6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25 31
6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
65 224 307 530 842 1256 1789 2455 4240 8283
43 149 205 353 561 837 1193 1637 2827 5522
33 112 154 265 421 628 895 1228 2120 4142
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25 31
6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
140 472 648 1119 1777 2652 3776 5180 8950 17485
93 315 432 746 1185 1766 2517 3453 5967 11657
70 236 324 560 889 1326 1888 2590 4475 8743
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 CONVEYORS 25
*CFH = Cubic Feet per hour. -**ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.
H-169

7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy (materials or devices that could cause conveyor components to move without power applied) before opening the conveyor 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 13. Do not attempt eld modication of conveyor or components.
however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the ownerassembler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction. There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped.
CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available;
CONVEYORS
One or more warning labels should be visible on conveyor housings, conveyor covers and elevator housings. If the labels attached to the equipment become illegible, please order replacement warning labels from the OEM or CEMA. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audiovisual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. CEMA encourages
H-170
ITEM
DRUM PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-172 H-177 Machined Drum Pulleys - Crowned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-173 Machined Drum Pulleys - Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-173 Standard Duty Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-174 Mine Duty Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-175 Quarry Duty Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-176 Engineering Class Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-177 WING PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-178 H-181 Standard Duty Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-178 Mine Duty Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-179 Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-180 Quarry Duty "AR" Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-181 LAGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182H-183 Lagging - Vulcanized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182 Vulcanized Lagging - Plain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182 Vulcanized Lagging - Herringbone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182 Vulcanized Lagging - Diamond Grooved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182 Lagging - Ceramic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183 MSHA-Mine & Safety Hazard Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183 AR-Abrasive Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183 Ceramic (Cold bond and Vulcanized) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183 Lagging - Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184 Weld On Strip Lagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184 Cold Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184 Molded Urethane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184 SOF (Static Conductive Oil & Fire resistant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184 BUSHINGS FOR CONVEYOR PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-185H-186 MXT Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-185 MHE Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-186 SHAFTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-187 WEAR ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188H-189 Shell Lagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188 Steel Wear Rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188 Wing Lagging For CCI Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188 Lagged Replaceable Contact Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-189 TAKE-UP FRAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-190H-196 Take-Up Frames Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-190 H-191 CTA Top Angle Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-192 CHD Heavy Duty Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-193 CCP Center Pulley Take Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-194 CWS Wide Slot Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-195 TTU Tube Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-196 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197H-198 DSP Dead Shaft Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197 DSP Dead Shaft Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197 DSP Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197 Spiral Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-198 Spiral Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-198 Sprocket Rollers for Engineered Class Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-199 Gudgeon Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-199 Cage Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-199 Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-200 Engineering / Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-201H-202 Belt Conveyor Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-203 HD Pulley Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-204 H-171
CONVEYOR PULLEYS - HEAVY DUTY
Heavy Duty Conveyor Pulleys

PAGE
CONVEYORS
Heavy Duty Conveyor Pulleys

now offers a comprehensive line of conveyor pulleys for your bulk material handling needs. Broadening our offering without compromising quality on: Drum Pulleys Lagged and Plain Wing Pulleys Bushings Shafts Wear Items Take-up Frames Specialty Pulleys
Martin
Seeing is believing The Martin difference

All of Martin's conveyor pulleys meet or exceed CEMA standards for construction. Our pulleys are the heaviest, most durable in the industry.
Conveyor Components Locations and Terminology

TROUGHING IDLER
T IDLE R
1 HEAD/DRIVE PULLEY
Rim Face End Disk
IMPAC
T BED IMPAC
ASSEM
BLY
SNUB PULLEY
PRIMARY BELT CLEANER SECONDARY BELT CLEANER
5 TAIL PULLEY
6 RETURN IDLER
3 TAKE-UP BEND
PULLEY
TAKE-UP BEND PULLEY
Hub & Bushing
DRUM PULLEY
Gusset
CONVEYORS
4 TAKE-UP PULLEY
Contact Bar Wing
1. Head Pulley The pulley at the discharge end of a conveyor belt; may be either an idler or a drive pulley. Usually it has a larger diameter than other pulleys in the system and is often lagged to increase traction and pulley life. 2. Snub Pulley Mounted close to the drive pulley on the return side of the belt, the snub pulley's primary job is to increase the angle of wrap around the Hub drive pulley, thereby increasing traction. Its secondary purpose is reducing belt tension, which is important in maximizing conveyor component life. May be lagged for longer wear life. WING PULLEY 3. Take-Up Bend Pulley The bend pulley is used for changing the direction of the belt running to the gravity take-up. May be lagged for longer wear life. 4. Take-Up Pulley An adjustable idler pulley to accommodate changes in the length of a conveyor belt to maintain proper tension. 5. Tail Pulley A pulley at the tail of the belt conveyor opposite the normal discharge end; may be a drive pulley or an idler pulley. 6. Return Idler The idler or roller on which the conveyor belt rides after the load which it was carrying has been dumped.
Martin Sales and Engineering will work with you to completely solve your belt conveying needs. The following pages will assist you in selecting most of the components for your conveyor. Since there are infinite amounts of conveying possibilities and configurations our sales and engineering staff are prepared to assist you with each of them.
See Page H-200 for Part Nomenclature
H-172
Drum Pulleys
Machined Drum Pulleys Crowned or Flat
Martin's Machined Drum Pulleys are manufactured from thick wall pipe or tubing, then machined on a lathe to form the crown and ensure minimum runout in operation. Our Machined Drum Pulleys are the heaviest in the business, featuring a 3/8" minimum end disc, or 3/4" thick integral hub and end discs, minimum 1/4" rims and 1/4" center plates. Because each pulley has been machined, the pulley is the thickest in the center where the load is the highest. Our Machined Drum Pulleys run more concentric than pulleys made by the "expansion" method. This ensures better belt tracking and less vibration transferred to the bearings.
C B
FEATURES:
4 to 10-3/4" Diameter 3/8" minimum End Disc 1/4" minimum Center Plates Several Hub/Bushing systems available
OPTIONS:
Lagging Shafting Bearing Assemblies Take-Up Systems
Estimated Machined Drum Pulley Weights

Diameter (A) Hub Max Bore Setback (B) 8 14 20 26 Face Width (C) 32 38 44 51 57 63
*Nominal
4 4-1/2* 4-1/2* 5 5 5-1/2* 5-1/2* 6 6 6-1/2* 6-1/2* 8 8 8-1/2* 8-1/2* 10 10 10 10-3/4* 10-3/4* 10-3/4*
XT15 XT15 XT20 XT15 XT20 XT15 XT20 XT20 XT25 XT20 XT25 XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT25 XT30 XT35
1-7/16 1-7/16 1-15/16 1-7/16 1-15/16 1-7/16 1-15/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16
3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8
9 15 16 17 18 19 21 23 26 27 29 36 38 43 45 50 52 58 66 69 75
13 21 22 24 25 26 28 31 34 38 40 47 49 58 60 64 66 72 76 79 85
18 27 28 31 32 33 35 39 42 49 51 58 66 73 75 79 81 87 93 96 101
22 33 34 37 38 41 43 47 50 60 62 70 72 87 89 93 95 101 111 114 120
32 39 40 44 45 48 50 55 58 70 72 81 83 102 104 107 109 115 130 133 139
37 45 46 51 52 56 58 63 66 81 83 92 94 117 119 122 124 130 148 151 157
43 51 52 58 59 63 65 71 74 92 94 104 106 131 133 136 138 144 167 170 176
49 58 59 63 64 72 74 81 84 105 107 117 119 149 151 153 155 161 188 191 197
54 64 65 72 73 79 81 89 92 115 117 128 130 163 165 167 169 175 207 210 216
59 70 71 79 80 87 89 97 100 126 128 140 142 178 180 182 184 190 226 229 235
General position for bushing face for position per application consult engineering.
Consult Factory for dimensional and weight specifications of sizes not shown.
H-173
CONVEYORS
Drum Pulleys
Standard Duty Drum Pulleys
Martin offers Standard Duty Drum Pulleys using a minimum 1/4" rim, 3/8" end discs and 1/4" center discs. Each Standard Drum Pulley features a two piece rolled rim, which has been fabricated on either of our at or custom crowned roll machines. The rims are trimmed and hydraulically seated around the heavy end discs to ensure maximum concentricity. Once the pulley is formed, Martin utilizes a submerged arc weldment to ensure optimum connection of its individual components. Our trademark Standard Duty Pulley is the heaviest off the shelf CEMA grade pulley in the industry. The thicker materials used in our Standard Duty pulleys yield longer life and better resistance to wear and stress that are present in every conveying application.
C B
FEATURES:
12" to 60" Diameter 3/8" minimum End Disc 1/4" minimum Center Plates Several Hub/Bushing systems available
OPTIONS:
Lagging Shafting Bearing Assemblies Take-Up Systems
Estimated Standard Duty Drum Pulley Weights

Face Width (C) Diameter (A) Hub Max Bore Setback (B)
12 12 14 14 16 16 16 18 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36
XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT30 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT40 XT45 XT50 XT40 XT45 XT50
2-15/16 2-15/16 2-15/16 2-15/16 2-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-7/16 2-7/16
2-7/16
3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
81
20
102 121 126 138 141 146 162 167 174 245 252 261 413 422 445 541 550 573 118
84 99
100
26
125 148 153 169 172 177 198 203 210 291 298 307 494 501 526 644 653 676
103 122 145
148 175 180 201 204 209 234 239 246 336 343 352 575 582 607 746 755 778
122 145 172
119
32
171 202 207 232 235 240 270 275 282 382 389 398 656 663 688 849 858 881
141 168 199
138
38
194 229 234 263 266 271 306 318 427 434 443 737 744 769 952 961 984 311
160 191 226
157
44
248 292 297 336 339 344 465 477 605 612 621 824 831 856
207 245 289
204
51
245 291 294 342 345 350 396 399 404 506 518 662 669 678 899 906 931 511
242
57
283 336 339 394 397 402 456 459 464 548 553 560 719 726 735 973 982
280
63
CONVEYORS
470
1061 1070 1093
1155 1164 1187
1005 1249 1258 1281
General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.
H-174
Drum Pulleys
Mine Duty Drum Pulleys
Martin offers Mine Duty Drum Pulleys using a minimum 3/8" rim (up to 20" diameter), 1/2" minimum rim on 24" and larger diameter, 1" minimum end discs and 3/8" center discs. Each Mine Duty Drum Pulley features a two piece rolled rim, which has been fabricated on either of our flat or custom crowned roll machines. The rims are trimmed and hydraulically seated around the heavy end discs to ensure maximum concentricity. Once the pulley is formed, Martin utilizes a double or triple pass submerged arc weldment to ensure optimum connection of its individual components. The Martin Mine Duty Pulley is available in either Flat Face or Crown Face construction.
FEATURES: C B A
10" to 60" Diameter 3/8" thru 1" Rims 1", 1-1/4" and Heavier End Discs 3/8" Center Plates Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available Double Sub-Arc Weldments
Estimated Mine Duty Drum Pulley Weights

Face Width (C) Diameter (A) 12 12 12 14 14 16 16 16 18 18 20 24 20 20 Hub XT25 XT30 XT35 XT30 XT35 XT30 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT35 XT45 XT40 Max Bore 2-15/16 2-15/16 2-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 Setback (B) 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 153 156 161 210 215 255 267 315 377 368 260 308 361 26 179 182 187 242 247 292 304 357 424 415 297 350 408 32 205 208 213 273 278 328 340 399 472 463 333 392 456 38 231 234 239 304 309 364 376 441 519 510 369 434 503 44 261 264 269 340 345 407 419 490 574 565 412 483 558 51 288 291 296 371 376 443 448 455 524 531 622 613 606 57 314 317 322 402 407 479 484 491 566 573 669 660 653 63
30 30 30 36 36 36
24
24
XT40 XT45 XT50 XT50 XT45 XT40
XT45
XT40
857 866 889
613
604
597
954 963 986
687
678
671
1051 1060 1083 1427 1404 1395
761
752
745
1148 1157 1180 1548 1525 1516
836
827
820
1261 1270 1293 1690 1667 1658
922
913
906
1359 1368 1391 1812 1789 1780
997
988
981
1071 1456 1465 1910 1901 1488
1062
1055
1184
1161
1152
1306
1283
1274
1933
H-175
CONVEYORS
Drum Pulleys
Quarry Duty Drum Pulleys
Martin offers Quarry Duty Drum Pulleys using a minimum 1/2" rim, 1-1/4" end discs, and 1/2" center discs, as well as an additional center disc. Each Quarry Duty Drum Pulley features a two piece rolled rim, which has been fabricated on either of our flat or custom crowned roll machines. The rims are trimmed and hydraulically seated around the heavy end discs to ensure maximum concentricity. Once the pulley is formed, Martin utilizes a double or triple pass submerged arc weldment to ensure optimum connection of its individual components. Martin 's Quarry Duty Drum Pulley is available in either Flat Face or Crown Face construction.
C B
FEATURES:
12" to 60" Diameter 1/2" thru 1" Rims 1-1/4" and Heavier End Discs 1/2" Center Plates Full Depth Key Bushings Double Sub-Arc Weldments
Estimated Quarry Duty Drum Pulley Weights

Face Width ( C) Diameter (A) Hub Max Bore Setback (B)
CONVEYORS
12 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36
XT35 XT35 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT40 XT45 XT50 XT40 XT45 XT50
3-7/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16
7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
229
26
353 419 502 662 944 493 653 935 967
285 346 412 486 646
264
32
401 475 565 741 556 732
326 394 468 549 725
298
38
449 530 627 819 618 810 611
367 442 523
332
44
497 585 690 897 681 888
408 490 578 674 881
372
51
553 650 462 988 453 979
456 546 643 746 972
406
57
601 705 816 825
497 594 698 809
441
63
649 760 878 887
538 642 753 871
803
1276
1267 1299
1048 1406
1039 1071 1397 1429
1536
1527 1559
1151
1142 1174
1254 1667
1245 1277 1658 1690
1374 1819
1365 1397 1810 1842
1478 1949
1469 1501 1940 1972
1066
1057
1050
1572 1581 2079 1604 2070 2102
1144
1135
1128
H-176
Drum Pulleys
Engineering Class Drum Pulleys
Martin's Engineering Class Drum Pulleys feature our heaviest construction available. Unlike other manufacturers, whose Engineering Class Pulleys may actually feature material construction lighter than their Mine Duty Pulley, our Engineering Class Pulleys are constructed with materials even more aggressive than the Quarry Duty product. Our Engineering Class Pulleys generally feature extra manufacturing steps such as; machining, balancing, NDT weld tests, magnetic particle tested welds and thermally stress relieving to ensure that our pulley will stand up to the most rugged application. The Martin Engineering Class Drum Pulley can be manufactured in many designs; from rigid end disc bushed construction to turbine end disc with keyless compression hubs. The Martin Engineering Class Pulley is typically used in extremely high tension applications where performance is critical. Steel cable and high modulus fabric belt conveyors are perfect applications for the Martin Engineering Class Pulley.
Engineering Class Pulley with FEA Mesh
FEATURES:
Available in Any Diameter End Disc Prole is Engineered per Application Several Shaft Locking Mechanism Systems Available Balancing, Stress Relieving, Weld Testing & Additional Operations are Available.
Turbine End Disc Drum assembly with keyless locking device. Ceramic Lagging.
OPTIONS:
Vulcanized Lagging Shafting Bearing Assemblies Take-Up Frames
Engineering Drum Pulley assembly with keyless locking device. Ceramic Lagging.
Call Martin for fast turn around times on Made-To-Order Engineering Pulleys!
H-177
CONVEYORS
Wing Pulleys
Standard Duty Wing Pulleys
Martins Standard Duty Wing Pulleys are constructed from extremely heavy materials and are recognized in the industry as the most aggressive CEMA grade stock pulley on the shelf. All Martin wing pulleys utilize the unique end-pipe design, which offers ultimate protection against wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our minimum 3/8" thick contact bar yields additional life in abrasive applications where our competitors thinner bar does not. Additionally, our " thick wing offers greater structural support in aggressive applications.
FEATURES:
Available in 6" thru 60" Diameter
C B
A A
Minimum 3/8" x 1-1/4" Contact Bars Minimum 1/4" Thick Wings Minimum 10 ga. Gussets Features Unique Martin End Pipe Design - Better Protection Against Wing Folding
A SECTION A-A
- Better Protection Against Hub-Weld Fatigue Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available
Estimated Standard Duty Wing Pulley Weights

Face Width (C) Diameter (A)* Hub Max Bore Setback (B) 20 26 32 38 44 51 57 63
CONVEYORS
12 12 14 14 16 16 16 18 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36
XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT30 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT40 XT45 XT50 XT40 XT45 XT50
2-7/16 2-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16
3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
105 111 120 126 136 142 153 183 189 201 203 212 226 254 268 286 310 328 373 401 419 464
130 136 147 153 168 174 186 230 236 248 250 262 276 314 328 346 374 392 437 493 511 556
154 160 175 181 201 207 218 277 283 294 300 311 326 373 387 405 438 456 501 584 602 647
179 185 203 209 233 239 250 323 329 341 350 361 376 432 447 465 503 521 566 676 694 739
203 209 230 236 265 272 283 370 376 388 400 411 425 492 506 524 567 585 630 767 785 830
232 238 263 269 303 309 320 425 431 442 458 470 484 561 575 593 642 660 705 874 892 937
256 262 290 296 336 342 353 471 477 489 508 519 534 621 635 653 706 724 769 966 984 1029
281 287 318 324 368 374 385 518 524 536 558 569 584 680 694 712 771 789 834 1057 1075 1120
* Nominal General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.
H-178
Wing Pulleys
Mine Duty Wing Pulleys
Martin s Mine Duty Wing Pulleys are constructed from extremely heavy materials and are recognized in the industry as the most aggressive Mine Duty stock pulley on the shelf. All Martin wing pulleys utilize the unique end-pipe design, which offers ultimate protection against wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our minimum 5/8" thick contact bar yields additional life in abrasive applications where our competitors thinner bar does not. Additionally, our 3/8" thick wing and 1/4" gussets offer greater structural support in aggressive applications.
FEATURES:
Available in 8" thru 60" Diameter Minimum 5/8" x 1-1/2" Contact Bars
C B
A
Minimum 3/8" Thick Wings
Minimum 1/4" Gussets Features Unique Martin End Pipe design - Better Protection Against Wing Folding
A SECTION A-A
- Better Protection Against Hub-Weld Fatigue Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available
Estimated Mine Duty Wing Pulley Weights

Face Width (C) Diameter (A)* Hub Max Bore Setback (B) 26 32 38 44 51 57 63
12 12 12 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36
XT25 XT30 XT35 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT40 XT45 XT50 XT40 XT45 XT50
2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16
3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 1 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
193 199 211 221 228 239 255 261 272 287 345 359 384 398 416 462 476 494 522 540 585 699 717 762
232 239 250 266 272 284 307 313 325 339 414 428 462 476 494 556 570 588 620 638 683 838 856 901
272 278 289 311 317 329 360 366 377 392 483 498 540 554 572 649 664 682 718 736 781 977 995 1040
311 317 329 356 362 373 412 418 430 444 553 567 618 632 650 743 757 775 816 834 879 1116 1134 1179
356 363 374 408 414 426 473 479 491 505 633 647 709 723 741 852 867 885 931 949 994 1279 1297 1342
396 402 413 453 459 470 526 532 543 558 702 717 787 802 820 946 960 978 1029 1047 1092 1418 1436 1481
435 441 453 497 507 515 578 584 596 610 772 786 865 880 898 1040 1054 1072 1127 1145 1190 1557 1575 1620
H-179
CONVEYORS
Wing Pulleys
Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys
Martins Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys are constructed from extremely heavy materials and are recognized in the industry as the most aggressive wing pulley in the business. All Martin wing pulleys utilize the unique end-pipe design, which offers ultimate protection against wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our minimum 3/4" thick contact bar yields additional life in abrasive applications where our competitors thinner bar does not. Additionally, our 3/8" thick wing and 5/16" gussets offer higher structural support in aggressive applications. All Martin Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys utilize full depth keyed bushings which offer maximum clamping force on the shaft and minimize pulley walking. The Quarry Duty Wing Pulley has changed the industry and has spawned many knock-offs, but none have been able to reproduce the original! For the most aggressive applications, specify the best, specify the Martin Quarry Duty Wing Pulley!
FEATURES:
C B A A
Available in 10" thru 60" Diameter Minimum 3/4" x 2" Contact Bars Minimum 3/8" Thick Wings Minimum 5/16" Gussets Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available Features Unique Martin End Pipe Design
A SECTION A-A CONVEYORS
- Better Protection Against Wing Folding - Better Protection Against Hub-Weld Fatigue Features Full Depth Keyed Bushings for Higher Clamping to Shaft
Estimated Quarry Duty Wing Pulley Weights

12 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36
3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16
7/8 7/8 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 1 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
229 285 346 353 412 419 486 493 502 646 653 662 935 944 967 1267 1276 1299
264 326 394 401 468 475 549 556 565 725 732 741 1039 1048 1071 1397 1406 1429
298 367 442 449 523 530 611 618 627 803 810 819 1142 1151 1174 1527 1536 1559
332 408 490 497 578 585 674 681 690 881 888 897 1245 1254 1277 1658 1667 1690
372 456 546 553 643 650 746 753 762 972 979 988 1365 1374 1397 1810 1819 1842
406 497 594 601 698 705 809 816 825 1050 1057 1066 1469 1478 1501 1940 1949 1972
441 538 642 649 753 760 871 878 887 1128 1135 1144 1572 1581 1604 2070 2079 2102
H-180
Wing Pulleys
Quarry Duty "AR" Wing Pulleys
Martin Quarry Duty AR (abrasive resistant) Wing Pulleys are constructed with AR400 3/4" x 2" heavy contact bars and are recognized in the industry as a true problem solving pulley. All Martin Quarry Duty AR Wing Pulleys utilize the unique end-pipe design, which offers ultimate protection against wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our 3/4" AR400 contact bar yields maximum life in super abrasive applications where our competitors thinner A36 mild steel bar does not. Additionally, our 1/2" thick wing and 5/16" gussets offer higher structural support in aggressive applications. All Martin Quarry Duty AR Wing Pulleys utilize full depth keyed bushings which offer maximum clamping force on the shaft and minimize pulley walking. The Quarry Duty AR wing pulley has changed the industry and solved the problem of premature bar wear plaguing users in some of the most aggressive applications.
FEATURES:
C B A A
Available in 10" thru 60" Diameter Minimum 3/4" x 2" Contact Bars AR400 Abrasive Resistant Steel Minimum 1/2" Thick Wings Minimum 5/16" Gussets Features Unique Martin End Pipe Design - Better Protection Against Wing Folding
A SECTION A-A
- Better Protection Against Hub-Weld Fatigue
Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available
Estimated Quarry Duty "AR" Wing Pulley Weights

12 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36
3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16
7/8 7/8 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 1 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
271 335 362 376 462 476 512 526 544 613 627 645 711 729 774 920 938 983
324 402 434 449 558 572 619 634 652 741 756 774 853 871 916 1109 1127 1172
377 470 507 521 654 668 727 741 759 870 884 902 995 1013 1058 1299 1317 1362
430 538 580 594 750 764 834 848 866 998 1012 1030 1137 1155 1200 1489 1507 1552
492 617 665 679 862 876 960 974 992 1148 1162 1180 1303 1321 1366 1710 1728 1773
545 685 738 752 958 972 1067 1081 1099 1277 1291 1309 1444 1462 1507 1900 1918 1963
597 752 810 825 1054 1068 1175 1189 1207 1405 1419 1437 1586 1604 1649 2089 2107 2152
H-181
CONVEYORS
Features Full Depth Keyed Bushings for Higher Clamping to Shaft
Lagging - Vulcanized
VRL
Nomenclature
Herringbone Lagging
Vulcanized Rubber Lagging
HBL
Diamond Grooved Lagging
DGL
In any conveying application, conveyor belt slippage can be a problem. There are basically three different factors that can cause slippage between a conveyor belt and a drive pulley. 1. The coefcient of friction might be too low. 2. The wrap angle of the belt on the conveyor pulley might be too small. 3. The tension on the belt might be too low. The most cost efficient way to reduce the risk of slippage is to install the right type of pulley lagging on the drive pulley. The use of lagging on the conveyor pulley performs two functions: 1. Its primary function is to aid in gripping the conveyor belt, thus helping transmit torque from the drive to the pulley in order to carry the load on the conveyor belt. 2. Lagging also prolongs the wear life of the pulley.
Vulcanized lagging is a rubber compound that has been cured in an autoclave, which typically results in a 60-70 durometer material. After curing, the lagging can be grooved and/or machined. Martin offers vulcanized rubber lagging on all of our drum pulleys. We apply rubber directly to the face of our pulleys by extrusion. Our lagging department has perfected the process and can apply rubber in any thickness to any diameter core pulley ranging from 4" to 72". We extrude rubber in the specied thickness, wrap the uncured rubber pulley in Teon impregnated curing tape and bake the pulley in one of our large diameter autoclaves under high pressure at a very high temperature for a set period of time until the rubber is fully cured. We offer several grooving patterns in the cured rubber, but among the most popular are Herringbone and Diamond Groove. The standard hardness for pulley lagging ranges from 60-70, but other durometers are available upon request.
Vulcanized Lagging - Plain

Plain vulcanized lagging is suitable for any pulley in the conveyor system where watershed is not necessary. It provides additional protection against belt wear and increases the life of the pulley.
CONVEYORS H-182
Vulcanized Lagging - Herringbone

Herringbone Grooved Lagging offers superior tractive properties and is desired on all drive pulley applications. Each groove offers a path for water and other liquids to escape between the pulley face and the conveyor belt. Herringbone grooved pulleys are directional and should be applied to the conveyor in a manner in which the grooves point toward the direction of belt travel.
Vulcanized Lagging - Diamond Grooved

Diamond Grooved Lagging also offers superior tractive properties and should be specied on all reversing conveyor applications.
Teon is a Registered Trademark of the E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its afliates.
Lagging - Ceramic
MSHA- Mine & Safety Hazard Approved
Mine & Safety Hazard Approved Lagging (MSHA) should be used in all underground coal mining applications and any application where re safety is imperative. Martins MSHA lagging compound has been approved by the United States Federal Government to apply on all pulleys in mining applications where re safety is required. The MSHA compound is clearly labeled on each pulley and stamped with our government ID in several places on each pulley. Minimum required thickness for MSHA lagging is 1/2". The MSHA compound can be shipped as plain, herringbone or diamond grooved
AR- Abrasive Resistant

Abrasive Resistant Lagging is a very popular compound in the most rugged applications where protection against highly abrasive conveyed materials is required. Martins AR (abrasive resistant) compound was developed with the engineering support and technical experience of chemists from the tire industry. The AR compound mimics the substance used in the tires of the giant quarry loaders where resistance to puncture, wear and chunking has been essential. Our suppliers have learned through the years that the same technology can be applied to our rubber lagging compounds. For maximum protection against premature lagging failure, specify Martins AR Lagging!
Ceramic (Cold bond and Vulcanized)
Vulcanized Ceramic Lagging by Martin has proven to be the best in the industry. Martin has worked closely with independent testing labs to study adhesion strengths of several bonding methods. Our studies found that the Martin VC Lagg yield an 83% higher bonding strength than conventional cold bonding methods for ceramic lagging compounds.
H-183
CONVEYORS
Lagging - Other
Weld On Strip Lagging
Weld on Strip Lagging is available from Martins stock and is easily installed on drum pulleys either in our facilities or in the eld. We stock 72" long strips with retainers in diameters from 10" to 48". Not only do we have standard 60 durometer SBR available, but we can provide special compounds like; 40 durometer rubber, EPDM and SOF (Static Conductive Oil & Fire resistant).
Cold Bond
Cold Bond Lagging is another product available from Martin. We stock full rolls of pre-cured rubber suitable for installation directly to the face of the pulley. Our Cold Bond rubber is available in plain or diamond grooved pattern. This product is typically used when pulleys on the conveyor must be re-lagged while still in operation, and can reduce the change-out time required to install a complete new assembly. Simply tell us the diameter and face width of the pulley on which you would like to install our Cold Bond Lagging, and we will generate a quote for a Cold Bond Kit which will include all necessary materials required to lag the subject pulley.
Molded Urethane
CONVEYORS H-184
Molded Urethane Lagging is yet another product offered by Martin which will protect pulleys from extreme abrasion. Our Urethane lagging is actually poured in a liquid state into a fabricated form, which encases the pulley. Once the urethane is cured and hardened, we machine the outside diameter to a concentric OD. We can additionally alter the urethane lagging to either a herringbone or diamond grooved pattern.
SOF (Static Conductive Oil & Fire resistant)

SOF (Static Conductive/Oil Resistant/Flame Resistant): Static Conductive, Oil Resistant, and Flame Resistant properties are combined to reduce the risk of explosion, and re or oil related lagging failures. The static reducing qualities allow the accumulation of static to dissipate through the lagging to ground (in a grounded system). Oil resistance is appropriate for moderately oily conditions involving hydrocarbons, fats, oils, greases, hydraulic uids, solvents, and other moderate chemicals. The self extinguishing characteristics of SOF make it ideal for use in grain and fertilizer applications.
Conveyor Bushings
L B
QD Short Bushings & Taper Bushings also Available.

Please See General Catalog, Section B For More Information.
OD BC
Martin's MXT & CXT Bushings are available from stock to t all popular pulley sizes. Martin stocks both MXT & CXT Bushings in a wide range of bore sizes per hub. Both the MXT & CXT Bushing offers a 2" per foot taper, which reduces end disc pre-stressing, as well as increasing clamping force. All bushings size 50 and larger feature full depth keys.
MXT/ CXT Bushing Dimensions

Part Number Cast / Steel Ductile Max. Bore (In.) Dimensions Cap Screws Length thru Flange Flange Bolt No. Size Bore (L) Width (B) O.D. (OD) Circle (BC) Wt. Lbs. (Approx) Standard Stock Bores Stock Bore (Inches) Keyway* Wrench Torque (Ft./Lbs.)
MXT15
CXT15
1-1/2
1-1/8
3/8
2-7/8
2-7/16
1/4 x 1
0.7
MXT20
CXT20
1-13/32
15/32
3-3/4
3-3/16
5/16 x 1-1/4
1.5
MXT25
CXT25
2-1/2
1-7/8
5/8
4-7/16
3-3/4
3/8 x 1-3/4
2.6
MXT30
CXT30
2-1/16
11/16
5-5/16
4-9/16
7/16 x 1-1/2
4.2
MXT35
CXT35
3-1/2 2-15/32
25/32
6-5/16
5-7/16
1/2 x 1-3/4
7.4
MXT40
CXT40
2-13/16
7/8
7-1/8
6-1/8
9/16 x 2
10.5
MXT45 MXT50 MXT60 MXT70 MXT80
CXT45 CXT50 CXT60 CXT70 CXT80
4-1/2 5 6 7 8 10 12
3-5/16 3-3/4 4-1/8 4-11/16 5-1/8 6-3/16 7-1/16
15/16 1
8 10-1/8
6-7/8 8-5/16 9-7/8
4 4 4
5/8 x 2-1/4 3/4 x 2-1/2 7/8 x 2-1/2 1x 3 1-1/8 x 3-1/2 1-1/8 x 3-1/2 1-1/8 x 3-1/2
14.8 27.8 42.8 66.3 85.7 146.0 216.0
1-1/8 11-15/16
1-5/16 13-15/16 11-9/16 4 1-3/8 15-5/8 12-7/8 4
MXT100 CXT100 MXT120 CXT120
1-9/16 17-15/16 15-9/16 6 1-3/4 20-5/8 18-3/16 8
* Keystock provided for non-standard keyways.
5/8, 3/4, 7/8 1, 1-1/8, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1-7/16, 1-1/2 3/4 1, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16 1-15/16, 2 1, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16 1-15/16, 2, 2-3/16 2-7/16 1-7/16, 1-1/2 1-15/16, 2-3/16 2-7/16, 2-11/16 2-15/16 1-15/16, 2-3/16 2-7/16, 2-11/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-15/16, 4-7/16 4-15/16 5-7/16, 5-1/2 5-15/16, 6 6-7/16, 6-1/2 6-15/16, 7 7-1/2 7-15/16, 8 8-1/2, 9 9-7/16, 9-1/2, 10 10-1/2, 11 11-1/2, 12
3/16 x 3/32 1/4 x 1/8 3/8 x 1/8* 3/16 x 3/32 1/4 x 1/8 3/8 x 3/16 1/2 x 3/16* 1/4 x 1/8 3/8 x 3/16 1/2 x 1/4 5/8 x 1/8* 3/8 x 3/16 1/2 x 1/4 5/8 x 5/16 3/4 x 3/16* 1/2 x 1/4 5/8 x 5/16 3/4 x 3/8 7/8 x 5/16* 5/8 x 5/16 3/4 x 3/8 7/8 x 7/16 1 x 3/8* 7/8 x 7/16 1 x 1/2 1 x 3/8* 1 x 1/2 1-1/4 x 5/8 1-1/4 x 5/8 1-1/2 x 3/4 1-1/2 x 3/4 1-3/4 x 3/4 1-3/4 x 3/4 2 x 3/4 2 x 3/4 2-1/2 x 7/8 2-1/2 x 7/8 3x1
17
29
46
70
100
140 250 400 600 750 750 750
H-185
CONVEYORS
Conveyor Bushings
L
OD
QD Short Bushings & Taper Bushings also Available.

Please See General Catalog, Section B For More Information.
BC
Martin's MHE Bushings are available from stock to t all popular pulley sizes. Martin stocks MHE Bushings in a wide range of bore sizes per hub. The MHE Bushing offers a 3" per foot taper, which reduces end disc pre-stressing, as well as increasing clamping force.
MHE Bushing Dimensions

Part Number Max. Bore (In.) Dimensions Cap Screws Length Flange Flange O.D. Bolt No. thru Bore Width Size (OD) Circle (BC) Bolts (L) (B) Wt. Lbs. (Approx) Standard Stock Bores Stock Bore Keyway* Wrench Torque (Ft./Lbs.)
MHE25 2-1/2
2-1/4
3/4
4-5/8
3-15/16
3/8 x 1-1/2
MHE30
2-3/4
7/8
5-5/8
4-11/16
1/2 x 1-3/4
MHE35 3-1/2
7/8
6-5/8
5-9/16
9/16 x 2
MHE40
3-1/2
7-1/2
6-5/16
5/8 x 2-1/2
13
MHE45 4-1/2
1-1/4
8-3/4
7-5/16
5/8 x 2-1/2
22
MHE50
4-1/2 1-1/2
9-5/8
3/4 x 3
40
MHE60
5-1/4 1-3/4
11-1/8
9-1/4
7/8 x 3-1/2
50
1, 1-1/8, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1-5/16, 1-3/8 1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16, 1-3/4 1-13/16, 1-7/8, 1-15/16, 2, 2-1/8, 2-3/16, 2-1/4 2-5/16, 2-3/8, 2-7/16, 2-1/2 1-3/8 1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16, 1-3/4 1-15/16, 2, 2-3/16 2-7/16, 2-1/2, 2-9/16, 2-11/16, 2-3/4 2-13/16, 2-7/8, 2-15/16, 3 1-3/16 1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16, 1-3/4 1-15/16, 2, 2-3/16, 2-1/4 2-3/8, 2-7/16, 2-1/2, 2-11/16, 2-3/4 2-7/8, 2-15/16, 3, 3-3/16 3-3/8, 3-7/16, 3-1/2 1-15/16, 2-3/16 2-7/16, 2-1/2, 2-11/16 2-15/16, 3-3/16 3-7/16, 3-11/16 3-7/8, 3-15/16, 4 1-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16, 3-1/2 3-15/16 4-3/16, 4-7/16, 4-1/2 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16, 4-7/16 4-15/16, 5 3-15/16, 4-1/4, 4-7/16 4-15/16, 5-7/16, 5-1/2 5-15/16, 6
H-186
* Keystock provided for non-standard keyways.
1/4 X 1/8 5/16 X 5/32 3/8 X 3/16 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 3/16 5/16 X 5/32 3/8 X 3/16 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 5/16 3/4 X 1/8 1/4 X 1/2 3/8 X 3/16 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 5/16 3/4 X 3/8 7/8 X 3/16 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 5/16 3/4 X 3/8 7/8 X 7/16 1 X 1/4 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 5/16 3/4 X 3/8 7/8 X 7/16 1 X 1/2 1 X 1/4 3/4 X 3/8 7/8 X 7/16 1 X 1/2 1-1/4 X 1/4 1 X 1/2 1-1/4 X 5/8 1-1/2 X 1/4
30
CONVEYORS
60
90
140
140
200
350
Shafting
Martin offers a wide variety of solutions for your shafting needs. We offer a number of materials from cold nish " diameter to hot roll material in excess of 15" diameter. Stock shafting material is available in several grades including 1144, 1045, 4140 and stainless steel. Our machining capabilities are virtually unlimited featuring CNC lathes, as well as engine lathes, vertical milling machines, horizontal milling machines and more to modify every shaft exactly to your specications for your unique application. Diameters shown in table are standard sizes recommended for general use. Standard bushings, bearings, couplings, pulleys, sheaves, clutches, backstops, and other conveyor items are commonly found in these diameters. Shaft Keyseats Shaft keyseats are commonly used beneath pulley bushings and with a drive. Pulley keyseats for standard pulleys start 1/2" inside the face and are keyed through the bushing. Location of drive keyseats are standard and the size is determined by the shaft diameter. Additional keyseats or non-standard sizes can be manufactured per request. Shaft Turn Downs (Stepped Shafts) For larger shafting it is common to turn the shaft down for a more economical selection of bearings and drives. The turndown is generally less than 25% of the original diameter and the two different diameters should be joined with a generous and smooth fillet to reduce stress concentrations. Conveyor Shafting should be selected to keep deflection to a minimum and maintain the integrity of the pulley assembly core. Call your Martin representative to properly select the shaft for your pulley and conveying needs.
Standard Shaft Diameters
*Tolerances for shang diameters are as follows: Plus Minus
15/16 1-3/16 1-7/16 1-11/16 1-15/16 2-3/16 2-7/16 2-11/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 5-7/16 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2
Over 1 1/2" to 2 1/2" Over 2 1/2" to 4" Over 4" to 6" Over 6" to 8" Over 8" to 9" Over 9"
Up to 1 1/2"
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000
0.002 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008
0.003
* Special tolerances available upon request.
Overall Shaft Length Drive Side Extension
KS2
KS1
Bearing Centers
Major Shaft Diameter Shaft Diameter at Hub Shaft Diameter at Bearing Shaft Diameter at KS1
Keyseat 1 Keyseat 2
x x
x x
Direction of Rotation From Drive End Thickness Lagging Type
Shaft Diameter at KS2
H-187
CONVEYORS
Wear Items
Shell Lagging
Shell Lagging is one product offered by Martin that allows our customers to Relag drum pulleys while they are still on the conveyor. Our eld installable shell lagging kits are available in 3 piece, 4 piece and 5 piece construction depending upon the diameter of the core pulley to which the shells will be applied. Each shell is available in either at construction or crowned construction.
Pulley Diameter # Shells
12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 5
Wear Rims
The Martin Steel Wear Rims are an additional item offered by Martin that allows the pulley to be patched while it is on the conveyor. Each rim is available in a 2 piece shell in ", 5/16", 3/8" or " thick material.
CONVEYORS
Wing Lagging
Martin Wing Lagging is designed to slide over the Martin wing pulley contact bars and is available in sizes suitable for all duties of our wing pulleys. Wing lagging is an excellent method of extending life on wing pulleys contact bars where belt abrasion typically causes premature wear. The Martin Wing Lagging product is easily installed either in the shop or in the eld and can be supplied in either 72" long strips for your inventory, or in cut to length sizes for immediate installation.
Lagged Replacement Contact Bars

The Martin Replacement contact bars are intended for use on all manufacturers wing pulleys and are eld installable as well as shop installable. This product features vulcanized lagging on atbars which have " x 1" clips on the bottom side designed to slide over the vertical wing ights on wing pulleys that have worn contact bars. It is imperative that the specic wing ight thickness be specied at the time of order so that our fabrication team can space the clips properly to slip over the existing wings.
T W FW
Must be approved by customer: FW ____________________________ W ____________________________ T ______________________________ A ____________________________ L ______________________________
H-188
Wear Items
Frequently Asked Questions
Once Again, Martin has the answer when it comes to offering a solution to eld replacements on conveyor pulleys; Steel Wear Rims, Shell Lagging, Wing Lagging and Lagged Replacement Bars. There are many applications that require a simple x in the eld while the pulley is still on the conveyor structure. The Martin Wear Item line up addresses these types of situations. We offer replacement parts for both drum pulleys and wing pulleys; each intended for installation on an existing pulley in the eld. Some common questions to address regarding the Martin Wear Parts are: Q: When does it make sense to install the Martin Shell Lagging on a drum pulley? A: If the conveyor belt has worn through the rubber lagging on a pulley but not had time to wear into the drum pulley shell, the Martin Shell Lagging may be a good solution. Q: Can I install the Martin Shell Lagging on new pulleys? A: Yes, however we need to know the outside diameter and face width of the drum pulley on which it will be installed. We typically manufacture the Steel Wear Rims in 2 halves which need to be clamped to the core pulley. Each half-shell is trimmed " short of the core face so that there is room to run a weld to fasten the Wear Rim to the pulley. It is also important that the core is clean and free of debris prior to installation for maximum operating performance. lagging be used in drive pulley applications where tensions are extreme. The Martin Shell Lagging is primarily intended for eld installation as a means of avoiding down time caused by belt slippage from worn lagging. Q: Does the Martin Wing Lagging t on all manufacturers wings pulleys? A: No, the Martin Wing Lagging product is intended for application on atbar of dimensions equal to what is supplied on the Martin Wing Pulley. Martin Wear Rims, Shell Lagging, Wing Lagging and Q: Does the Martin Wing Lagging Require any tools to install? A: Yes, but very few. (Dead Blow Hammer & a Welder) Each wing lagging strip is installed by gently pounding it over the existing contact bar on each individual wing. Once the wing has been rotated on the conveyor to a point where the inside wings are exposed; then the cut-to-length strips are positioned and pounded on with a Martin dead-blow hammer. The product will Replacement Lagged Contact bars are intended for wear and tractive properties only, and NOT intended for structural enhancement of the underlying conveyor pulley. ** MANUFACTURERS NOTE ** Q: Do the Martin Steel Wear Rims t on all manufacturers pulleys? Q: Do the Martin Lagged Replacement Contact Bars t all manufacturers wing pulleys? A: Yes they will. However, it is imperative that the wing ight thickness be submitted to our factory prior to manufacturing the replacement bars. Most pulley manufacturers utilize different thickness materials on their wing ights and in order to ensure a tight t of our bar onto the wing, we must know that dimension. Please ask one of our Martin factory representatives for a Lagged Replaceable Contact Bar sheet. essentially self-seat itself when it hits the crown of the pulley, but should be driven on the balance of the distance across the face of the pulley. Once the Lagged Wing is properly positioned, a stitch weld should be placed along the bottom side of the bar, while watching for delamination of lagging from too much heat.
H-189
CONVEYORS
A: Absolutely! However it is not recommended that the shell
Take-Up Frames Cross Reference

A properly designed belt conveyor will require the use of a take-up device. This device will take up the stretch in the conveyor belt and keep proper tension at the drive pulley to reduce slippage. A dynamic type, like a gravity take-up, is generally preferred but not always practical due to space or cost. Martin Screw Take-Up Frames are a good solution for these applications. Martin offers several types of frames that accommodate most bearings, mounting positions, and travel. Martin Take-Up Frames are available in stock or made-to-order for all of your mechanical take-up needs.
Martin's Take-Up Frames are fabricated from steel, offering superior strength and durability in the most rugged conditions. Available in Top Angle, Heavy Duty, Center Pull, Wide Slot, Tube Take-Up & Light Duty Accommodate bearing shafts sizes from 1" to 5-15/16" Available in standard travel lengths from 9" to 60" Stainless Steel, ACME thread & MTO lengths available Suitable for most manufacturers housing styles including center pull wide slot, pillow block and top angle protected screw
CROSS REFERENCE Top Angle Take-Up Frames (CTA)

Martin Dodge Precision
CTA10 CTA20 CTA30 CTA40 CTA50 CTA60
TP10 TP20 TP30 TP40 TP50 TP60
PTA200 PTA203 PTA208 PTA300 PTA308 PTA400
CONVEYORS
Heavy Duty Take-Up Frames (CHD)

Martin Dodge Precision Linkbelt Browning SKF
CHD200 HD200 CHD250 HD250 CHD300 HD300 CHD350 HD350 CHD400 HD400 CHD500 HD500
PHD200 PHD250 PHD300 PHD350 PHD400 PHD500
LHD20
T2000 A/B/C
TFT01 TFT03, TFT43 TFT04/5, TFT34/44 TFT06, TFT46 TFT37 TFT38, TFT48
LHD25 T2000 D/E LHD30 T2000 F/G LHD35 LHD40 T2000 H/J T2000 K
LHD50 T2000 M/N
H-190
Take-Up Frames
Center Pulley Take-Up Frames (CCP)
Martin Dodge Precision Rexnord Browning
CCP308 CCP400 CCP408 CCP502 CCP515 CCP613 CCP810
CP308 CP400 CP408 CP502 CP515 CP613 CP810
PCP108 PCP200 PCP203 PCP208 PCP300 PCP308 PCP400
ZHT6 ZHT7 ZHT7 ZHT8 ZHT9 ZHT10 ZHT11
T1000D T1000EL T1000EH T1000F T1000GL,GH T1000JL,JH T1000K
Wide Slot Take-Up Frames (CWS)

Martin Dodge Precision
CWS300 CWS308 CWS400 CWS502 CWS515 CWS608
WS300 WS308 WS400 WS502 WS515 WS608
PWS100 PWS108 PWS200 PWS208 PWS300 PWS308
Tube Take-Up Frames (TTU)

Martin Precision Bryant Link-Belt
TTU10 TTU25 TTU30 TTU35 TTU40 TTU50
PST100 PST200 PST208 PST208HD PST300 PST308
100 250 300 350 400 500
100 250 300 400 -
H-191
CONVEYORS
Take-Up Frames
H T(Travel) BC K C L U 2b J W
Top Angle Take-Up Frames (CTA)

Frame Size Nominal Travel (T) Part Number Weight BC C H J K L U 2b W
12 CTA10 18 24 12 CTA20 18 24 12 18 24 CTA30 30 36
CTA10-12 CTA10-18 CTA10-24 CTA20-12 CTA20-18 CTA20-24 CTA30-12 CTA30-18 CTA30-24 CTA30-30 CTA30-36 CTA30-48 CTA40-12 CTA40-18 CTA40-24 CTA40-30 CTA40-36 CTA40-48 CTA50-12 CTA50-18 CTA50-24 CTA50-30 CTA50-36 CTA50-40 CTA60-12 CTA60-18 CTA60-24 CTA60-30 CTA60-36 CTA60-48
32 36 40 34 39 43 50 58 66 4 3/8 74 82 97 56 63 70 4-15/16 77 84 98 68 76 84 5-7/16 92 100 116 96 106 116 7 126 136 156 4-3/16 3-15/16
26-1/2 32-1/2 38-1/2 27-1/2 33-1/2 39-1/2 28-1/2 34-1/2 40-1/2 10-1/8 46-1/2 52-1/2 64-1/2 30-1/2 36-1/2 42-1/2 11-1/16 48-1/2 54-1/2 66-1/2 32 38 44 12-1/2 50 56 68 36 42 48 14-1/4 54 60 72 11-3/32 4-1/2 9-1/4 4 8-3/32 3-1/2 7-1/4 3-1/2 9-1/8 6-3/4 3 8-1/2 6-9/32 3
28-1/2 34-1/2 40-1/2 29-1/2 35-1/2 41-1/2 30-1/2 36-1/2 42-1/2 3/4 48-1/2 54-1/2 66-1/2 32-1/2 38-1/2 44-1/2 3/4 50-1/2 56-1/2 68-1/2 34-1/2 40-1/2 46-1/2 3/4 52-1/2 58-1/2 70-1/2 38-1/2 44-1/2 50-1/2 3/4 56-1/2 62-1/2 74-1/2 2-1/2 5-1/2 2 4-1/2 2 4-1/2 4 3/4 3-1/2 3/4 3-1/2
CONVEYORS
CTA40 CTA50 CTA60
48 12 18 24 30 36 48 12 18 24 30 36 48 12 18 24 30 36 48
MTO Frames available upon request.

H-192
Take-Up Frames
A T(Travel) A K D
H C B L E F J W
Heavy Duty Take-Up Frames (CHD)

Frame Size Nominal Travel (T) Part Number Weight A B C D E Drilled To Order Drilled To Order F H J K L W
CHD200
CHD250
CHD300
CHD350
CHD400
CHD500
12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 12 18 24 30 36 42 48
CHD200-12 CHD200-18 CHD200-24 CHD200-30 CHD200-36 CHD250-12 CHD250-18 CHD250-24 CHD250-30 CHD250-36 CHD300-12 CHD300-18 CHD300-24 CHD300-30 CHD300-36 CHD300-42 CHD300-48 CHD350-12 CHD350-18 CHD350-24 CHD350-30 CHD350-36 CHD350-42 CHD350-48 CHD400-12 CHD400-18 CHD400-24 CHD400-30 CHD400-36 CHD400-42 CHD400-48 CHD500-12 CHD500-18 CHD500-24 CHD500-30 CHD500-36 CHD500-42 CHD500-48
50 53 56 60 64 84 89 95 100 106 140 147 155 165 175 186 196 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 179 189 199 209 219 230 240 305 322 340 355 370 386 401
8-1/2
10-3/8
11-3/4
12-5/8
14-5/8
17-1/2
29 35 41 47 53 32 3/4 38 3/4 44 3/4 50 3/4 56 3/4 35 1/2 41 1/2 47 1/2 53 1/2 59 1/2 65 1/2 71 1/2 37 1/4 43 1/4 49 1/4 55 1/4 61 1/4 67 1/4 73 1/4 41 1/4 47 1/4 53 1/4 59 1/4 65 1/4 71 1/4 77 1/4 47 53 59 65 71 77 83
11
5/8
5-1/4
2-1/2
6-1/8
13-1/4
5/8
6-1/4
7-1/8
14-1/4
3/4
8-3/4
16
3/4
8-3/4
20
3/4
8-3/4
23-1/2 8-1/2
7/8
7-3/4
11-1/4
31 37 43 49 55 35-1/4 41-1/4 47-1/4 53-1/4 59-1/4 38-1/4 44-1/4 50-1/4 56-1/4 62-1/4 68-1/4 74-1/4 40 46 52 58 64 70 76 44 50 56 62 68 74 80 49-1/2 55-1/2 61-1/2 67-1/2 73-1/2 79-1/2 85-1/2
5-1/2
Drilled To Order
6-1/2
Drilled To Order
6-1/2
Drilled To Order
6-1/2
Drilled To Order
H-193
CONVEYORS
Take-Up Frames
T (Travel) F A
C B
Center Pulley Take-Up Frames (CCP)

Frame Size Nominal Travel (T) Part Number Weight A B C D E F G Qty Dia
CCP308
12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36
CCP308-12 CCP308-18 CCP308-24 CCP308-30 CCP308-36 CCP400-12 CCP400-18 CCP400-24 CCP400-30 CCP400-36 CCP408-12 CCP408-18 CCP408-24 CCP408-30 CCP408-36 CCP502-12 CCP502-18 CCP502-24 CCP502-30 CCP502-36 CCP515-12 CCP515-18 CCP515-24 CCP515-30 CCP515-36 CCP613-12 CCP613-18 CCP613-24 CCP613-30 CCP613-36 CCP810-12 CCP810-18 CCP810-24 CCP810-30 CCP810-36
30 36 40 45 50 57 66 75 85 93 62 71 82 91 102 68 79 89 101 110 112 134 152 166 186 128 146 165 184 202 200 242 252 278 304
3-7/16
3-15/16
4-7/16
4-3/8
5-1/8
5-5/8
28 34 40 46 52 29-1/2 35-1/2 41-1/2 47-1/2 53-1/2 29-1/2 35-1/2 41-1/2 47-1/2 53-1/2 30-1/2 36-1/2 42-1/2 48-1/2 54-1/2 32-1/2 38-1/2 44-1/2 50-1/2 56-1/2 34-1/4 40-1/4 46-1/4 52-1/4 58-1/4 38-1/2 44-1/2 50-1/2 56-1/2 62-1/2
26 32 38 44 50 27-1/2 33-1/2 39-1/2 45-1/2 51-1/2 27-1/2 33-1/2 39-1/2 45-1/2 51-1/2 28-1/2 34-1/2 40-1/2 46-1/2 52-1/2 30-1/2 36-1/2 42-1/2 48-1/2 54-1/2 32 38 44 50 56 36 42 48 54 60
NA
3/4
1/2
CCP400
NA
5/8
CCP408
NA
1-1/8
5/8
CCP502
CCP515
CCP613
CCP810
CONVEYORS
NA
1-1/4
3/4
1-1/2
5/8
1-3/4
3/4
2-1/2
3/4
H-194
Take-Up Frames
F E
A T (Travel) H G
Wide Slot Take-Up Frames (CWS)

Frame Size Nominal Travel (T) Part Number Weight A B C D E F G Qty Dia H
6 9 12 18 24 6 9 12 18 24 6 9 12 18 24 30 6 9 12 18 24 30 6 9 12 18 24 30 6 9 12 18 24 30
CWS300-6 CWS300-9 CWS300-12 CWS300-18 CWS300-24 CWS308-6 CWS308-9 CWS308-12 CWS308-18 CWS308-24 CWS400-6 CWS400-9 CWS400-12 CWS400-18 CWS400-24 CWS400-30 CWS502-6 CWS502-9 CWS502-12 CWS502-18 CWS502-24 CWS502-30 CWS515-6 CWS515-9 CWS515-12 CWS515-18 CWS515-24 CWS515-30 CWS608-6 CWS608-9 CWS608-12 CWS608-18 CWS608-24 CWS608-30
7 8.5 10 13 16 9 10.5 12 15 18 14 16.5 19 24 29 34 20 23.5 27 34 41 48 31 36 41 51 61 71 31 36 41 51 61 71
12 15 18 24 30 12 15 18 24 30 13-3/4 16-3/4 19-3/4 25-3/4 31-3/4 37-3/4 14-3/4 17-3/4 20-3/4 26-3/4 32-3/4 38-3/4 17-7/8 20-7/8 23-7/8 29-7/8 35-7/8 41-7/8 17-7/8 20-7/8 23-7/8 29-7/8 35-7/8 41-7/8
6-9/16
7-1/16
8-13/16
10-7/16
12
12-9/16
4-15/16 6-7/16 7-15/16 10-15/16 13-15/16 9-7/16 6-1/4 7-3/4 10-3/4 13-3/4 11-1/2 7-1/4 8-3/4 11-3/4 14-3/4 17-3/4 12-1/2 15-1/2 9-1/4 12-1/4 15-1/4 18-1/4 14-1/2 17-1/2 10-1/4 13-1/4 16-1/4 19-1/4 14-1/2 17-1/2 10-1/4 13-1/4 16-1/4 19-1/4
5-9/16
1-3/4
1-1/16
6-1/16
1-1/4
7-5/16
2-1/4
1-7/16
8 5/8
2-1/2
1-1/2
10-1/4
10-13/16
6 6 6 6 6 4 6 6 6 6 4 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 6 6 6 6 4 4 6 6 6 6 4 4 6 6 6 6
CWS 300
7/16
5/8
CWS308
7/16
3/4
CWS400
1/2
CWS502
9/16
1-1/4
CWS515
5/8
1-1/2
CWS608
5/8
1-1/2
H-195
CONVEYORS
Take-Up Frames
F G
A B C D E K
Tube Take-Up Frames (TTU)

Frame Stroke Size Part Number A B C D E Bolt F G H I J Bolt K Tube Size Outer Inner Threaded Rod
3 6 9 12 6 9 12 18 9 12 18 24 9 12 18 24 12 18 24 36 48 12 18 24 36 48
TTU10-3 TTU10-6 TTU10-9 TTU10-12 TTU25-6 TTU25-9 TTU25-12 TTU25-18 TTU30-9 TTU30-12 TTU30-18 TTU30-24 TTU35-9 TTU35-12 TTU35-18 TTU35-24 TTU40-12 TTU40-18 TTU40-24 TTU40-36 TTU40-48 TTU50-12 TTU50-18 TTU50-24 TTU50-36 TTU50-48
5-1/4 4-3/8 2-7/8 1-1/2
3/8
3-3/4 2-5/8 1-1/2
5-3/4 3-3/4
1/2
10
8-3/4 5-1/2 2-7/8
5/8
5-1/4
2-1/2
10
8-3/4 5-1/2
5/8
5-3/4 4-1/2 2-1/2
14
11-3/4 8-1/2 3-1/2
3/4
7-1/2 5-1/2 3-1/2
Made to Order Per Bearing Specication
11-1/2
3-9/16 7-1/16 11-1/16 15-1/16 4-3/8 7-3/8 10-3/8 13-3/8 10-1/8 14-1/8 21-1/8 28-1/8 13 16 22 28 20 26 32 44 56 31 37 49 61 73
TTU10
TTU25
TTU30
TTU35
TTU40
TTU50
CONVEYORS
1/2
7/8
1-1/4
5/811
1/2
1-1/8 1-3/4 1-1/2
3/410
5/8
1-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/4
7/89
5/8
1-3/4
2-1/2
7/86 ACME
3/4
2-1/8 3-1/2
1-1/45 ACME
3-1/2
2-1/44 ACME

H-196
Special Construction Pulleys

Special manufacturing processes require special pulleys. Whether the equipment is used in mining, chemical, waste processing, or any other demanding application Martin has the experience to solve your problem. With regional manufacturing facilities and knowledgeable sales teams strategically located across North America, Martin can meet your needs. Martin is the ONE you can rely on for manufacturing expertise, application experience, and a quick delivery to get you what you need, when you need it. Martin routinely manufactures special construction pulleys to provide exceptional wear in even the roughest conditions. Below is a sample of some of the more common specialty pulleys Martin can manufacture. Available in Wide Variety of MTO Sizes Meet or Exceed CEMA Standards Superior Strength Pulleys for Any Industry Fast Reliable Service
DSP Dead Shaft Pulleys

The Martin Dead Shaft Pulley (DSP) is designed to withstand the most rugged applications in any harsh environment. The DSP has been used in the industry to help reduce damage to conventional externally mounted pillow block bearings. The DSP features an internal bearing, tucked back close to the pulley where falling material is less likely to damage the bearings and seals. The Martin DSP features an off-the-shelf piloted flange cartridge (interchangeable with multiple bearing manufacturers) suited with harsh environment seals and external end caps for maximum protection against material contamination.
DSP Wing Pulley with Martin Pedestals
The DSP is available as either wing or drum pulleys.
DSP Drum Pulley
DSP Wing Pulley
H-197
CONVEYORS
Each Martin DSP Pulley is shipped with an aggressively constructed pedestal which is fabricated to drop into the same dimensional footprint of the pillow block which it is replacing (this must be specified at the time of order).

Spiral Pulleys
The Martin Spiral pulley is manufactured with two reverse helix flights wrapped around the pulley core. The spiral material can vary in thickness and width and is subject to customer specification. The spiral pulley is very effective in cleaning the belt while suppressing noise.
Spiral Wing Pulley
Spiral Drum Pulley with 1/2" x 1/2" Flight
CONVEYORS Spiral Drum Pulley with 1" x 1" Flight Spiral Drum Pulley with 1/2" x 1" Flight H-198

Sprocket Rollers for Engineered Class Chain
Martin Sprocket & Gear Manufactures Sprocket Rollers for engineered class chain. Our rollers are manufactured per customer specification and can be fabricated with bushings, keyless locking devices and through shafts, or with stub shafts and welded construction. Each Sprocket Roller features Martin Accu-Torch Sprocket(s) of specification, and is affixed to the roller OD at any interval with our high tech sub-arc welding process.
Multi-Strand Sprocket Roller for Paper Mill Application
Sprocket Roller for Truck Dump in Sugar Mill Application
Gudgeon Rollers
Martin Sprocket & Gear offers gudgeon rollers, fabricated designed end assembly that eliminates shaft and end disc weld fatigue. Each of these rollers is designed to convey bulk product without a conveyor belt directly over the roller face. Industries such as logging, lumber mills, steel mills and palletized product applications are perfect for the Martin Gudgeon Roll.
Cage Rollers
Martin Sprocket & Gear manufactures cage rollers for belt conveyors in almost any custom size requested. Cage rollers are very effective in allowing material to fall through the pulley. The roller is also known as a beater roll and actually shakes the material loose from the belt as it passes over the pulley.
H-199
CONVEYORS
from thick wall pipe or tube and fitted with a specially
Nomenclature
Martin
HEAVY DUTY CONVEYOR PULLEYS
STANDARD DUTY DRUM PULLEYS
QUARRY DUTY DRUM PULLEYS
MINE DUTY DRUM PULLEYS
ENGINEERING CLASS DRUM PULLEYS
MACHINED DRUM PULLEYS
CONVEYORS
STANDARD DUTY WING PULLEY
QUARRY DUTY WING PULLEY
MINE DUTY WING PULLEY
QUARRY DUTY AR WING PULLEY
PART NOMENCLATURE D 120 26 X25 L 3

Bushing Part No. X - CXT (Steel) MXT (Cast) SF, E, F, J, etc. - QD Bushing K - (25, 30, 35 etc.) TB Bushing H - MHE Bushing
Note: "short" bushings are used in conveyor pulleys
Diameter Face Example: 120=12.0 C - Crown Pulley Type 060=6.0 F - Flat S - Standard Duty Pulley Style M - Mine Duty D - Drum Face Width Q - Quarry Duty W - Wing In Inches QAR - Quarry Duty AR E - Engineered Class
Lagging No Suffix - No Lagging
Lagging Style H - Herringbone D - Diamond Groove If no letter, Lagging is Smooth Bushing Lagging Thickness 2 - 1/4" 5 - 5/8" No "B" 3 - 3/8" 6 - 3/4" no bushing 4 - 1/2"
SPECIALS
Also available: Spiral Pulleys DSP Dead Shaft Pulleys V-Guide Pulleys VC Vulcanized Ceramic Lagging Ceramic Lagging Take-Up Frames
H-200
Conveyor Pulley and Shaft Engineering

This information can be used for Martin pulleys with rigid end plate design. That includes the Standard Duty, Mine Duty, and Quarry Duty products that are designed using CEMA/ANSI standards. The foundation of that design is accomplished by designing around a maximum designated shaft deection. Any questions in design should be run through Martin Engineering. 1. Calculate effective tension, Te Te = HP X 33,000 FPM 2. Calculate belt slack side tension, T2 T2 = K x Te Table 1: K-factor
Single Drive Belt Wrap Auto TU Bare Lagged Manual/Screw TU Bare Lagged
8. Pulley diameters are recommended by the belt manufacturer and generally have greater impact on pulley diameter selection than the load itself. Table 3 is used to compare the recommended diameter from the belt manufacturer to the PIW ratings for standard duty pulleys. Table 3: Pulley PIW Rating
Arc of Contact 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 8 65 50 45 35 30 30 30 30 35 40 45 45 50 55 60 70 75 85 75 70 60 55 50 45 10 80 60 55 45 40 40 40 45 45 50 55 55 60 70 75 85 95 105 95 85 75 70 60 55 12 95 75 65 55 45 45 50 50 55 60 65 65 75 80 90 100 115 125 115 100 90 80 75 65 14 120 95 80 70 60 60 60 65 70 75 80 85 95 105 115 130 145 160 145 130 115 105 95 85 16 145 115 100 85 70 70 75 80 85 90 100 105 115 125 140 160 175 195 175 160 140 125 115 105 Pulley Diameter (inches) 18 20 24 30 175 135 115 100 85 85 85 95 100 110 115 120 135 150 170 185 205 230 205 185 170 150 135 120 205 160 140 120 100 100 105 115 120 130 140 145 160 180 200 225 250 275 250 225 200 180 160 145 260 200 175 150 130 125 130 140 150 160 175 185 200 225 250 280 310 345 310 280 250 225 200 185 345 265 230 200 170 165 175 190 200 215 230 245 265 300 335 375 415 460 415 375 335 300 265 245 36 430 335 290 245 215 205 220 235 255 270 290 305 335 375 420 465 520 575 520 465 420 375 335 305 42 520 400 345 295 255 250 260 285 305 325 345 365 400 450 505 560 620 690 620 560 505 450 400 365 48 605 465 405 345 300 290 305 330 355 380 405 425 465 525 590 650 725 805 725 650 590 525 465 425 54 690 535 460 395 340 330 350 375 405 430 460 490 535 600 670 745 830 920 930 745 670 600 535 490 60 775 600 520 445 385 375 395 425 455 485 520 550 600 675 755 840 930 1035 930 840 755 675 600 550
180 190 200 210 220 230 240
0.84 0.77 0.72 0.67 0.62 0.58 0.54
0.5 0.46 0.42 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.3
1.2 1.1 1.1 1 0.9 0.9 0.8
0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6
3. Calculate belt tight side tension, T1 T1 = T2 + Te 4. Calculate resultant load for each non-drive pulley, R R = T2 x Wrap Factor Table 2: Non Drive Wrap Factor
Belt Wrap
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Factor
0.174 0.261 0.347 0.433 0.518 0.601 0.684 0.765 0.845 0.923 1 1.075 1.147 1.218 1.286 1.351 1.414 1.475 1.532 1.587 1.638 1.687 1.732
Belt Wrap
130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240
Factor
1.813 1.848 1.879 1.907 1.932 1.953 1.97 1.983 1.992 1.998 2 1.998 1.992 1.983 1.97 1.953 1.932 1.907 1.879 1.848 1.813 1.774 1.732
140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240
Table 4: Resultant Load Factor, Drive Pulleys

T1/T2 180 185 190 195 200 Angle of Wrap 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240
5. Calculate resultant load for the drive pulley. T1 Divide T1 by T2 (T ) to look up in table 4: 2 Then calculate drive R: R = T2 X Factor 6. Belt and Pulley width relationship PW = BW + 2 (Belting < 48") PW = BW + 3 (Belting >=48") 7. Determine minimum shaft size by using Table 5. Subtract the face width from the bearing centers. Using the face width column go down and across from the proper bearing center minus face (interpolate if necessary) until a shaft load rating shows higher than the calculated resultant load from above.
1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4
2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5 5.2 5.4
2.798 2.79 2.778 2.761 2.739 2.713 2.681 2.645 2.605 2.56 2.511 2.458 2.998 2.99 2.977 2.96 2.937 2.909 2.887 2.84 2.798 2.752 2.701 2.646 3.197 3.19 3.177 3.158 3.135 3.107 3.073 3.035 2.992 2.944 2.892 2.836 3.394 3.389 3.376 3.357 3.333 3.304 2.27 3.231 3.187 3.138 3.085 3.027 3.597 3.589 3.575 3.556 3.532 3.502 3.467 3.427 3.382 3.332 3.278 3.219 3.797 3.789 3.775 3.755 3.73 3.7 3.664 3.624 3.578 3.527 3.472 3.412 3.8 3.997 3.989 3.974 3.955 3.929 3.898 3.862 3.821 3.774 3.723 3.667 3.606 4.197 4.188 4.174 4.154 4.128 4.097 4.06 4.018 3.971 3.919 3.862 4.397 4.388 4.374 4.353 4.327 4.295 4.258 4.215 4.168 4.115 4.057 3.995 4.597 4.588 4.573 4.553 4.526 4.494 4.456 4.413 4.365 4.312 4.253 4.191 4.797 4.788 4.773 4.752 4.725 4.693 4.655 4.611 4.562 4.509 4.45 4.387 4.997 4.988 4.973 4.952 4.925 4.892 4.853 4.809 4.76 4.706 4.647 4.583 5.197 5.188 5.172 5.151 5.124 5.091 5.052 5.008 4.958 4.903 4.844 4.779 5.397 5.388 5.372 5.351 5.323 5.29 5.251 5.206 5.156 5.101 5.041 4.976
H-201
CONVEYORS
Conveyor Pulley and Shaft Engineering

Table 5: Allowable Shaft Loads (pounds) for Pulleys
Bearing Shaft Centers Diameter Minus Face Pulley Face Width (inches) 12 14 16 18 20 22 26 32 38 44 51 57 63 66
1-3/16
1-7/16
1-11/16
1-15/16
2 -3/16
2 -7/16
2-11/16
2-15/16
3 -7/16
3-15/16
4 -7/16
4-15/16
5 -7/16
6-1/2
7-1/2
Based on SAE 1018 shaft material, using either a maximum shaft bending stress of 8000 psi induced by resultant load (no torque), or a maximum free shaft deflection slope at the hub of 0.0023 inches per inch (tangent of 8 minutes), whichever governs.
2 6 10 14 3 6 10 14 3 6 10 16 3 6 10 16 3 8 12 18 4 8 12 18 4 8 12 18 4 8 14 20 6 10 14 20 6 10 14 20 8 12 16 22 8 12 16 22 10 14 18 24 10 14 18 24 12 16 20 26 12 16 20 26 14 18 22 28
1000 920 780 670 590 530 440 350 570 520 440 380 340 300 250 200 400 370 310 270 230 210 170 140 300 280 240 200 180 160 130 110 1500 1400 1200 1100 950 790 620 1000 950 820 720 640 530 420 700 660 570 500 450 370 290 540 510 440 390 350 290 230 2400 2300 2000 1800 1500 1200 1600 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 1100 1100 960 850 700 560 780 750 660 590 490 380 3700 3500 3100 2600 2100 2500 2400 2100 1800 1400 1700 1700 1500 1200 970 1200 1100 1000 840 670 5300 5100 4200 3300 2900 2800 2300 1900 2200 2100 1700 1400 1500 1500 1200 980 6300 5600 4400 4000 3600 2900 3000 2700 2100 2100 1900 1500 8100 6400 5300 4200 3900 3100 2800 2200 10600 9100 6900 6000 4600 3900 3400 2900 11600 8500 6700 5100 16700 12400 9800 7500 19600 15300 12500 9800 25200 19900 16400 13000 26600 22000 18700 15300 35700 29500 25100 20600 39200 33200 28800 24000 49000 41400 35900 29900 54100 46500 40800 34400
290 160 110 87 510 350 240 190 980 660 460 320 1700 1100 800 550 2800 1500 1100 810 3700 2400 1700 1300 5300 3400 2600 1800 7500 4900 3200 2400 10100 7400 5800 4400
240 140 96 74 440 300 210 160 830 560 390 270 1400 980 680 470 2400 1300 970 690 3100 2000 1500 1100 4500 2900 2200 1600 6400 4200 2800 2000 8500 6300 4900 3800 14200 10600 8400 6400 19100 14800 12100 9500
210 120 82 63 370 250 180 140 710 480 340 230 1200 840 580 400 2000 1100 820 590 2700 1700 1300 910 3800 2500 1900 1300 5500 3600 2300 1700 7200 5300 4200 3200 12000 8900 7100 5400 16100 12500 10300 8100 23600 18600 15400 12200
180 100 73 56 330 220 160 120 630 430 300 210 1100 740 520 360 1800 990 730 530 2400 1500 1100 810 3400 2200 1600 1200 4900 3200 2100 1600 6400 4700 3700 2800 10600 7900 6300 4800 14200 11100 9100 7100 20800 16400 13500 10700 25100 20700 17700 14500
170 94 66 51 300 200 140 110 570 380 270 180 990 670 470 320 1600 890 660 470 2100 1400 1000 730 3100 2000 1500 1100 4400 2900 1900 1400 5700 4200 3300 2500 9500 7100 5600 4300 12700 9900 8100 6400 18500 14600 12100 9600 22300 18400 15700 12800 33100 27300 23300 19000
160 90 63 48 290 190 130 100 540 370 260 180 940 640 440 310 1500 850 630 450 2000 1300 970 690 2900 1900 1400 1000 4200 2700 1800 1300 5500 4000 3200 2400 9000 6700 5300 4100 12100 9400 7700 6000 17600 13900 11500 9100 21100 17500 14900 12200 31300 25900 22100 19000 38000 32100 27800 23200
CONVEYORS
H-202
Belt Conveyor Data Sheet

Da t e: Company Name: Contact: Conveyor I D: Pr o je ct : By :
Required Capacity: Length: Lift: Material Co nv e y e d: Belt Speed: Belt Width: Belt Construction: Carrying Idler An gl e: Number of Plows: Number of Scrapers: Skirtboard Len gt h:
TPH ft. ft. or angle of incline De n sit y : lb/cu.ft. Re po se Angle:
Spacing:
Re t u r n Spacing:
He igh t of Material on Skirtboard:
Horsepower:
Bearing Centers:
inches
Conveyor Ty pe:
( S e e Diagrams)
D Type 1
D Type 4
D Type 2
D Type 3 D Type 5
H-203
CONVEYORS
Soft Start Type:
(electronic, fluid, etc.)
HD Pulley Data Sheet

Salesperson: Customer: Address: Phone: Pulley Tag/Callout: 1. Type of Pulley: 2. Crown or Flat Face: 3. Duty of Pulley: 4. Diameter (inches): 5. Face Width (inches): 6. Hub Style: 8. Lagging (Drum): 4 42 12 MXT Drum Crown Standard 6 48 14 QD 8 16 TL Mine 10 20 12 26 MHE Wing Flat Quarry 14 32 16 38 18 44 Quarry AR (Wing) 20 51 24 57 30 63 Engineered 36 75 E-Mail: Quantity: Contact: Date:
Other__________
Other__________ (Standard face is belt width +2 up to and including 42 belt and belt width +3 above 42) Keyless Locker ____________ 7. Pulley Bushing Bore: _____________ Vulcanized SBR (select thickness and pattern below) Thickness (inches): Pattern: Smooth 1/4 3/8 Herringbone 1/2 3/4 1 ___________ Diamond __________________
* If used underground please specify MSHA and call for assistance. * If used in a grain handling application and/or explosive air born particulate application specify SOF and call for assistance. Weld On Replaceable Urethane Ceramic 9. Lagging (Wing): Cold Bond Vulcanized Weld on (with tabs) Urethane Bearing Centers: ______ Left Hand Shaft Diameter at Drive Drive Key Length Drive Key Details For Information Only Slide on Replaceable Vulcanized SBR Drive Side Extension Right Hand
CONVEYORS
13. Notes:
10. Shafting (Basic): Diameter________________ x Length_______________
11. Shafting (More Detail - A sketch or drawing may be required before manufacturing) Major Shaft Diameter (inside pulley) Shaft Diameter at Bushing Shaft Diameter at Bearing 12. Bearing and Drive Information Include with Quote
H-204
Vertical Screw Data Sheet

CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ VERTICAL SCREW: LIFT ___________________ DISCH. HEIGHT. __________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
INLET CONFIGURATION (Indicate One): Elevator Straight Elevator Offset to Left Inlet Offset to Right
CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN MATL OF CONSTR: INSTALLATION:
MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%) T304 T316 H.D. GALV. OTHER
TEMP _____F
MOISTURE _________________%
FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________ NEW MILD STEEL REPLACEMENT MAC INDOORS OUTDOORS
DRIVE: (DIRECT) (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (OTHER): _________________________________________________________ MOTOR: TEFC X-PROOF
NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ TROUGH: _____________________________________________________________________ SCREW: ______________________________________________________________________ SHAFT DIA: ____________________________________________________________________ HANGERS: ____________________________________________________________________ BOTTOM BRG.: _________________________________________________________________ BOTTOM SEAL: ________________________________________________________________ DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM HRG. BRG.: ____________________________________________________________________
OTHER ___________________ NOTES __________________________________________________________________
V-BELTS
CHAIN
GUARD
____________________________________________________
GASKETS: _____________________________________________________________________ REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________________ NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________
PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________
H-205
CONVEYORS
Screw Conveyor Data Sheet

CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE PROPOSAL DUE: _________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ SCREW DESCR: ____ QTY. __________ DIA. __________ LONG (C INLET TO C DISCH.) (OVERALL) HORIZ. INCL. __________ DECL. _____________
CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN INSTALLATION: FEEDER
MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY ____________________________ LBS/FT3 INDOORS LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%) OUTDOORS IS FEED? NEW FLOOD LOAD REPLACEMENT UNIFORM MATL OF CONSTR.:
TEMP _____F T304
MOISTURE _________________% T316 HD GALV OTHER _____
FED BY: ___________________________ INLET SIZE: ___________________________________ DISCHARGES TO:______________________________________ DRIVE: (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (SHAFT MOUNT) (OTHER):_________________________________________________________________________________ NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ COUPL. BOLTS: ________________________________________________________ HANGER BRG.: TYPE ____________________________________________________ COVER: STYLE ______________________________ THK.______________________ INLETS: STYLE ______________________________ QTY.______________________ COVER FASTENERS: TYPE ______________________________________________ GASKETS: TYPE __________________________________ THK. _________________
IS IT?
CONVEYOR
MILD STEEL
TROUGH: STYLE __________________ THK.______________________ DISCHARGE: TYPE ________________ QTY.______________________
____________________________________________________
GATES: TYPE _____________________ QTY.______________________
HANGER: STYLE _______________________________________________________
TROUGH END TYPE: TAIL _____________________________________ TROUGH END TYPE: HEAD ____________________________________ BEARING TYPE: TAIL ______________ HEAD______________________ SEAL TYPE: TAIL _________________ HEAD______________________ SCREW: DIA. ________ (RH) (LH) PITCH __________ THK. __________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________
CONVEYORS
MOTOR: _________________________________ MOTOR MOUNT _______________
DRIVE _______________________ HP AT ______________________________ RPM
REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________ V-BELT/CHAIN: _________________________________________________________
NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SKETCH (SHOW FEEDER INLET SIZE AND LOCATION, DRIVE LOCATION, ETC.)
PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________
H-206
Sample Work Sheet

Client: ________________________________________ Conveyor No.:__________________________________ _______ Dia. Length
Table 1-2
Capacity:______________________________________ Density: W = ____________________________ Lbs/Ft3
Material: ______________________________________
L = _______________________
Inquiry No.: ______________________________________ Materal HP Factor: FM = __________________________
Date Quote Due:__________________________________
Recommended % Trough Loading: ___________________
Lumps: Max. Size ___________ in. Class (I) (II) (III) ____
Intermediate Hanger Bearing Series: __________________

CFH CFH
Component Series: ________________________________ Notes: __________________________________________ = TPH x 2000 =

W Pounds per Hour W CFH = Bushels per Hour 1.24
Required Capacity = C = ___________ CFH (cubic feet per hour) Equivalent Capacity =
Tables 1-3, 1-4, 1-5
Screw Diameter = ___________________Select Diameter from at max RPM column where capacity listed equals or exceeds equivalent capacity Screw RPM = N = ____________ =
Table 1-7 Equivalent Capacity Capacity at one RPM for diameter selected
Table 1-6
Reqd Capacity CF1 CF2 CF3 = __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ CFH
Capacity
Equivalent
Values to be substituted in formula: ______ HPf = ( 0000000001,000,0000000000 C )( L )( W )( Ff L )( N )( Fd )( Fb
) = ____________ )( Fm )( Fp
Fd
______
Fb
______
Ff
______
Fp
______
HPm = (
If HPf + HPm is less than 5.2, select overload factor FO = __________ (If HPf + HPm is greater than 5.2, FO = 1.0) Total HP = (HPf + HPm) Fo =____________________________ = ____________ e DRIVE:
Tables 1-18, 1-19
00000000000001,000,0000000000000000000
) = ____________
NOTE: Consult factory for feeder horsepower
Use ____________ HP motor with AGMA Class (I) (II) (III) Drive at _____________________ Screw RPM
Torque = Motor HP0063,025 =_______________ in.-lbs. Screw RPM

Tables 1-8, 1-9, 1-10, 1-11
List Minimum Size: Shaft Dia. ____________ Pipe ____________ Bolt/Shear ____________ Bolt/Bearing ____________ Select Components: Trough ___________ Screw ___________ Hanger Style ___________ Hanger Bearing ___________ Cover ___________
H-207
CONVEYORS
Check lump size and lump class for diameter selected. If larger screw diameter recommended, recalculate RPM per instructions above for selected diameter.
Tables 1-12, 1-13, 1-14, 1-15, 1-16, 1-17
Bucket Elevator Data Sheet

CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ TEMP _____F MOISTURE _________________% ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ BUCKET ELEVATOR: (CTRS/LIFT) ___________________________ DESCR. _______________________________________________________________________ CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN MATL OF CONSTR: INSTALLATION:
MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%) T304 T316 H.D. GALV. OTHER
FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________ NEW MILD STEEL REPLACEMENT TEFC INDOORS OUTDOORS
DRIVE: (SHAFT MOUNT) (FOOT MOUNTED GEAR REDUCER) (OTHER): _____________________________________________ ___________________MOTOR: X-PROOF MAC OTHER ___________________BACKSTOP: SHAFT
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ TYPE: CENTRIFUGAL CONTINUOUS GRAIN TYPE OTHER___________________
________________________________________________________NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________
INTEGRAL TO REDUCER
V-BELTS
CHAIN
GUARD
OTHER
____________________________________________________
CHAIN
Head
DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER _________________________
BELT SPECS. _________________________________________________
Lift
Cleanout Door
CONVEYORS H-208 H-208
SPKTS/SHEAVES _______________ CHAIN/V-BELTS _________________________________ INLET: STANDARD
_______________ BACKSTOP ____________________________________________________ DISCHARGE: STANDARD YES SPECIAL ________________________________________________ NO 45 LADDER: LGTH _____________________________________ SPECIAL ____________________________________ GRAVITY SPECIAL __________________________________
Intermediate
SAFETY CAGE:
Boot
THICKNESS: HEAD ____________ BOOT ____________ INT. ___________________________ SEALS: TAKEUP: STANDARD HEAD BOOT SPECIAL _____________ VENTS: SIZE ___________ QTY _______ SCREW
INT. PLATFORM
HEAD PLATFORM:
STANDARD SIZE
STANDARD SIZE
________________________________________________________PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________
PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________

Martin Conveyors

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Martin Conveyors

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Martin Conveyors

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Index SECTION H

PRODUCT Click on page numbers to go to page. PAGE

DRAG CONVEYOR SECTION VII: ...........................................................................H-142 H-152

VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATOR SECTION VIII: ......................................................H-153 H-162

MODULAR PLASTIC SCREW CONVEYORS SECTION IX: ...................................H-163 H-166

13. Do not attempt eld modication of conveyor or components.

PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THESE SAFETY LABELS ON INSTALLED EQUIPMENT

Stock & MTO Screw Conveyor Components

ANGLE FLANGED U TROUGH

FORM FLANGED U TROUGH

FLAT RACK AND PINION DISCHARGE GATE

TROUGH ENDS WITH AND WITHOUT FEET

HANGER STYLE 226

HANGER STYLE 216

PACKING GLAND SHAFT SEAL COMPRESSION TYPE

WASTE PACK SHAFT SEAL

PLATE SHAFT SEAL

DROP-OUT SHAFT SEAL FLANGED PRODUCT

HANGER BEARINGS STYLE 220/226

HELICOID FLIGHTING RIGHT HAND AND LEFT HAND

Martin HARD IRON Martin BRONZE

SADDLES AND FEET

SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE WITH ACCESSORIES

SPEED REDUCER SHAFT MOUNTED WITH ACCESSORIES.

FLANGED COVER WITH ACCESSORIES

Martin manufacturers the most complete line of stock

HANGER STYLE 19B

TROUGH END BEARINGS BALL AND ROLLER

Establish Known Factors

STEP 2 STEP 3 STEP 4

Classify Material Determine Design Capacity

Determine Diameter and Speed

Table 1-1 Material Classication Code Chart

Code Designation Actual Lbs/PC A 200 A 100 A 40 B6 C 12 D3 D7 DX E 1 2 3 4

6 Sieve (.132) And Under

16 And Under (0 to 16) Over 16 To Be Specied X=Actual Maximum Size

Very Free Flowing Free Flowing Average Flowability Sluggish

Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical, Slabs, Etc.

Miscellaneous Properties Or Hazards

Mildly Abrasive Moderately Abrasive Extremely Abrasive

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics

FROM TABLE 1-2 Material: Brewers Grain Spent Wet

HOW TO READ THE MATERIAL CODE

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

H H L-S-B S H L-S L-S L-S L-S H H H H L-S-B H

H H H H H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S L-S-B H H H H H L-S H H H H H H H

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

18-28 40-45 125-140 57 40

D3-45Q D3-25 D3-36 D3-36T D3-36T

1.4 1.5 2.5 1.9 1.8

30A 30A 30B 30B 30B

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed